SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

Refco Group Ltd., LLC, et al. – ‘424B3’ on 4/13/05

On:  Wednesday, 4/13/05, at 1:34pm ET   ·   Accession #:  1047469-5-10023   ·   File #s:  333-119701, -23

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of                Filer                Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size              Issuer               Agent

 4/13/05  Refco Group Ltd., LLC             424B3                  1:2.2M                                   Merrill Corp/New/FA
          Refco Finance Inc.

Prospectus   —   Rule 424(b)(3)
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: 424B3       Prospectus                                          HTML   2.00M 


Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential) | (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page   -   Filing Submission
"Table of Contents
"Prospectus Summary
"Our Company
"Our Businesses
"Recent Transactions
"Our Executive Offices
"Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Offer
"Summary of Terms of the Registered Notes
"Risk Factors
"Risks Relating to the Notes
"Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer
"Risks Relating to Our Company
"Forward-Looking Statements
"The Exchange Offer
"Use of Proceeds
"Capitalization
"Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
"Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income For the year ended February 29, 2004 (in thousands)
"Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income For the nine months ended November 30, 2004 (in thousands)
"Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income
"Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
"Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
"Industry
"Futures and Options Trading Volume on Global Derivatives Exchanges (Contract amounts in millions)
"Business
"Fiscal Year 2004 Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets Revenue Breakdown
"Management
"Summary Compensation Table
"Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
"Description of Credit Facilities
"Description of the Notes
"Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer
"Plan of Distribution
"Legal Matters
"Experts
"Glossary
"Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
"Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
"Refco Group Ltd., Llc and Subsidiaries Consolidated Balance Sheets
"Refco Group Ltd., Llc and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Income
"Refco Group Ltd., Llc and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members' Equity
"Refco Group Ltd., Llc and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
"Refco Group Ltd., Llc and Subsidiaries Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
"Refco Group Ltd., Llc and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members' Equity
"QuickLinks

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
Registration No. 333-119701

         PROSPECTUS

Refco Group Ltd., LLC
and
Refco Finance Inc.

Offer to exchange all outstanding
$600,000,000 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012
for
$600,000,000 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012
registered under the Securities Act of 1933

        We are offering to exchange our outstanding notes described above for our new, registered notes described above. In this prospectus, we refer to the outstanding notes as the "old notes" and the new notes as the "registered notes," and we refer to the old notes and the registered notes collectively as the "notes." The form and terms of the registered notes are identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the old notes, except for transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest payment provisions relating only to the old notes. We do not intend to apply to have any notes listed on any securities exchange or automated quotation system, and there may be no active trading market for them.

Co-Issuers and Guarantors

The registered notes are being offered and co-issued by Refco Group Ltd., LLC and Refco Finance Inc.

Refco Group Ltd., LLC is a holding company whose direct subsidiaries include Refco Finance Inc.

Refco Finance Inc. is a co-issuer of the notes and has no assets or independent operations.

        The registered notes will be guaranteed by our non-regulated subsidiaries. Substantially all of our net revenues are generated by, and substantially all of our assets are held by, our non-guarantor subsidiaries who have no obligations to pay amounts due on the notes and whose indebtedness and all other obligations are effectively senior to the notes.

Material Terms of the Exchange Offer

The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on May 10, 2005, unless extended. Whether or not the exchange offer is extended, we refer to the time at which it ultimately expires as the "time of expiration."

The only conditions to completing the exchange offer are that the exchange offer not violate any applicable law, regulation or interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission and that no injunction, order or decree of any court or governmental agency that would prohibit, prevent or otherwise materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer shall be in effect.

All old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged.

Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount.

Tenders of old notes in the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the time of expiration.

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the exchange offer.

        None of our affiliates, no broker-dealers that acquired old notes directly from us and no persons engaged in a distribution of registered notes may participate in the exchange offer. Any broker-dealer that acquired old notes as a result of market-making or other trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Any such broker-dealer who receives registered notes for its own account in exchange for old notes acquired as a result of such activities must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such registered notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of registered notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the time of expiration, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."

Consider carefully the "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13 of this prospectus.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is April 8, 2005




TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  PAGE
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY   1
RISK FACTORS   13
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS   33
THE EXCHANGE OFFER   34
USE OF PROCEEDS   42
CAPITALIZATION   43
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   44
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA   50
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS   53
INDUSTRY   77
BUSINESS   84
MANAGEMENT   99
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT   104
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS   106
DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT FACILITIES   110
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES   113
MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER   170
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION   171
LEGAL MATTERS   172
EXPERTS   172
GLOSSARY   173
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   F-1

i



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        This summary highlights key information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. You should read the entire prospectus, including "Risk Factors," our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and the other documents to which this prospectus refers, before deciding to participate in the exchange offer.


Our Company

        We are a leading independent provider of execution and clearing services for exchange-traded derivatives and a major provider of prime brokerage services in the fixed income and foreign exchange markets. We offer our customers rapid, low-cost trade execution and clearing services on a broad spectrum of derivatives exchanges and over-the-counter markets. We serve over 200,000 customer accounts from our 23 locations in 14 countries with a focus on delivering superior customer service. Our customers include corporations, government agencies, hedge funds, managed futures funds, pension funds, financial institutions, retail clients and professional traders.

        In 2004, we were the largest provider of customer transaction volume to the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the largest derivatives exchange in the United States. In fiscal year 2004, we processed 461 million derivatives contracts, a volume of derivatives contracts comparable to that traded on the Chicago Board of Trade and greater than the volume traded on either the Chicago Board Options Exchange or the New York Mercantile Exchange during the same period. We are more diversified than any individual exchange, as we offer access to multiple products on virtually all major derivatives exchanges worldwide as well as over-the-counter markets.

        Our revenues are primarily comprised of:

        We have positioned ourselves to benefit from strong growth in the exchange-traded derivatives, fixed income and foreign exchange markets. We have also acquired businesses that have enabled us to enter new markets and geographic regions. As a result, our business has grown significantly over the last several years, as exemplified by the following:

1



Our Businesses

        We are organized into two operating business segments for financial reporting purposes: Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing and Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets.

        We provide our customers with access to trading in a wide range of derivatives products, including interest rate, equity index, energy, agriculture, foreign currency and metals contracts, across virtually all of the major derivatives exchanges. Customers use our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing platform to place buy and sell orders for exchange-traded derivatives contracts, which we direct to the appropriate exchange for matching. We also facilitate confirmation and settlement of our customers' derivatives transactions and ensure that our customers have the appropriate collateral in their accounts to support their derivatives positions. We conduct these activities in our capacity as a regulated Futures Commission Merchant.

        Annual global trading volume in exchange-traded derivatives grew to approximately 8.8 billion contracts in 2004, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 20% over the past 15 years and approximately 25% from 2001 to 2004, according to Bank for International Settlements. Volume growth in the exchange-traded derivatives market has been influenced by the following trends:

        From fiscal year 2000 through fiscal year 2004, our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing net revenues and operating profit have grown at compound annual growth rates of 24.1% and 39.6%, respectively.

        We offer prime brokerage services, including execution, clearing, securities financing, securities lending, custody and trade processing. We provide these prime brokerage services primarily in the U.S. Treasury securities, non-dollar fixed income and foreign exchange markets. Our customers include hedge funds and other financial institutions.

        Fixed Income.    Our fixed income operating platform provides our customers access to the interdealer broker market for U.S. Treasury securities. The interdealer broker market is an over-the-counter wholesale securities market that allows brokers to trade with one another. In 2004, we ranked fourth in terms of cleared U.S. Treasury repurchase transaction volume and eighth for U.S. treasury cash transaction volume. From 1999 to 2004, average daily trading volume in the interdealer market for U.S. Treasury securities and the average daily amount outstanding of repurchase agreements grew at compound annual growth rates of 17.4% and 16.1%, respectively. As we do not engage in strategy-based or directional proprietary trading, we do not face the same conflicts of interest with our customers as our competitors that engage in both agency and proprietary trading. We therefore provide our customers with unconflicted market access, in addition to price transparency, anonymity, high service levels and low-cost execution and clearing. Factors contributing to transaction volume growth in the interdealer broker market include:

2


        Foreign Exchange.    We enable our customers to trade in the majority of the world's principal currencies in the form of spot, forwards and options in over-the-counter foreign exchange markets via several trading platforms. The global foreign exchange market is generally regarded as the largest financial market in the world as measured by transaction value. Estimated average daily volume as of April 2004, for example, was $1.9 trillion, having grown at a 7.3% compound annual growth rate since 1989. While transaction volume in this market is dominated by money center banks, an increasing number of investors utilize the services of non-bank market participants, including independent brokers such as us. Factors contributing to transaction volume growth in the foreign exchange markets include:

        From fiscal year 2000 through fiscal year 2004, our Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets net revenues and operating profit have grown at compound annual growth rates of 22.6% and 46.2%, respectively.

3



Recent Transactions

        On June 8, 2004, THL Refco Acquisition Partners, an affiliate of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., entered into an equity purchase and merger agreement with us, Refco Group Holdings, Inc. and the other parties named in that agreement, which was amended on July 9, 2004. The purchase agreement provided for a series of transactions that resulted in New Refco Group Ltd., LLC becoming our parent and THL Refco Acquisition Partners and its affiliates and co-investors owning an approximate 57% interest in New Refco.

        Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by the purchase agreement, the following transactions occurred:

        Concurrently with the consummation of these transactions, we distributed $550.0 million in cash and all of the equity interests of Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC, which at that time owned substantially all the assets of our Asset Management business, to Refco Group Holdings, Inc., an entity that was owned by Tone Grant and Phillip Bennett and that is now wholly owned by Phillip Bennett.

        We refer to these financing transactions (including the issuance of the old notes) and the application of the proceeds from the financing transactions as the "Transactions."

4


        Upon consummation of the Transactions, THL Refco Acquisition Partners and its affiliates and co-investors owned 57% of the equity interest our parent, New Refco, and Phillip R. Bennett, our President and Chief Executive Officer, through his wholly-owned subsidiary, Refco Group Holdings, Inc., owned approximately 43% of the equity interests of New Refco. During the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2005, Refco Group Holdings, Inc. transferred approximately 40% of its equity interests in New Refco to The Phillip R. Bennett Three Year Annuity Trust of which Mr. Bennett is trustee and beneficiary. Our ownership and corporate structure immediately following the Transactions are set forth in the following chart:

GRAPHIC


Our Executive Offices

        We are a Delaware limited liability company. Our principal executive offices are located at One World Financial Center, 200 Liberty Street Tower A, New York, New York 10281, and our telephone number is (212) 693-7000. We also have a website located at www.refco.com. The information that appears on our website is not a part of and is not incorporated into this prospectus.

5



Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Offer

        On August 5, 2004, the co-issuers issued $600.0 million aggregate principal amount of their 9% senior subordinated notes due 2012, in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). We refer to the issuance of the old notes in this prospectus as the "original issuance." The initial purchasers of the notes in the original issuance were Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

        At the time of the original issuance, we entered into an agreement in which we agreed to register new notes, in substantially the same form and with substantially the same terms as the old notes, and to offer to exchange the registered notes for the old notes. This agreement is referred to in this prospectus as the "registration rights agreement."

        If (but only if) you are eligible to exchange your old notes for registered notes and you satisfy the conditions set forth below under "—Resales of the Registered Notes," we believe that the registered notes issued to you in the exchange offer may be resold by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act. You should read the discussions under the headings "The Exchange Offer" and "Description of the Notes" for further information regarding the registered notes.

Registration Rights Agreement   Under the registration rights agreement, we are obligated to offer to exchange the old notes for registered notes. The exchange offer is intended to satisfy that obligation. After the exchange offer is complete, except as set forth in the next paragraph, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to your old notes.

 

 

The registration rights agreement requires us to file a registration statement for a continuous offering in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act for your benefit if you would not receive freely tradeable registered notes in the exchange offer or you are ineligible to participate in the exchange offer and indicate that you wish to have your old notes registered under the Securities Act.

The Exchange Offer

 

The co-issuers are offering to exchange $1,000 principal amount of their 9% senior subordinated notes due 2012, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for each $1,000 principal amount of their unregistered 9% senior subordinated notes due 2012 that were issued in the original issuance.

 

 

In order to be exchanged, an old note must be validly tendered and accepted. All old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be accepted and exchanged.

 

 

As of the date of this prospectus, there are $600.0 million aggregate principal amount of old notes outstanding.

 

 

We will issue the registered notes promptly after the time of expiration.
         

6



Resales of the Registered Notes

 

We believe that the registered notes to be issued in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration provisions of the Securities Act if (but only if) you meet the following conditions:

 

 


 

any registered notes received by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

 


 

you have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the registered notes;

 

 


 

you are not our affiliate, as that term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act; and

 

 


 

you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, the distribution of the registered notes.

 

 

Our belief is based on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to us. The staff has not considered this exchange offer in the context of a no-action letter, and we cannot assure you that the staff would make a similar determination with respect to this exchange offer.

 

 

If you do not meet the above conditions, you may not participate in the exchange offer or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any old notes unless (i) they have been registered for resale by you under the Securities Act and you deliver a "resale" prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or (ii) you sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the registered notes in accordance with an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

 

Each broker-dealer that receives registered notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such registered notes. See "Plan of Distribution." A broker-dealer may use this prospectus for an offer to resell or to otherwise transfer those registered notes for a period of 180 days after the time of expiration.

Expiration Date

 

The exchange offer will expire at the time of expiration, which is 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on May 10, 2005, unless we decide to extend the exchange offer, in no event will we extend the exchange offer past May 17, 2005.
         

7



Conditions to the
Exchange Offer

 

The only conditions to completing the exchange offer are that the exchange offer not violate any applicable law, regulation or applicable interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission and that no injunction, order or decree of any court or any governmental agency that would prohibit, prevent or otherwise materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer shall be in effect. See "The Exchange Offer—Conditions."

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes Held in the Form of Book-Entry Interests

 

The old notes were issued as global notes in fully registered form without interest coupons. Beneficial interests in the old notes held by direct or indirect participants in The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, are shown on, and transfers of those interests are effected only through, records maintained in book-entry form by DTC with respect to its participants.

 

 

If you hold old notes in the form of book-entry interests and you wish to tender your old notes for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, you must transmit on or prior to the time of expiration either:

 

 

        •

 

a written or facsimile copy of a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal for your notes, including all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to the exchange agent at the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal; or

 

 

        •

 

a computer-generated message transmitted by means of DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program system and received by the exchange agent and forming a part of a confirmation of book-entry transfer, in which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal for your notes.

 

 

The exchange agent must also receive on or prior to the time of expiration either:

 

 

        •

 

a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of your old notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfers described in this prospectus under the heading "The Exchange Offer—Book-Entry Transfer;" or

 

 

        •

 

the documents necessary for compliance with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

 

 

A letter of transmittal for your notes accompanies this prospectus. By executing the letter of transmittal for your notes or delivering a computer-generated message through DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program system, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

 

        •

 

any registered notes received by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;
         

8



 

 

        •

 

you have no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the distribution of the registered notes;

 

 

        •

 

you are not our affiliate, as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

 

        •

 

you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, the distribution of the registered notes; and

 

 

        •

 

if you are a broker-dealer, you will receive registered notes for your own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and not directly from us and you will comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

Procedures for Tendering Certificated Old Notes

 

If you are a holder of book-entry interests in the old notes, you are entitled to receive, in limited circumstances, in exchange for your book-entry interests, certificated notes which are in equal principal amounts to your book-entry interests. See "Description of the Notes—Book Entry; Delivery and Form." If you acquire certificated old notes prior to the time of expiration, you must tender your certificated old notes in accordance with the procedures described in this prospectus under the heading "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering—Certificated Old Notes."

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners

 

If your old notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your old notes, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal for your old notes and delivering your old notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time. See "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering—Procedures Applicable to All Holders."

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

 

If you wish to tender your old notes in the exchange offer and:

 

 

(1)

 

they are not immediately available;

 

 

(2)

 

time will not permit your old notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent before the time of expiration; or

 

 

(3)

 

you cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis,

 

 

you may tender your old notes in accordance with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
         

9



Acceptance of Old Notes and Delivery of Registered Notes

 

Except under the circumstances described above under "Conditions to the Exchange Offer," we will accept for exchange any and all old notes which are properly tendered prior to the time of expiration. The registered notes to be issued to you in the exchange offer will be delivered promptly following the time of expiration. See "The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer."

Withdrawal

 

You may withdraw the tender of your old notes at any time prior to the time of expiration. We will return to you any old notes not accepted for exchange for any reason without expense to you promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer.

Exchange Agent

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is serving as the exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

 

If you do not participate in the exchange offer for your old notes, upon completion of the exchange offer, the liquidity of the market for your old notes could be adversely affected. See "The Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failure to Exchange."

Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer

 

The exchange of old notes for registered notes will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. See "Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer."

10



Summary of Terms of the Registered Notes

Co-Issuers   Refco Group Ltd., LLC and Refco Finance Inc. are the co-issuers of the notes.

Notes Issued

 

$600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9% senior subordinated notes due 2012.

Maturity Date

 

August 1, 2012.

Interest

 

9% per annum, payable semiannually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing on February 1, 2005.

Subsidiary Guarantees

 

All payments on the notes, including principal and interest, are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by our subsidiaries named on page 159 and each of our future subsidiaries who are required to execute a guarantee pursuant to the covenants described in "Description of Notes—Certain Covenants—Future Guarantors." The notes are not guaranteed by our regulated or foreign subsidiaries. See "Description of the Notes—Guaranties."

Ranking

 

The notes and the guarantees are the co-issuers' and our subsidiary guarantors' respective senior subordinated obligations and will rank:

 

 

        •

 

junior in right of payment to all of the co-issuers' and the subsidiary guarantors' existing and future senior indebtedness, including borrowings under our senior credit facilities;

 

 

        •

 

equally in right of payment with any of the co-issuers' and the subsidiary guarantors' future senior subordinated indebtedness; and

 

 

        •

 

senior in right of payment to any of the co-issuers' and the subsidiary guarantors' future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes.

 

 

The notes will be effectively junior to all existing and future liabilities of our subsidiaries that have not guaranteed the notes.

 

 

As of November 30, 2004, the notes and the guarantees ranked junior to approximately $798.0 million of our senior indebtedness, all of which would have consisted of borrowings under our senior credit facilities.

 

 

The notes are effectively subordinated to the significant liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, all of which, as of November 30, 2004, related to our customer financing arrangements.

 

 

We do not currently have any debt that is expressly subordinate to the notes, and therefore the notes are not senior to any of our existing debt.
         

11



Optional Redemption

 

Prior to August 1, 2008, we may redeem all, but not less than all, the notes for cash at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus the Applicable Premium (as defined in "Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption") plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

 

 

We may redeem any of the notes at any time on or after August 1, 2008, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices listed under "Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption," plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of the redemption.

 

 

In addition, on or before August 1, 2007, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes initially issued and 100% of the aggregate principal amount of notes subsequently issued with the net equity proceeds of designated offerings (as described in "Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption"), provided at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes initially issued remain outstanding immediately after such redemption.

Change of Control

 

Upon a change in control, we will be required to make an offer to purchase each holder's notes at a price of 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. See "Description of the Notes—Change of Control."

Certain Covenants

 

The indenture governing the notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries and regulated subsidiaries to:

 

 

        •

 

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;

 

 

        •

 

sell assets;

 

 

        •

 

pay dividends or make other equity distributions;

 

 

        •

 

purchase or redeem capital stock;

 

 

        •

 

make investments;

 

 

        •

 

consolidate or merge with or into other companies; and

 

 

        •

 

engage in transactions with affiliates.

 

 

These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. See "Description of the Notes—Certain Covenants."


Risk Factors

        Investing in the notes involves risks. See "Risk Factors" immediately following this summary for a discussion of risks relating to an investment in the notes and participation in the exchange offer.

12



RISK FACTORS

        Participating in the exchange offer and investing in the notes involves a high degree of risk. Presented below are all the risks that management deems material to an investment in the notes. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making your decision whether to participate in the exchange offer. As a result of any of these risks, our business, results of operations or financial condition may be adversely affected, and you may lose all or part of your investment in the notes.


Risks Relating to the Notes

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health, harm our ability to react to changes to our business and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our indebtedness, including the notes.

        As a result of the Transactions, we have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of November 30, 2004, we had total debt of approximately $1,398.0 million outstanding. Based on that level of indebtedness and interest applicable at November 30, 2004, our annual interest expense would be $90.1 million.

        Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay, when due, the principal of, interest on or other amounts due in respect of our indebtedness. Our substantial debt could also have other significant consequences. For example, it could:

        Furthermore, we are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our variable rate indebtedness. Interest rate changes could increase the amount of our interest rate payments and thus negatively impact our future earnings and cash flows. We currently estimate that our annual interest expense on our floating rate indebtedness would increase by $8.0 million for each increase in interest rates of 1%. If we do not have sufficient earnings, we may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell assets, borrow more money or sell more securities, none of which we can guarantee we will be able to do.

Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

        We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture governing the notes and our senior credit facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. For example, we have up to $75.0 million of borrowings available under our revolving credit facility and have the ability to increase the aggregate amount of our term loan up to $200.0 million without the

13



consent of any person other than the institutions agreeing to provide all or any portion of such increase. Any additional borrowings could be senior to the notes and the related guarantees. If we incur additional debt, the risks associated with our substantial leverage would increase.

To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

        Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund our operations, will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future, which, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. Specific events that might adversely affect our cash flow include: a default by a customer in the payment of a large margin call; losses incurred by any of the clearing houses of which we are a member, which could result in a capital call against us; a loss by us of any of the registrations or licenses required for us to conduct business; or a permanent decline in the level of customer business activity.

        Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, and we may be unable to make future borrowings under our senior credit facilities or otherwise in amounts sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we cannot service our debt, we will have to take actions such as reducing or delaying capital investments, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt or seeking additional equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these alternatives on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, the agreements governing our debt instruments may restrict us from adopting any of these alternatives. The implementation of these alternatives may adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

We depend almost entirely on the cash flow from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations, and the notes are effectively subordinated to all obligations of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, including our regulated subsidiaries.

        We conduct all of our operations through our subsidiaries and depend almost entirely upon dividends and other inter-company transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our payment obligations under the notes. Unless they are guarantors of the notes, our subsidiaries do not have any obligation to pay amounts due on the notes or to make funds available for that purpose. Only our non-regulated domestic subsidiaries are subsidiary guarantors of the notes. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries had consolidated assets of $55.1 billion as of November 30, 2004. Our guarantor subsidiaries had consolidated assets and net assets of $4.2 billion and $0.9 billion as of November 30, 2004, respectively. As a result of our structure, the notes are effectively subordinated to all indebtedness and other obligations (such as trade payables) of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, including to the significant liabilities of our regulated subsidiaries that relate to our customer financing arrangements. For further information regarding the liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, see Note M to our unaudited consolidated financial statements. The effect of this subordination is that, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding involving a non-guarantor subsidiary, the assets of that subsidiary could not be used to pay you until after all other claims against that subsidiary, including trade payables, have been fully paid. In addition, holders of minority equity interests in non-guarantor subsidiaries may receive distributions prior to or pro rata with us depending on the terms of the equity interests. We generated approximately $528.9 million and $8.0 million of cash flow from operations for the periods March 1, 2004 to through August 5, 2004 and August 6, 2004 through November 30, 2004, respectively, that would have been available to pay interest.

14



Substantially all of our net revenues are generated by, and substantially all of our assets are held by, our non-guarantor subsidiaries who have no obligations to pay amounts due on the notes and whose indebtedness and all other obligations are effectively senior to the notes.

        The historical consolidated financial data and the pro forma consolidated financial data included in this prospectus are presented on a consolidated basis for our entire business and include our non-guarantor subsidiaries. Substantially all of our net revenues are generated by our non-guarantor subsidiaries. The assets of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, which principally relate to assets relating to customer accounts and our customer financing activities, represent substantially all of our assets. As discussed in the preceding risk factor, these non-guarantor subsidiaries have no obligation to pay amounts due on the notes or to make funds available for these purposes, and the notes are effectively subordinated to all these subsidiaries' liabilities. For further information regarding the assets and liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, see Note M to our unaudited consolidated financial statements.

Regulatory and legal restrictions may prohibit some of our subsidiaries from paying dividends and making other payments to us.

        As discussed in the previous two risk factors, we conduct all of our operations through our subsidiaries and will depend almost entirely upon dividends and other inter-company transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our payment obligations under the notes. In addition to not guaranteeing the notes, our regulated subsidiaries are limited in their ability to pay dividends and make other payments to us by applicable laws and regulations. For example, Refco, LLC, one of our subsidiaries registered as a Futures Commission Merchant with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission must seek regulatory approvals to pay a substantial dividend and will not be able to pay dividends to us if after paying such dividends it would fail to maintain its minimum capital requirements, which as of November 30, 2004 were $301.7 million. See "Business—Regulation." As of November 30, 2004, Refco, LLC had capital of $139.6 million in excess of its minimum capital requirements.

Restrictive covenants in the senior credit facilities and the indenture may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

        Our senior credit facilities contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests. Our senior credit facilities include covenants restricting, among other things, our ability to:

15


        The indenture relating to the notes also contains numerous covenants including, among other things, restrictions on our ability to:

        Our senior credit facilities also include financial covenants, including requirements that we maintain:

These financial covenants will become more restrictive over time.

        A breach of any covenant or the inability to comply with any required financial ratio contained in either our senior credit facilities or the indenture governing the notes could result in a default under that agreement. If any such default occurs, the lenders under our senior credit facilities or the holders of the notes, as the case may be, may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts payable thereunder, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, a default under the indenture governing the notes would cause a default under the senior credit facilities, and the acceleration of debt under the senior credit facilities or the failure to pay that debt when due would cause a default under the indenture governing the notes. The lenders under our senior credit facilities also have the right upon an event of default thereunder to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings. Further, following an event of default under our senior credit facilities, the lenders under these facilities will have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that debt, which includes the available cash of our subsidiaries that guarantee the senior credit facilities, and they will also have the right to prevent us from making debt service payments on the notes. If the debt under our senior credit facilities or the notes offered hereby were to be accelerated, our assets could be insufficient to repay in full that debt or any other debt that may become due as a result of that acceleration.

Your right to receive payments on the notes is subordinated to the borrowings under our senior credit facilities and possibly all of our future borrowings. Further, the guarantees of the notes are junior to all the guarantors' existing senior indebtedness and possibly to all of the guarantors' future borrowings.

        The notes and the guarantees rank in right of payment behind all of the co-issuers' and the guarantors' existing senior indebtedness, including borrowings under our senior credit facilities, and will rank in right of payment behind all of the co-issuers' and the guarantors' future borrowings, except any future indebtedness that expressly provides that it ranks equal or junior in right of payment to the notes and the guarantees. As of November 30, 2004, the notes and the guarantees are contractually subordinated to approximately $798.0 million of senior term loan debt. In addition, our senior credit facilities and the indenture governing the notes permit us to incur up to $75.0 million in additional borrowings under our revolving credit facility, subject, in the case of our senior credit facilities, to compliance with the covenants and conditions to borrowings under the senior credit facilities, which borrowings would be senior to the notes and the guarantees. Our senior credit facilities and the indenture also permit us to increase the term loan facility under our credit agreement by up to

16



$200.0 million, subject, in the case of the senior credit facilities, to our satisfaction of conditions in the senior credit facilities. See "Description of Credit Facilities—Senior Credit Facilities." We will also be permitted to incur substantial additional indebtedness, including senior indebtedness, in the future.

        As a result of this subordination, upon any distribution to the creditors of the co-issuers or the creditors of the guarantors in a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to the co-issuers or the guarantors or their respective property, the holders of senior debt of the co-issuers and the guarantors will be entitled to be paid in full and in cash before any payment (other than payments in permitted junior securities (as defined in "Description of the Notes—Ranking—Payment of the Notes.")) may be made with respect to the notes or the guarantees, as the case may be.

        All payments (other than payments in the form of permitted junior securities) on the notes and the guarantees will be blocked in the event of a payment default on designated senior debt and may be blocked for up to 179 consecutive days in the event of the non-payment defaults specified under "Description of Notes—Ranking—Payment of Notes." on designated senior debt.

        In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to the co-issuers or the guarantors, holders of the notes will participate with the trade creditors and all other holders of the co-issuers' and the guarantors' senior subordinated indebtedness, as the case may be, in the assets remaining after the co-issuers and the guarantors have paid all of the senior secured indebtedness. However, because the indenture requires that amounts otherwise payable to holders of the notes in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding be paid to holders of senior indebtedness instead, holders of the notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of trade payables or other unsecured, unsubordinated creditors in any such proceeding. In any of these cases, the co-issuers and the guarantors may not have sufficient funds to pay all of its creditors, and holders of the notes may receive less, ratably, than the holders of senior indebtedness. See "Description of the Notes—Ranking."

The notes are not secured by our assets and the lenders under our senior credit facilities will be entitled to remedies available to a secured lender, which gives them priority over you to collect amounts due to them.

        In addition to being subordinated to all the co-issuers' and guarantors' existing and future senior debt, the notes and the guarantees are not secured by any of their assets. Our obligations under our senior credit facilities are secured by, among other things, a first priority pledge of all the common equity interests of the co-issuers and substantially all our other assets. If we become insolvent or are liquidated, or if payment under our senior credit facilities or in respect of any other secured indebtedness is accelerated, the lenders under our senior credit facilities or holders of other secured indebtedness will be entitled to exercise the remedies available to a secured lender under applicable law (in addition to any remedies that may be available under documents pertaining to our senior credit facilities or other senior debt). Upon the occurrence of any default under our senior credit facilities (and even without accelerating the indebtedness under our senior credit facilities), the lenders may be able to prohibit the payment of the notes and guarantees either by limiting our ability to access our cash flow or under the subordination provisions contained in the indenture governing the notes. See "Description of Credit Facilities" and "Description of the Notes—Ranking."

We may not be able to fulfill our repurchase obligations in the event of a change of control.

        Upon the occurrence of any change of control, we will be required to make a change of control offer to repurchase the notes. Any change of control also would constitute a default under our senior credit facilities. Therefore, upon the occurrence of a change of control, the lenders under our senior credit facilities would have the right to accelerate their loans, and if so accelerated, we would be required to repay all of our outstanding obligations under our senior credit facilities. Also, our senior credit facilities generally prohibit us from purchasing any notes if we do not repay all borrowings under such facilities first or obtain the consent of the lenders under such facilities. Accordingly, unless we first repay all such borrowings or obtain the consent of such lenders, we will be prohibited from purchasing the notes upon a change of control.

17



        In addition, if a change of control occurs, we may not have available funds sufficient to pay the change of control purchase price for any of the notes that might be delivered by holders of the notes seeking to accept the change of control offer and, accordingly, none of the holders of the notes may receive the change of control purchase price for their notes. Our failure to make the change of control offer or to pay the change of control purchase price when due would result in a default under the indenture governing the notes. See "Description of the Notes—Defaults."

Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws permit a court to void the notes and the guarantees, and if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes or you may be required to repay amounts you received.

        The notes are guaranteed by each of the subsidiary guarantors. The co-issuers' issuance of the notes and the issuance of the guarantees by the subsidiary guarantors may be subject to review under federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes if a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization case or a lawsuit, including circumstances in which bankruptcy is not involved, were commenced at some future date by, or on behalf of, unpaid creditors of the co-issuers or the subsidiary guarantors. While the relevant laws may vary from state to state, under such laws the issuance of the notes or the guarantees and the application of the proceeds from the issuance of the notes will be a fraudulent conveyance if (1) a co-issuer issued the notes or a subsidiary guarantor issued a guarantee with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (2) a co-issuer or any of the subsidiary guarantors, as applicable, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for issuing either the notes or a guarantee, and, in the case of (2) only, one of the following is true:

        If a court were to find that the issuance of the notes or a guarantee were a fraudulent conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the notes or such guarantee or subordinate the notes or such guarantee to presently existing and future indebtedness of the applicable co-issuer or guarantor, or require the holders of the notes to repay any amounts received with respect to the notes or such guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent conveyance occurred, you may not receive any payment on the notes or the guarantees.

        The measures of insolvency for purposes of fraudulent transfer laws vary depending upon the governing law. Generally, an entity would be considered insolvent if, at the time it incurred indebtedness:

        A court would likely find that a co-issuer or subsidiary guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the issuance of the notes or its guarantee if the co-issuer or subsidiary guarantor did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the notes. Each guarantee will contain a provision intended to limit the subsidiary guarantor's liability to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer. This provision may not be effective to protect the guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer law.

18



Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer

        Your old notes will not be accepted for exchange if you fail to follow the exchange offer procedures.

        We will not accept your old notes for exchange if you do not follow the exchange offer procedures. We will issue registered notes as part of this exchange offer only after a timely receipt of your old notes, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents. Therefore, if you wish to tender your old notes, please allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. If we do not receive your old notes, letter of transmittal and other required documents by the time of expiration of the exchange offer, we will not accept your old notes for exchange. We are under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the tenders of old notes for exchange. If there are defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of old notes, we will not accept your old notes for exchange.

If you do not exchange your old notes, there will be restrictions on your ability to resell your old notes.

        Following the exchange offer, old notes that you do not tender or that we do not accept will be subject to transfer restrictions. Absent registration, any untendered old notes may therefore be offered or sold only in transactions that are not subject to, or that are exempt from, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

An active trading market may not develop for the notes, which may affect your ability to sell the notes.

        The registered notes are a new issue of securities and there is no established trading market for the registered notes. We do not intend to apply to list the registered notes for trading on any securities exchange or to arrange for quotation on any automated dealer quotation system. As a result of this and the other factors listed below, an active trading market for the registered notes may not develop, in which case the market price and liquidity of the registered notes may be adversely affected.

        In addition, you may not be able to sell your registered notes at a particular time or at a price favorable to you. Future trading prices of the registered notes will depend on many factors, including:

        Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused volatility in prices. It is possible that the market for the registered notes will be subject to disruptions. A disruption may have a negative effect on you as a holder of the registered notes, regardless of our prospects or performance.

        Although the initial purchasers of the old notes have advised us that they intend to make a market in the registered notes, they are not obligated to do so. The initial purchasers may also discontinue any market making activities at any time, in their sole discretion, which could further negatively impact your ability to sell the registered notes or the prevailing market price at the time you choose to sell.

19



Risks Relating to Our Company

Changes in domestic and international market factors that reduce trading volumes or interest rates could significantly harm our business.

        We generate revenues primarily from transaction fees we earn from executing and clearing customer orders and from interest income we earn on cash balances in our customers' accounts and from providing secured financing through repurchase transactions. These revenue sources are substantially dependent on customer trading volumes and interest rates. We are, in particular, affected by customer trading volumes on the derivatives exchanges on which we conduct transactions and in the fixed income and foreign exchange markets. The volume of transactions our customers conduct with us and interest rates are directly affected by domestic and international market factors that are beyond our control, including:

        Any one or more of these factors, or others, may contribute to reduced trading volumes or changes in interest rates. Any material decrease in trading volume in the securities markets in general, or the derivatives, fixed income and foreign exchange markets in particular, or any decline in prevailing interest rates would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. By way of example, during the second quarter of fiscal year 2005, the seasonal decrease in exchange-traded derivative volumes in Europe (Eurex) and Chicago (the Chicago Mercantile Exchange), exacerbated by historically low levels of volatility in underlying equity and fixed income markets, resulted in a decrease of 5.0% in our transaction volume and a decrease of 9.3% in Derivative Brokerage & Clearing revenues for the quarter ended August 31, 2004 as compared with the quarter ended May 31, 2004.

We face intense competition from other companies, and if we are not able to successfully compete with them, our business may be harmed.

        The derivatives, securities and financial services industries are highly competitive, and we expect that competition will intensify in the future. We have numerous current and prospective competitors, both domestically and internationally. Our primary competitors include both large, diversified financial institutions, such as major commercial and investment banks and independent Futures Commission Merchants, foreign broker-dealers and other specialty broker-dealers. Many of our competitors and potential competitors have larger customer bases, more established name recognition and greater

20



financial, marketing, technological and personnel resources than we do. These resources may enable them to, among other things:

        In addition, new or existing competitors could gain access to trading markets in which we currently enjoy a competitive advantage. For example, if additional competitors gained access to the interdealer broker market, it could adversely affect our advantage in providing trading access to the U.S. Treasury securities market. Other market participants, such as the exchanges, may expand their services and begin competing with us more directly. Even if new or existing competitors do not significantly erode our market share, they may offer their services at lower prices, and we may be required to reduce our fees significantly to remain competitive, which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability. If we fail to compete effectively, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially harmed.

Our business could be adversely affected if we are unable to retain our current customers or attract new customers.

        The success of our business depends, in part, on our ability to maintain and increase our customer base. Customers in our market are sensitive to, among other things, the costs of using our services, the quality of the services we offer, the speed and reliability of order execution and the breadth of our service offerings and the products and markets to which we offer access. We may not be able to continue to offer the pricing, service, speed and reliability of order execution or the service, product and market breadth that customers desire. In addition, our existing customers are not obligated to use our services and can switch providers of execution and clearing services or decrease their trading activity conducted through us at any time. As a result, we may fail to retain existing customers or be unable to attract new customers. Our failure to maintain or attract customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We rely on relationships with our introducing brokers for obtaining some of our customers. The failure to maintain these relationships could adversely affect our business.

        We have relationships with introducing brokers who assist us in establishing new customer relationships and provide marketing and customer service functions for some of our customers. These introducing brokers receive compensation for introducing customers to us. Many of our relationships with introducing brokers are non-exclusive or may be cancelled on relatively short notice. In addition, our introducing brokers have no obligation to provide new customer relationships or minimum levels of transaction volume. Our failure to maintain these relationships with these introducing brokers or the failure of these introducing brokers to establish and maintain customer relationships would result in a loss of revenues, which could adversely affect our business.

21



Our business operations could be significantly disrupted if we lost members of our management team.

        Our future success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our management team. Our future performance will be substantially dependent on our ability to retain and motivate them. Any of these persons may voluntarily terminate his employment with us. The loss of the services of any member of our management team, particularly Phillip Bennett, our President and Chief Executive Officer, could adversely affect our ability to manage our business effectively or to execute our business strategy. None of our credit facilities, indentures or other contracts includes a provision requiring the continued service of any key employee, and we do not maintain key man life insurance policies on any of our executive officers. See "Management—Managers and Executive Officers." Phillip Bennett, Joseph Murphy, Gerald Sherer, William Sexton, Santo Maggio and Dennis Klejna have entered into agreements in which each respectively agrees not to compete with us for a specified period of time.

We may not be able to attract and retain the highly skilled employees we need to support our business.

        Our future success also depends upon the efforts of our qualified and highly trained sales personnel and upon our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled and often specialized personnel, particularly in light of the rapid pace of technological advances. The level of competition in our industry for individuals with this level of experience or these skills is intense. If we are not able to attract and retain highly skilled employees, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may not effectively manage our growth, which could materially harm our business.

        The growth of our business has placed and may continue to place a significant strain on our management, personnel, systems and resources. We must continue to improve our operational and financial systems and managerial controls and procedures, and we will need to continue to expand, train and manage our technology workforce. We must also maintain close coordination among our technology, compliance, risk management, accounting, finance, marketing and sales organizations. We may not manage our growth effectively. If we fail to do so, our business could be materially harmed.

        If we continue to grow, we may be required to increase our investment in facilities, personnel and financial and management systems and controls. Continued growth may also require expansion of our procedures for monitoring and assuring our compliance with applicable regulations and that we recruit, integrate, train and manage a growing employee base. The expansion of our existing businesses, our expansion into new businesses and the resulting growth of our employee base increase our need for internal audit and monitoring processes that are more extensive and broader in scope than those we have historically required. We may not be successful in implementing all of the processes that are necessary. Further, unless our growth results in an increase in our revenues that is proportionate to the increase in our costs associated with this growth, our operating margins and profitability will be adversely affected.

Our operations expose us to significant credit risks.

        We act on behalf of our customers for all trades consummated both on exchanges and in over-the-counter markets. Accordingly, we are responsible for our customers' obligations with respect to these transactions, which exposes us to significant credit risk. Our customers may default on their obligations due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons. A substantial part of our working capital is at risk if customers default on their obligations to us and their account balances and security deposits are insufficient to meet all of their obligations. As of November 30, 2004, February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003, our reserve against receivables from customers was $75.6 million,

22



$65.2 million and $42.7 million, respectively. We may be materially and adversely affected in the event of a significant default by our customers.

Our compliance and risk management methods might not be effective, which could increase the risk that we are subject to regulatory action or litigation or otherwise negatively impact our business.

        Our ability to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations is largely dependent on our establishment and maintenance of compliance, audit and reporting systems, as well as our ability to attract and retain qualified compliance and other risk management personnel. If we fail to effectively establish and maintain such compliance and reporting systems or fail to attract and retain personnel who are capable of designing and operating such systems, it will increase the likelihood that we will become subject to legal and regulatory infractions, including civil litigation and investigations by regulatory agencies.

        For us to avoid a number of risks inherent in our business, it is necessary for us to have polices and procedures that identify, monitor and manage our risk exposure. Management of operational, legal and regulatory risk requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record properly and verify a large number of transactions and events. Such policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Some of our risk management policies and procedures depend upon evaluation of information regarding markets, customers or other matters that are publicly available or otherwise accessible by us. That information may not in all cases be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. Further, our risk management policies and procedures rely on a combination of technical and human controls and supervision, which are subject to error and failure. Some of our risk management policies and procedures are based on internally developed controls and observed historical market behavior and also involve reliance on industry standard practices. These policies and procedures may not adequately prevent future losses, particularly as they relate to extreme market movements, which may be significantly greater than comparable historical movements. While we have no reason to believe that our policies and procedures will not continue to be effective, they may not always be effective in the future, and we may not always be successful in monitoring or evaluating the risks to which we are or may be exposed. If our risk management efforts are ineffective, we could suffer losses that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or operating results.

Our acquisition, joint venture and investment strategies and any other new business initiatives we undertake involve risks, and if we are unable to manage these risks effectively, our business will be materially harmed.

        In the past, we have expanded our business through acquisitions, and to achieve our strategic objectives in the future, we may seek to acquire other companies, businesses or technologies. Acquisitions entail numerous risks, including the following:


        Failure to manage our acquisitions to avoid these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

23


        We also may seek to expand or enhance our operations by forming joint ventures, making other investments or undertaking other business initiatives and entering new lines of businesses. Entering into joint ventures also entails risks, including difficulties in developing and expanding the business of newly formed joint ventures, exercising influence over the activities of joint ventures in which we do not have a controlling interest and potential conflicts with our joint venture partners. Other investments and business initiatives may also involve risks, including but not limited to loss of investment. Any acquisition, joint venture, investment or other business initiative that we have or may enter into may not be successful. Unsuccessful joint ventures, investments and other business initiatives could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our international operations involve special challenges that we may not be able to meet, which could adversely affect our financial results.

        We currently conduct international operations and plan to expand those operations. There are a number of risks inherent in doing business in international markets, particularly in the derivatives, fixed income and foreign exchange markets, which are heavily regulated in many jurisdictions outside the United States. These risks include:

        Our operations in some less developed countries are also subject to the political, legal and economic risks associated with politically unstable and less developed regions of the world, including the risk of war and other international conflicts and actions by governmental authorities, insurgent groups, terrorists and others. Specifically, we conduct business in countries whose currencies may be unstable. Future instability in such currencies or the imposition of governmental or regulatory restrictions on such currencies could impede our foreign exchange business and our ability to collect on collateral held in such currencies.

        In addition, we are required to comply with the laws and regulations of foreign governmental and regulatory authorities of each country in which we conduct business. These may include laws, rules and regulations, including registration requirements relating to many aspects of the derivatives, fixed income and foreign exchange markets. Our compliance with these laws and regulations may be difficult and time consuming and may require significant expenditures and personnel requirements, and our failure to be in compliance would subject us to legal and regulatory liabilities. We have customers in numerous countries around the world in which we are not registered. As a result, we may become subject to the regulatory requirements of those countries. We may also experience difficulty in managing our international operations because of, among other things, competitive conditions overseas, management of foreign exchange risk, established domestic markets, language and cultural differences and economic or political instability. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on the success of our international operations or limit our ability to grow our international operations and, consequently, on our business, financial condition and operating results.

24



Our operating results are subject to significant fluctuations due to seasonality. As a result, you should not rely on our operating results in any particular period as an indication of our future performance.

        Our business experiences seasonal fluctuations. Financial markets often experience reduced trading activity during summer months and in the last fiscal quarter as a result of holidays. Traditional commodity derivatives, such as energy, will reflect changing supply/demand factors related to heating/cooling seasons. As a result of these factors, we may experience relatively higher trading volume and thus revenue during our first and third fiscal quarters and lower trading volume in our second fiscal quarter.

If we experience systems failures or capacity constraints, our ability to conduct our operations would be materially harmed.

        We are heavily dependent on the capacity and reliability of the computer and communications systems supporting our operations, whether owned and operated internally or by third parties. We receive and process a large portion of our trade orders through electronic means, such as through public and private communications networks. These computer and communications systems and networks are subject to performance degradation or failure from any number of reasons, including loss of power, acts of war or terrorism, human error, natural disasters, fire, sabotage, hardware or software malfunctions or defects, computer viruses, intentional acts of vandalism, customer error or misuse, lack of proper maintenance or monitoring and similar events. During the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center on September 11, 2001, we lost access to a significant portion of our communications and computer networks. Although the disruption of our operations as a result of this event was not material, future occurrences of any of the events listed above, or of any other events, could result in the material degradation or failure of our computer and communications systems and networks.

        If such a degradation or failure were to occur, it could cause any number of results, including:


        Further, any of our redundant systems or disaster recovery plans may not have been implemented properly, and these systems and plans or our personnel may not be adequate to correct or mitigate any of the above events. In addition, any redundant systems, disaster recovery plans or personnel of our third-party service providers may not be adequate to correct or mitigate any of the above events or be implemented properly. The occurrence of degradation or failure of the communications and computer systems on which we rely may lead to financial losses, litigation or arbitration claims filed by or on behalf of our customers and regulatory investigations and sanctions, including by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, which require that our trade execution and communications systems be able to handle anticipated present and future peak trading volumes. Any such degradation or failure could also have a negative effect on our reputation, which in turn could cause us to lose existing customers to our competitors or make it more difficult for us to attract new customers in the future. Further, any financial loss that we suffer as a result of such degradations or failures could be magnified by price movements of contracts involved in transactions impacted by the degradation or failure, and we may be unable to take corrective action to mitigate any losses we suffer.

25


If we fail to maintain our computer and communications systems and networks properly or to upgrade and expand such systems and networks in response to technological change, our business will be materially harmed.

        We need to properly maintain the computer and communications systems and networks that we currently own and operate. We internally support and maintain many of our existing systems and networks, including those that are critical to our derivatives clearing operations. Our failure to adequately maintain these systems and networks could have a material effect on the performance and reliability of such systems and networks, which in turn could materially harm our business.

        Further, the markets in which we compete are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving customer demand and uses of our services and the emergence of new industry standards and practices that could render our existing technology and systems obsolete. Our future success will depend in part on our ability to anticipate and adapt to technological advancements, evolving customer demands and changing standards in a timely, cost-efficient and competitive manner and to upgrade and expand our systems accordingly. Any upgrades or expansions may require significant expenditures of funds and may also increase the probability that we will suffer system degradations and failures. We may not have sufficient funds to adequately update and expand our networks, and any upgrade or expansion attempts may not be successful and accepted by the marketplace and our customers. Our failure to adequately update and expand our systems and networks or to adapt our systems and technology to evolving customer demands or emerging industry standards would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We depend on third-party suppliers for a number of services, which are important to our business.

        We depend on a number of suppliers, such as banking, clearing and settlement organizations, telephone companies, online service providers, data processors and software and hardware vendors for elements of our trading, clearing and other systems, as well as communications and networking equipment, computer hardware and software and related support and maintenance. These providers may not be able to continue to provide these services in an efficient, cost-effective manner or be able to adequately expand their services to meet our needs. In addition, our agreements with these providers come up for renewal or may be terminated from time to time. In such event, we may be required to renegotiate the terms of an agreement on terms that are not as favorable as under the existing agreement, or we may be required to find a replacement supplier. An interruption in or the cessation of service by any service provider and our inability to make alternative arrangements on favorable terms, in a timely manner, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our networks and those of our third-party service providers may be vulnerable to security risks, which could result in the wrongful use of our or our customers' information, interruptions or malfunctions in our operations or damage to our reputation.

        The secure transmission of confidential information over public networks is a critical element of our operations. Our networks and those of our third-party service providers, the exchanges and counterparties with whom we trade and our customers may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses and other security problems. Persons who circumvent security measures could wrongfully use our or our customers' information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Additionally, our reputation could be damaged. If an actual, threatened or perceived breach of our or our security providers' security occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and could cause customers to reduce or stop their use of our services. We or our service providers may be required to expend significant resources to protect against

26



the threat of security breaches or to alleviate problems, including reputational harm and litigation, caused by any breaches. Any security measures implemented by us or our service providers may prove to be inadequate and may not prevent system failures and delays that could lower trading volumes and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property rights or technology effectively, which would allow competitors to duplicate or replicate our technology and could adversely affect our ability to compete.

        Intellectual property is important to our success and ability to compete, and if we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, our competitors might gain access to our technology. We rely primarily on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, as well as license agreements, third-party nondisclosure and other agreements and other contractual provisions and technical measures to protect our intellectual property rights. We attempt to negotiate beneficial intellectual property ownership provisions in our contracts and also require employees, consultants, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements in an effort to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary information. However, laws and our actual contractual terms may not be sufficient to protect our technology from use or theft by third parties. For instance, a third party might reverse engineer or otherwise obtain and use our technology without our permission and without our knowledge, thereby infringing our rights and allowing competitors to duplicate or replicate our products. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that these protections will be adequate to prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology.

        We may have legal or contractual rights that we could assert against illegal use of our intellectual property rights, but lawsuits claiming infringement or misappropriation are complex and expensive, and the outcome would not be certain. In addition, the laws of some countries in which we now or may in the future operate may not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.

        Defending against intellectual property infringement and related claims could be expensive and disruptive to our business. If we are found to infringe the proprietary rights of others, we could be required to redesign our services, pay royalties or enter into license agreements with third parties.

Claims that we misuse the intellectual property of others could subject us to litigation and significant liability and disrupt our business.

        There is frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights related to the development or use of technology, including suits in our industry. As the number of participants in our market increases and the number of patents and other intellectual property registrations increase, the possibility of an intellectual property claim against us grows. We have been sued on intellectual property grounds in the past and are currently the subject of a patent infringement lawsuit by Trading Technologies International, Inc. A third party may assert in the future that our technology or the manner in which we operate our business violates its intellectual property rights. From time to time, in the ordinary course of business, we may become subject to legal proceedings and claims relating to the intellectual property rights of others, and we expect that third parties may assert intellectual property claims against us, particularly as we expand the complexity and scope of our business, the number of electronic trading platforms increases and the functionality of these platforms further overlap. Any claims, whether with or without merit, could:

27


        Third parties may assert infringement claims against us in the future with respect to our electronic trading platforms or any of our other current or future services, and any such assertion may require us to cease providing such services, try to redesign our services, enter into royalty agreements, if available, or become involved in litigation that could be costly to us. Any of these events could have a material affect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We operate in a heavily regulated environment that imposes significant costs and compliance requirements on us. The failure to comply with the regulations to which we are subject could subject us to sanctions.

        We are extensively regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission; the Securities and Exchange Commission; the National Association of Securities Dealers, our designated self-regulatory organization with respect to our registration as a broker-dealer; the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, our designated self-regulatory organization with respect to our registration as an Futures Commission Merchant; the National Futures Association; other exchanges of which we are a member; state regulatory agencies; and other domestic and foreign clearing organizations. If we fail to comply with applicable laws, rules or regulations, we may be subject to criminal conviction, increased reporting requirements, censure, fines, cease-and-desist orders, suspension of our business, removal of personnel, civil litigation or other sanctions, including revocation of our operating licenses.

        In 2002 and 2003, we received subpoenas and requests for information from the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with its investigation into short sales of common stock of Sedona Corporation. Although there were issues previously raised by the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to document production and retention by us in connection with that matter, we believe that we have now substantially complied with those subpoenas and requests. In October 2003, we received a subpoena from the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Southern District of New York, which called for the production of documents we had produced to the Securities and Exchange Commission. For a more detailed description of these investigations, see "Business—Legal Proceedings—SEC Investigation." At the present time, it is not possible to predict the outcome of the foregoing investigations with certainty.

        The organizations and agencies that regulate us have broad powers to investigate and enforce compliance and punish non-compliance with their rules and regulations. Neither we nor our managers, officers and employees may be able to fully comply with these rules and regulations, and we may be subject to claims or actions by these organizations and agencies, which could adversely affect our business.

We will become subject to additional financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements that may be difficult for us to satisfy. Evolving regulation of corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses and continuing uncertainty.

        We have historically operated our business as a private company. We will be obligated after the effectiveness of this registration statement to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission annual

28



and quarterly information and other reports that are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act as applicable to U.S. companies subject to such sections. We will also become subject to other new financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements, including many of the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which will impose significant compliance obligations upon us. These obligations will require a commitment of additional resources, and meeting these requirements may require the hiring of additional staff and result in the diversion of our senior management's time and attention from our day to day operations. We may not be successful in complying with these obligations, and compliance with them could adversely affect our business or results of operations.

        Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and new Securities and Exchange Commission regulations are creating uncertainty for public companies. We are presently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to new and proposed rules and cannot predict or estimate the amount of the additional costs we may incur or the timing of those costs. These new or changed laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. If our efforts to comply with new or changed laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us, which could adversely affect our business.

We will be exposed to risks relating to the evaluation of our internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

        We are in the process of evaluating, testing and implementing our internal controls over financial reporting to enable management to report on, and our independent registered accounting firm to attest to, such internal controls as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. While we anticipate being compliant with the requirements of Section 404 by our February 28, 2007 deadline, we cannot be certain as to the timing of the completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may be subject to investigation and sanctions by regulatory authorities, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission. As a result, there could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. In addition, we may be required to incur costs in improving our internal controls and the hiring of additional personnel. Any such actions could negatively affect our results of operations.

Changes in legislation or regulations may affect our ability to conduct our business or reduce our profitability.

        The legislative and regulatory environment in which we operate has undergone significant change in the past and may undergo significant change again in the future. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the National Association of Securities Dealers, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the National Futures Association or other U.S. or foreign governmental authorities continuously review legislative and regulatory initiatives and may adopt new or revised laws and regulations. These legislative and regulatory initiatives may affect the way in which we conduct our business and may make our business less profitable. Changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and regulations by those entities may also adversely affect our business.

        In addition, we use the Internet as the distribution channel to provide services to our customers. A number of regulatory agencies have recently adopted regulations regarding customer privacy and the

29



use of customer information by service providers. Additional laws and regulations relating to the Internet may be adopted in the future, including regulations regarding the pricing, taxation, content and quality of products and services delivered over the Internet. Complying with these laws and regulations is expensive and time consuming and could limit our ability to use the Internet as a distribution channel, which could adversely affect our business.

We are subject to significant litigation risk which could adversely affect our business.

        Many aspects of our business involve substantial liability risks, and we could be exposed to substantial liability under federal and state laws and court decisions, as well as regulatory action by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and other regulatory organizations. These risks include, among others, potential civil litigation triggered by regulatory investigations, potential liability from disputes over terms of a trade, the claim that a system failure or delay caused monetary losses to a customer, that we entered into an unauthorized transaction or that we provided materially false or misleading statements in connection with a transaction. The volume of claims and the amount of damages claimed in litigation and regulatory proceedings against financial intermediaries have been increasing. Dissatisfied customers frequently make claims against their service providers regarding quality of trade execution, improperly settled trades, mismanagement or even fraud. These risks also include potential liability from disputes over the exercise of our rights with respect to customer accounts and collateral. Although our customer agreements generally provide that we may exercise such rights with respect to customer accounts and collateral as we deem reasonably necessary for our protection, our exercise of these rights has at times led to claims by customers that we have exercised these rights improperly. For example, we are currently the subject of a lawsuit brought by a customer who has alleged that we improperly liquidated its position in connection with a margin call. Even if we prevail in this or other cases or claims, we could incur significant legal expenses defending the cases or claims, even those without merit. An adverse resolution of any future cases or claims against us could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition or operating results.

We could be harmed by employee or introducing broker misconduct or errors that are difficult to detect and deter.

        There have been a number of highly publicized cases involving fraud or other misconduct by employees of financial services firms in recent years. Misconduct by our employees or introducing brokers could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of customers, improper use of confidential information or use of improper marketing materials. For example, during the mid-1990s, one of our brokers engaged in conduct that was violative of regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the Chicago Board of Trade. This conduct resulted in awards and settlements of private arbitrations in 2001 of approximately $42 million and the payment by us of an aggregate $7.0 million in fines to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the Chicago Board of Trade in 1999. Employee or introducing broker misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. It is not always possible to deter employee or introducing broker misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Our employees or introducing brokers also may commit errors that could subject us to financial claims for negligence or otherwise, as well as regulatory actions. We have been subject to claims by our customers relating to errors committed by our employees. Employee, broker or introducing broker misconduct or errors could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

30



Our business may be adversely affected if our reputation is harmed.

        Our ability to attract and retain customers and employees may be adversely affected to the extent our reputation is damaged. If we fail, or appear to fail, to deal with various issues that may give rise to reputational risk, our reputation may be harmed, which could harm our business prospects. These issues include, but are not limited to, appropriately dealing with potential conflicts of interest, legal and regulatory requirements, ethical issues, money-laundering, privacy, record-keeping, sales and trading practices and the proper identification of the legal, reputational, credit, liquidity and market risks inherent in our business. Failure to appropriately address these issues could also give rise to additional legal risk to us, which could, in turn, increase the size and number of claims and damages asserted against us or subject us to regulatory enforcement actions, fines and penalties.

Procedures and requirements of the PATRIOT Act may expose us to significant costs or penalties.

        As participants in the financial services industry, our subsidiaries are subject to laws and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act of 2001, which require that they know certain information about their customers and monitor transactions for suspicious financial activities. The cost of complying with the PATRIOT Act and related laws and regulations is significant. As an online broker with customers worldwide, we may face particular difficulties in identifying our international customers, gathering the required information about them and monitoring their activities. We face risks that our policies, procedures, technology and personnel directed toward complying with the PATRIOT Act are insufficient and that we could be subject to significant criminal and civil penalties due to noncompliance. Such penalties could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we do not maintain the capital levels required by regulations, we may be fined or barred from conducting business.

        The Securities and Exchange Commission, National Association of Securities Dealers, Commodity Futures Trading Commission and various other regulatory agencies have stringent rules with respect to the maintenance of specific levels of net capital by securities broker-dealers and Futures Commission Merchants. Our failure to maintain the required net capital could result in suspension or revocation of our registration by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and our suspension or expulsion by the National Association of Securities Dealers or other U.S. and international regulatory bodies and could ultimately lead to our liquidation or the liquidation of one of our subsidiaries. If net capital rules are changed or expanded, or if we incur an unusually large charge against net capital, our operations that require an intensive use of capital could be limited. Such operations may include dealing activities, marketing and the financing of customer account balances. See "Business—Regulation" for more information on the minimum net capital requirements for our domestic broker-dealer and Futures Commission Merchant subsidiaries.

We require a significant amount of liquidity.

        Ready access to cash is essential to our business. Our liquidity could be impaired by an inability to access lines of credit, an inability to access funds from our subsidiaries or an inability to liquidate customer positions or otherwise sell assets. This situation may arise due to circumstances that we may be unable to control, such as a general market disruption or an operational problem that affects third parties or us. Further, our ability to liquidate customer positions or otherwise sell assets may be impaired if other market participants are seeking to sell similar assets at the same time. Our credit ratings are important to our liquidity. A reduction in our credit ratings could adversely affect our liquidity and competitive position, increase our borrowing costs, limit our access to the capital markets or trigger our obligations under certain bilateral provisions in some of our trading and collateralized

31



financing contracts. Under such contracts, counterparties could terminate contracts with us or require us to post additional collateral. Termination of our trading and collateralized financing contracts could cause us to sustain losses and impair our liquidity by requiring us to find other sources of financing or to make significant cash payments or securities movements. The occurrence of any of the foregoing events could have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

We have recorded a significant amount of intangible assets, which may never generate the returns we expect.

        Our acquisitions and the Transactions have resulted in significant amounts of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill relates to the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of the businesses acquired by us. After giving effect to the Transactions, we had approximately $716.6 million of goodwill and approximately $573.9 million of identifiable intangible assets.

        Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition, and under Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles are reviewed at least annually for impairment. Finite lived intangibles are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in the performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of the acquired business, and a variety of other circumstances. The amount of any impairment must be written off. We may never realize the full value of our intangible assets. Any future determination requiring the write-off of a significant portion of intangible assets would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The interests of our controlling members could conflict with your interests.

        Affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and Phillip Bennett, our President and Chief Executive Officer, beneficially own approximately 57% and 43%, respectively, of our parent's issued and outstanding membership units. Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. has the ability to designate four of our parent's eight managers, and if our parent fails to meet yearly performance requirements, it can designate a fifth manager (with the total board size increasing to nine managers). Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. also has the ability to control all aspects of our business. Mr. Bennett also has significant influence over our business. Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and Mr. Bennett may pursue transactions that could enhance their equity investment while involving risks to your interests. The interests of our controlling members could conflict with your interests.

32



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as "anticipate," "estimate," "expect," "project," "plan," "intend," "believe" and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events.

        These forward-looking statements are based on assumptions that we have made in light of our industry experience and on our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. As you read and consider this prospectus, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. They involve risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) and assumptions. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results and cause them to differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others:

        There may be other factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements.

        Because of these factors, we caution that you should not place undue reliance on any of our forward-looking statements. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made. New risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and it is impossible for us to predict those events or how they may affect us. Except as required by law, we have no duty to, and do not intend to, update or revise the forward-looking statements in this prospectus after the date of this prospectus.

33



THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect

        The co-issuers issued the old notes on August 5, 2004 in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In connection with this original issuance, we entered into an indenture and a registration rights agreement. The registration rights agreement requires that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the registered notes to be issued in the exchange offer and, upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, offer you the opportunity to exchange your old notes for a like principal amount of registered notes. Except as set forth below, these registered notes will be issued without a restrictive legend and, we believe, may be reoffered and resold by you without registration under the Securities Act. After we complete the exchange offer, our obligations with respect to the registration of the old notes and the registered notes will terminate, except as provided in the last paragraph of this section. Copies of the indenture relating to the notes and the registration rights agreement have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this prospectus, this exchange offer is not being made to you, and you may not participate in the exchange offer, if (a) you are our "affiliate" within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act or (b) you are a broker-dealer that acquired old notes directly from us.

        Based on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to us, we believe that the registered notes issued to you in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, unless you are a broker-dealer that receives registered notes in exchange for old notes acquired by you as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. This interpretation, however, is based on your representations to us that:

        If you have any of the disqualifications described above or cannot make each of the representations set forth above, you may not rely on the interpretations by the staff of the SEC referred to above. Under those circumstances, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a sale, transfer or other disposition of any notes unless you are able to utilize an applicable exemption from all of those requirements. In addition, each broker-dealer that receives registered notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such registered notes. See "Plan of Distribution."

        If you will not receive freely tradable registered notes in the exchange offer or are not eligible to participate in the exchange offer, you may elect to have your old notes registered in a "shelf" registration statement on an appropriate form pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. If we are obligated to file a shelf registration statement, we will be required to keep the shelf registration statement effective for a period of two years (or for a longer period if extended pursuant to the registration rights agreement) or such shorter period that will terminate when all of the notes covered by the shelf registration statement (a) have been sold pursuant to the shelf registration statement or (b) can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without any volume or manner of sale limitations thereunder. Other than as set forth in this paragraph, you will not have the right to require us to register your old notes under the Securities Act. See "—Procedures for Tendering."

34



Consequences of Failure to Exchange

        After we complete the exchange offer, if you have not tendered your old notes, you will not have any further registration rights, except as set forth above. Your old notes may continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer. Therefore, the liquidity of the market for your old notes could be adversely affected upon completion of the exchange offer if you do not participate in the exchange offer.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

        Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal for your notes, we will accept any and all old notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the time of expiration. We will issue a principal amount of registered notes in exchange for the principal amount of old notes accepted in the exchange offer. You may tender some or all of your old notes pursuant to the exchange offer. However, old notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount.

        The form and terms of the registered notes are substantially the same as the form and terms of the old notes, except that the registered notes to be issued in the exchange offer have been registered under the Securities Act and will not bear legends restricting their transfer. The registered notes will be issued pursuant to, and entitled to the benefits of, the indenture which governs the old notes. The registered notes and the old notes will be deemed a single issue of securities under the indenture.

        As of the date of this prospectus, $600.0 million aggregate principal amount of old notes are outstanding. This prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, is being sent to all registered holders and to others believed to have beneficial interests in the old notes. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated under the Exchange Act.

        We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered outstanding notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice of our acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as our agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the registered notes from us. If we do not accept any tendered notes because of an invalid tender or the failure of any of the conditions to the exchange offer to be satisfied, we will return the unaccepted old notes, without expense, to the tendering holder promptly after the time of expiration. The conditions to the exchange offer are listed below under "—Conditions."

        You will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, except as set forth below under "—Transfer Taxes," transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of your old notes in the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than applicable taxes, in connection with the exchange offer. See "—Fees and Expenses" below.

Expiration; Amendments

        The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on May 10, 2005, unless we determine, in our sole discretion, to extend the exchange offer, in which case it will expire at the later date and time to which it is extended. We do not intend to extend the exchange offer, although we reserve the right to do so. If we do extend the exchange offer, we will give oral or written notice of the extension to the exchange agent and give each registered holder of old notes for which the exchange offer is being made notice by means of a press release or other public announcement of any extension prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the scheduled expiration for the exchange offer. We will not extend the exchange offer past May 17, 2005.

35


        We also reserve the right, in our sole discretion,

        We acknowledge and undertake to comply with the provisions of Rule 14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act, which requires us to return the old notes surrendered for exchange promptly after the termination or withdrawal of the exchange offer. We will notify you promptly of any extension, termination or amendment.

Procedures for Tendering

        The old notes were issued as global notes in fully registered form without interest coupons. Beneficial interests in the global notes held by direct or indirect participants in DTC are shown on, and transfers of these interests are effected only through, records maintained in book-entry form by DTC with respect to its participants.

        If you hold old notes in the form of book-entry interests and you wish to tender your old notes for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, you must transmit to the exchange agent on or prior to the time of expiration either:

        In addition, in order to deliver old notes held in the form of book-entry interests:

        The method of delivery of old notes, the letter of transmittal and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that you use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure delivery to the exchange agent before the time of expiration. You should not send the letter of transmittal or old notes to us. You may request your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to effect the above transactions for you.

36


        Only registered holders of certificated old notes may tender those notes in the exchange offer. If your old notes are certificated notes and you wish to tender those notes for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, you must transmit to the exchange agent, on or prior to the time of expiration, a written or facsimile copy of a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, including all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal. In addition, in order to validly tender your certificated old notes:

        If you tender an old note and you do not withdraw the tender prior to the time of expiration, you will have made an agreement with us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal for your notes.

        If your old notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your old notes, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal for your old notes and delivering your old notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.

        Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by a financial institution, including most banks, savings and loan associations and brokerage houses, that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program or the Stock Exchange Medallion Program, each an "eligible institution," unless:

        If the letter of transmittal for your notes is signed by a person other than you, your old notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power and signed by you as your name appears on those old notes.

        If the letter of transmittal for your notes or any old notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should so indicate when signing. Unless we waive this requirement, in this instance you must submit with the letter of transmittal for your notes proper evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to act on your behalf.

        We will determine, in our sole discretion, all questions regarding the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of tendered old notes. This determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all old notes not properly tendered or any old notes our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular old notes;

37



provided, however, that, in the event that we waive any condition of tender for any noteholder, we will waive that condition for all noteholders, Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal for your notes, will be final and binding on all parties.

        You must cure any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of your old notes within the time period we determine unless we waive that defect or irregularity. Although we intend to notify you of defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of old notes, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur any liability for failure to give this notification. Your tender will not be deemed to have been made and your notes will be returned to you if:

        The exchange agent will return your notes, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal for your notes, promptly following the time of expiration.

        In addition, we reserve the right in our sole discretion to:

        The terms of any of these purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the exchange offer. By tendering in the exchange offer, you will represent to us that, among other things:

        In all cases, issuance of registered notes for old notes that are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of certificates for your old notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of your old notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal for your notes and all other required documents. If any tendered old notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if old notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than you desire to exchange, the unaccepted or non-exchanged old notes, or old notes in substitution therefor, will be returned without expense to you. In addition, in the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at DTC pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures

38


described below, the non-exchanged old notes will be credited to your account maintained with DTC promptly after the time of expiration or the termination of the exchange offer.

        If you wish to tender your old notes and your old notes are not immediately available, time will not permit your old notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent before the time of expiration or you cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, you may tender if:

        The notice of guaranteed delivery for your notes may be sent by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery. The notice of guaranteed delivery must set forth:

Book-Entry Transfer

        The exchange agent will establish accounts with respect to book-entry interests at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer promptly after the date of this prospectus. You must deliver your book-entry interest by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the exchange agent at DTC for the exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC's systems may make book-entry delivery of book-entry interests by causing DTC to transfer the book-entry interests into the relevant account of the exchange agent at DTC in accordance with DTC's procedures for transfer.

        If one of the following situations occurs:

39


then you must tender your book-entry interests according to the guaranteed delivery procedures discussed above.

Withdrawal Rights

        You may withdraw tenders of your old notes at any time prior to the time of expiration.

        For your withdrawal to be effective, the exchange agent must receive a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal at its address set forth below under "—Exchange Agent" prior to the time of expiration.

        The notice of withdrawal must:

        We will determine all questions regarding the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of withdrawal notices. Our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any old notes withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. Any old notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to you without cost promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn old notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under "—Procedures for Tendering" above at any time on or prior to the time of expiration.

Conditions

        Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer and subject to our obligations under the registration rights agreement, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue registered notes in exchange for, any old notes in the exchange offer and may terminate or amend the exchange offer, if at any time before the time of expiration any of the following events occur:

        These conditions are for our sole benefit, and we may assert them regardless of the circumstances giving rise to them, subject to applicable law. We also may waive in whole or in part at any time and from time to time any particular condition to the exchange offer in our sole discretion. If we waive a condition, we may be required in order to comply with applicable securities laws to extend the time of expiration of the exchange offer. Our failure at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights will not be deemed a waiver of these rights, and these rights will be deemed ongoing rights which may be asserted at any time (in the case of any condition involving government approvals necessary to the consummation of the exchange offer) and at any time prior to the time of expiration (in the case of all other conditions).

40


        In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered, and no registered notes will be issued in exchange for any of those old notes, if at the time the notes are tendered any stop order is threatened by the SEC or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

        The exchange offer is not conditioned on any minimum principal amount of old notes being tendered for exchange.

Exchange Agent

        We have appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as exchange agent for the exchange offer. Questions, requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the prospectus, the letter of transmittal for your notes and other related documents should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

By Registered and Certified Mail
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
P.O. Box 1517
Minneapolis, MN 55480
  By Overnight Courier or Regular Mail:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
6th & Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479
  By Hand Delivery
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Corporate Trust Services
608 2nd Avenue South
Northstar East Building - 12th Floor Minneapolis, MN 55402


Or
By Facsimile Transmission:
(612) 667-6282
Telephone:
(800) 344-5128

Fees and Expenses

        We will not pay brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. The principal solicitation is being made by mail. Additional solicitations, however, may be made in person or by telephone by our officers and employees.

        We will pay the cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer.

Transfer Taxes

        You will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection with a tender of your old notes for exchange unless you instruct us to register registered notes in the name of, or request that old notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder, in which event, the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax.

Accounting Treatment

        We will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the consummation of the exchange offer. We will amortize the expenses of the exchange offer and the unamortized expenses related to the issuance of the old notes over the remaining term of the registered notes.

Participating Broker-Dealers

        Each broker-dealer that receives registered notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such registered notes. See "Plan of Disbribution."

41



USE OF PROCEEDS

        The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the registered notes.

        Proceeds from the offering of the old notes, together with proceeds from our new senior secured credit facility, new senior unsecured facility and other assumed debt, as well as equity contributions from investors, were used to repay our outstanding indebtedness and to pay the THL Acquisition consideration and related fees and expenses in connection with the Transactions. The debt that was repaid consisted of $383.5 million of our existing unsecured senior notes issued under four note purchase agreements with interest rates ranging from 5.99% to 9.18% and maturities ranging from December 18, 2004 to October 15, 2009, and $16.0 million under an intercompany subordinated loan between Refco Group Holdings, Inc. and Refco Group Ltd., LLC bearing interest at the prime rate of 4.75%.

42



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our unaudited cash and cash equivalents and our unaudited capitalization as of November 30, 2004 on an actual basis. This table should be read in conjunction with "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements," "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of
November 30, 2004

 
  Actual
 
  (in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents   $ 278,754
   
Current portion of long-term debt(1)     8,000
   
Long-term debt      
  Senior credit facilities:      
    Term loans(1)     790,000
    Revolving credit facility(2)    
  Senior subordinated notes     600,000
   
      Total long-term debt     1,390,000
Total members' equity     126,742
   
      Total capitalization   $ 1,524,742
   

(1)
Our senior credit facilities provide for $800.0 million in term loans, all of which were drawn in connection with the Transactions. We repaid $2.0 million of our term loans during the quarter ended November 30, 2004. We repaid $150.0 million of our term loans during the quarter ended February 28, 2005. Our short-term borrowings are included in the current portion of our term loan of $8.0 million.

(2)
Our senior facilities provide for a $75.0 million revolving credit facility, none of which has been drawn.

43



UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements have been derived by application of pro forma adjustments to the historical consolidated audited and unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and the unaudited management accounts of Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC.

        The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements give effect to the following:

        As part of the Transactions, Refco Group Ltd., LLC distributed $550.0 million in cash and other capital distributions and all of the equity interests of Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC, which at that time owned substantially all the assets of our Asset Management business (the "Asset Management Distribution"), to Refco Group Holdings, Inc., an entity that was owned by Tone Grant and Phillip Bennett and that is now wholly owned by Phillip Bennett. Following the distribution of Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC, Refco Group Ltd., LLC is organized into two operating business segments, Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing and Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets, and has one non-operating business segment, Corporate & Other. Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC is accounted for as discontinued operations in our pro forma consolidated financial statements and our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The component from Refco Group Ltd., LLC's Asset Management business that was retained after the Asset Management Distribution, Refco Alternative Investments, has become part of its Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing business.

44



        Refco Alternative Investments has an existing arms-length distribution agreement with Tilney Holdings, a subsidiary of Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC, whereby Refco Alternative Investments receives an advisory fee from Tilney Holdings for certain of Tilney Holdings' hedge fund products, which are sold through its distribution platform. The advisory fee is based on the volume of the product sold through its distribution platform and for as long as they are managed by Tilney Holdings. The fees received by us from Tilney Holdings are not material.

        The acquisition by THL Refco Acquisition Partners and its affiliates and co-investors of a portion of Refco Group Holdings, Inc.'s interest in Refco Group Ltd., LLC and Refco Group Holdings, Inc.'s contribution of its interest in us to New Refco are each accounted for as a purchase in conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 141, Business Combinations, in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") No. 88-16, Basis in Leveraged Buyout Transactions, with intangible assets recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

        The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income for the year ended February 29, 2004 and the nine months ended November 30, 2004 have been prepared to give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on March 1, 2003. The assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with these unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.

        The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma financial statements do not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial condition would have been had the Transactions actually occurred on the dates indicated, nor do they purport to project the results of our operations or financial condition for any future period or as of any future date.

        The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the information contained in "The Transactions," "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

45



Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income
For the year ended February 29, 2004
(in thousands)

 
   
  Adjustments for
   
 
  Historical
  Asset
Management
Distribution (a)

  Acquisition and
Related Financing

  Pro Forma
Revenues:                        
  Commissions and brokerage   $ 645,440   $   $   $ 645,440
  Interest     1,051,695             1,051,695
  Principal transactions, net     165,936             165,936
  Asset management and advisory fees     7,255             7,255
  Other     3,973             3,973
   
 
 
 
    Total revenues     1,874,299             1,874,299
   
 
 
 
Expenses:                        
  Commissions and order execution costs     411,894             411,894
  Interest     897,674         56,422   (b)(c)   954,096
  Employee compensation and benefits     204,854             204,854
  General, administrative and other     170,415         19,908   (d)(e)   190,323
   
 
 
 
    Total expenses     1,684,837         76,330     1,761,167
   
 
 
 
   
Income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees, members' interests in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations

 

 

189,462

 

 


 

 

(76,330

)

 

113,132

Provision for income taxes

 

 

11,687

 

 


 

 

(3,053

)(f)

 

8,634
   
 
 
 
    Income before income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     177,775         (73,277 )   104,498

Income from equity investees

 

 

11,544

 

 


 

 


 

 

11,544

Members' interest in earnings of subsidiary

 

 

1,273

 

 


 

 


 

 

1,273
   
 
 
 
      Income from continuing operations     188,046         (73,277 )   114,769
   
 
 
 
Discontinued operations:                        
  Income from discontinued operations     (401 )   401        
  Applicable income tax expense     489     (489 )      
   
 
 
 
    Net income   $ 187,156   $ 890   $ (73,277 ) $ 114,769
   
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.

46



Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income
For the nine months ended November 30, 2004
(in thousands)

 
  Historical
   
   
   
 
  Period
from March 1,
2004 through
August 5, 2004

  Period
from August 6,
2004 through
November 30, 2004

  Asset
Management
Distribution(a)

  Acquisition and
Related
Financing

  Pro Forma
Revenues:                              
  Commissions and brokerage   $ 362,020   $ 262,354   $   $   $ 624,374
  Interest     768,713     985,361             1,754,074
  Principal transactions, net     119,235     82,917             202,152
  Asset management and advisory fees     3,676     5,817             9,493
  Other     2,469     2,112             4,581
   
 
 
 
 
    Total revenues     1,256,113     1,338,561             2,594,674
   
 
 
 
 
Expenses:                              
  Commissions and order execution costs     244,009     194,137             438,146
  Interest     706,640     953,460         24,889   (b)(c)   1,684,989
  Employee compensation and benefits     108,528     85,641             194,169
  General, administrative and other     97,576     75,988         7,451   (d)(e)   181,015
   
 
 
 
 
    Total expenses     1,156,753     1,309,226         32,340     2,498,319
   
 
 
 
 
    Income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     99,360     29,335         (32,340 )   96,355
Provision for income taxes     7,994     4,149         (1,294 )(f)   10,849
   
 
 
 
 
  Income before income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     91,366     25,186         (31,046 )   85,506
  Income from equity investees     8,345     18,560             26,905
Members' interest in earnings of subsidiary     5,771     1,162             6,933
   
 
 
 
 
    Income from continuing operations     93,940     42,584         (31,046 )   105,478
   
 
 
 
 
Discontinued operations:                              
  Loss from discontinued operations     7,383         (7,383 )      
  Applicable income tax expense     3,344         (3,344 )      
   
 
 
 
 
    Net income   $ 97,979   $ 42,584   $ (4,039 ) $ (31,046 ) $ 105,478
   
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.

47



Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income

The following pro forma adjustments relate to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income for the year ended February 29, 2004 and the nine months ended November 30, 2004:

(a)
Represents the results of operations of the Asset Management business for the year ended February 29, 2004 and the nine months ended November 30, 2004, as derived from the unaudited management information of the Asset Management business. Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC, which owns substantially all the assets of the Asset Management business of the Group, was distributed to Refco Group Holdings, Inc., as part of the Transactions. This distribution does not include the retained assets from the Asset Management business, Refco Alternative Investments, which have been retained and the results of operations of which have become part of the Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing business.

(b)
Represents interest expense for new debt incurred in connection with the Transactions at the following interest rates, net of interest expense associated with existing debt being repaid:

New senior credit facility   3.77 %
New senior subordinated notes   9.0 %
(c)
Represents additional interest expense for the year ended February 29, 2004 and the nine months ended November 30, 2004 of $3.4 million and $2.9 million, respectively, related to the amortization of debt issuance costs from debt incurred in relation to the Transactions.

(d)
Represents additional amortization expense as a result of the partial step-up to fair market value of customer relationships and technology for the year ended February 29, 2004 and the nine months ended November 30, 2004 of $17.4 million and $6.7 million, respectively. The pro forma value of the customer relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis over a weighted average economic useful life of 13 years based on patterns of usage. Technology is amortized over an estimated useful life of three years. The additional amortization expense is net of the existing amortization expense for the year ended February 29, 2004 and the nine months ended November 30, 2004 of $3.2 million and $8.7 million, respectively.

(e)
Represents a management fee to be paid to THL Managers V, LLC for advisory and consulting services for the year ended February 29, 2004 and the nine months ended November 30, 2004 of $2.5 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

(f)
Represents an increase in income tax benefits for the year ended February 29, 2004 and the nine months ended November 30, 2004 of $3.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively. This tax benefit is provided at a 4% tax rate, for New York City Unincorporated Business tax, due to the aggregate pro forma decrease in income before provision for income taxes. New Refco will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and accordingly, has not provided for federal income taxes related to its operating results.

48



Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

        The pro forma information, including the allocation of the purchase price and the exclusion of the Asset Management Distribution, is based on management's estimates and preliminary valuations of the tangible and intangible assets being acquired. The purchase price allocations for the Transactions are preliminary and further refinements will be made based on the results of final valuations and the resolution of any post-closing purchase price adjustments pursuant to the purchase and contribution agreement. Subject to the consummation of the Transactions, the related costs used in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements have been estimated to be $94.2 million.

        The Transactions are accounted for as a purchase as prescribed by SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, in accordance with EITF No. 88-16, Basis in Leveraged Buyout Transactions. This guidance requires the continuing residual interest retained by the continuing management investors, as a result of the Transactions, be reflected at its predecessor basis. In accordance with EITF Issue No. 90-12, Allocating Basis to Individual Assets and Liabilities for Transactions within the Scope of Issue No. 88-16, a step-up of assets and liabilities to fair value has been recorded in purchase accounting as a result of the interest in us held by THL Refco Acquisition Partners and its affiliates through their ownership interests in New Refco. See Note A to the consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 for a table of the purchase price allocation at the date of the acquisition.

49



SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the fiscal years ended February 29, 2000 and February 28, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and February 29, 2004 and for the nine months ended November 30, 2003 and 2004. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the fiscal years ended February 28, 2002 and 2003 and February 29, 2004 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for fiscal years 2002, 2003 and 2004, and the selected historical consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended February 29, 2000 and February 28, 2001 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for fiscal years 2000 and 2001.

        The selected historical consolidated financial data as of November 30, 2004 and for the nine months ended November 30, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for those periods. The unaudited consolidated financial statements as of November 30, 2004 and for the nine months ended November 30, 2003 and 2004 include all adjustments (consisting of normal, recurring adjustments) that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and result of operations for the period presented.

        The selected historical data included below and elsewhere in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of our future performance and results for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations for a full fiscal year. The selected historical financial data for the periods indicated below include the results of our Asset Management business, substantially all of which was distributed as part of the Transactions. The following information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with "Capitalization," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

50


 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Period
from March 1,
2004
through August 5,
2004

  Period
from
August 6, 2004
through
November 30, 2004

 
  Fiscal Year Ended February 28,
  Nine Months Ended November 30, 2003
 
  2000(1)
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004(1)
 
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

   
   
   
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

 
  (dollars in millions)

Statement of Income Data:                                                
Revenues:                                                
  Commissions and brokerage   $ 301   $ 397   $ 478   $ 572   $ 645   $ 473   $ 362   $ 262
  Interest     601     1,528     1,711     2,387     1,052     726     769     985
  Principal transactions, net     42     103     99     83     166     114     119     83
  Asset management and advisory fees     4     10     6         7     6     4     6
  Other income     7     2     4     4     4     4     3     2
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total revenues     955     2,040     2,298     3,046     1,874     1,323     1,257     1,338
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses:                                                
  Commissions and order execution costs     189     250     324     385     412     298     244     194
  Interest     507     1,406     1,557     2,182     898     615     707     953
  Employee compensation and benefits     116     169     167     181     205     145     109     86
  General, administrative and other     82     140     149     143     170     126     97     76
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total expenses     894     1,965     2,197     2,891     1,685     1,184     1,157     1,309
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Income before provision for income taxes, minority interest, dividends on preferred securities issued by subsidiaries, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     61     75     101     155     189     139     100     29
  Provision for income taxes     8     6     5     1     12     5     8     4
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Income before minority interest, dividends on preferred securities issued by subsidiaries, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     53     69     96     154     177     134     92     25
  Minority interest     2     1                        
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Income before dividends on preferred securities issued by subsidiaries, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     51     68     96     154     177     134     92     25
  Dividends on preferred securities issued by subsidiaries     12     14     16     16                
  Income from equity investees             1     2     11     7     8     19
  Members' interest in earnings of subsidiary                     1         6     1
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income from continuing operations     39     54     81     140     187     141     94     43
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discontinued operations:                                                
  Income from discontinued operations     6     20     14     1             7    
  Applicable income tax expense         2     2     1             3    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Net income   $ 45   $ 72   $ 93   $ 140   $ 187   $ 141   $ 98   $ 43
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet Data:                                                
Total assets   $ 17,662   $ 18,277   $ 22,611   $ 19,215   $ 33,332               $ 46,735
Long-term debt and preferred securities issued by subsidiaries:                                                
  Long-term borrowings     200     295     262     384     316                 1,390
  Subordinated debt     43     41     16     16     16                
  Preferred securities issued by subsidiaries     125     160     160     160                    
   
 
 
 
 
             
    Total long-term debt and preferred securities issued by subsidiaries     368     496     438     560     332                 1,390
Members' equity     441     500     515     566     616                 127

51


 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Period from March 1, 2004 through August 5, 2004
  Period from August 6, 2004 through November 30, 2004
 
  Fiscal Year Ended February 28,
  Nine Months Ended November 30, 2003
 
  2000(1)
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004(1)
 
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

   
   
   
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

 
  (dollars in millions)


Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Depreciation and amortization   13   22   34   23   26   21   12   12
Long-term debt interest   13   23   25   27   31   24   12   31
Capital expenditures   14   28   15   12   11   7   5   3
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Pro Forma
 
   
   
   
   
   
  Period from March 1, 2004 through August 5, 2004
  Period from August 6, 2004 through November 30, 2004
  Fiscal Year
Ended
February 29,

  Nine Months
Ended
November 30,

 
  Fiscal Year Ended February 28,
 
  2000(1)
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004(1)
  2004
  2004
 
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

   
   
   
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

   
   
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2)   2.8x   2.5x   2.9x   3.8x   5.8x   8.0x   2.0x   2.2x   2.3x
 
   
   
   
  Nine Months Ended November 30,
   
  Period from August 6, 2004 through November 30, 2004
 
 
  Fiscal Year Ended February 28,
  Period from March 1, 2004 through August 5, 2004
 
 
  2002
  2003
  2004(1)
  2003
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Segment Data:                                      
Revenues:                                      
  Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing   $ 692   $ 746   $ 840   $ 617   $ 446   $ 334  
  Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets     2,217     2,609     1,268     883     913     1,111  
  Corporate & Other     (611 )   (309 )   (234 )   (177 )   (103 )   (107 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total revenues   $ 2,298   $ 3,046   $ 1,874   $ 1,323   $ 1,256   $ 1,338  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Income before provision for income taxes, dividends on preferred securities issued by subsidiaries, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing   $ 58   $ 77   $ 122   $ 89   $ 60   $ 39  
  Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets     96     101     125     91     67     42  
  Corporate & Other     (53 )   (23 )   (57 )   (41 )   (27 )   (52 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total   $ 101   $ 155   $ 189   $ 139   $ 100   $ 29  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Year ended February 29.

(2)
Earnings consist of income from continuing operations before income taxes, fixed charges, amortization of capitalized interest, distributed income of equity investees, and losses before tax of equity investees for which charges arising from guarantees are included in fixed charges, minus capitalized interest and minority interest in pre-tax income of subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, amortization of debt discount and expense and premium and one-third of rental payments which is considered as being representative of the interest factor implicit in our operating leases.

52



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements for many reasons, including the factors described in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the information included under the captions "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements" and "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Further, the following discussion includes information related to our Asset Management business, substantially all the assets of which were distributed to Refco Group Holdings, Inc. on August 5, 2004. Reference to the nine months ended November 30, 2004 include the period from March 1, 2004 through August 5, 2004 combined with the period from August 6, 2004 through November 30, 2004.

General

        We provide execution and clearing services for exchange-traded derivatives and provide prime brokerage services in the fixed income and foreign exchange markets. We serve over 200,000 customer accounts from our 23 locations in 14 countries. Our international operations generated $443.3 million, or 44.0%, of our net revenues for the year ended February 29, 2004 and $449.6 million, or 46.1%, of our net revenues for the nine months ended November 30, 2004. Our customers include corporations, government agencies, hedge funds, managed futures funds, pension funds, financial institutions, retail clients and professional traders.

        We were historically organized into three operating business segments for financial reporting purposes: (i) Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing; (ii) Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets; and (iii) Asset Management. We also have historically had a Corporate & Other non-operating business segment. Following the distribution of substantially all the assets of our Asset Management business in connection with the Transactions described below, we are now organized into two operating business segments for financial reporting purposes, Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing and Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets, and we have one non-operating business segment, Corporate & Other. We report the retained assets from our Asset Management business, Refco Alternative Investments, as part of our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing business.

The Transactions

        On August 5, 2004, THL Refco Acquisition Partners, an affiliate of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and its affiliates and co-investors, acquired approximately 57% of the equity interests in us, which it holds indirectly through our parent, New Refco Group Ltd., LLC ("New Refco"), for approximately $507.0 million in cash. In connection with the transaction, Phillip Bennett, our President and Chief Executive Officer, exchanged his existing $382.5 million equity investment in us for an approximate 42.8% interest in New Refco, and other members of our management made investments in New Refco aggregating approximately $4.5 million in cash. Concurrently with the closing of the acquisition, we entered into senior credit facilities providing for a fully drawn $800.0 million term loan and an undrawn $75.0 million revolving loan facility, and, together with Refco Finance Inc., we issued $600.0 million in aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes. Also concurrently with the consummation of the transactions described above, we distributed $550.0 million in cash and all of the equity interests of Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC, which at that time owned substantially all the assets of our Asset Management business, to Refco Group Holdings, Inc., an entity that was owned by Tone Grant and Phillip Bennett and that is now wholly owned by Phillip Bennett. We refer to the foregoing transactions collectively as the "Transactions."

53



Factors Affecting Our Results

        Our results of operations have been, and we expect will continue to be, affected principally by transaction volumes, interest rates, the level of global market activity, market volatility and expense management. Our results of operations have also been affected by acquisitions.

        Our revenues are primarily comprised of: (i) transaction fees earned from executing and clearing customer orders, which we record as commissions and brokerage or principal transactions, net depending on the nature of the transaction, and (ii) interest income earned on cash balances in our customers' accounts and from providing secured financing through repurchase transactions. From fiscal year 2000 through fiscal year 2004, our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing net revenues increased at a compound annual growth rate of 24.1%, due primarily to annual increases in contract volumes executed or cleared and in part attributable to acquisitions and annual increases in customer deposits. During the same period, our Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets net revenues increased at a compound annual growth rate of 22.6%, due primarily to increases in both the number of customers and the markets we serve as well as new product introductions and acquisitions.

Transaction Volumes

        Since 2001, Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing transaction volumes, measured in numbers of contracts cleared, have increased, reflecting the broad growth trend in contract trading volumes currently being experienced in the derivatives industry. The continued convergence of derivative and cash markets and the expanded use of derivatives for hedging and investment purposes have been the principal drivers of this industry trend. This industry trend has been global in nature, with a rapid introduction of new products in a variety of international markets. Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets transaction volumes, specifically foreign exchange dollar volumes and our customer securities financing and clearing volumes, increased, reflecting expanded U.S. government borrowing activity and the continued long-term growth of foreign exchange markets. Recently, this increase in volume has been accelerated by market volatility caused by political uncertainty in the Middle East and its impact on energy supplies and the uncertain outlook concerning economic growth, interest rates and, in particular, the changing value of the U.S. dollar. We have been able to take advantage of the increase in derivatives transaction volume because of our diverse customer base, product offering and market coverage and have benefitted from the increase in prime brokerage volumes as a result of new product initiatives, including online foreign exchange and emerging market debt brokerage.

Interest Rates

        Due to the fact that a portion of our revenues is derived from interest earned from the investment of funds deposited with us primarily by customers of our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing business and the level of secured customer financing transactions in our Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets business, the level of prevailing interest rates affects our revenues. We generally benefit from rising interest rates. Rising interest rates increase the amount of net interest income earned from these customer deposits and the potential financing spread available on secured customer financing transactions. However, our interest expense also increases as a result of rising interest rates because borrowings under our new senior credit facilities accrue interest at variable rates. Declining interest rates decrease the amount of net interest income earned on customer deposits and the spread available on secured customer financing transactions. This is only partially offset by decreases in interest rates on borrowings under our senior credit facilities.

Global Market Activity

        Each of our principal business segments is global in nature, and the general expansion of the global economy and continued globalization of financial markets have had a positive impact on our

54



results of operations. The introduction of derivatives products internationally has accelerated in recent years, with emerging markets in Asia and Latin America supplementing traditional centers in North America and Europe. This growth has been prompted by economic expansion in these regions, deregulation and globalization. Similar trends have emerged in our Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets business as the capital markets in emerging economies have become more sophisticated. We believe this has presented us with growth opportunities in non-dollar fixed income, emerging market debt and foreign exchange brokerage.

Expense Management

        We have been able to leverage our operating capabilities to benefit from increased scale in our transaction volumes. By adding incremental volume to a pre-existing platform, our marginal cost of growth in transaction processing has been minimal. We believe we will benefit from the scalable nature of our transaction processing capabilities as more markets automate and move to electronic platforms. A high proportion of our marginal expense is variable in nature, which provides us an opportunity to improve our cost to income ratio. We believe this characteristic will have a continuing positive impact on our results of operations.

Acquisitions

        We have completed 14 acquisitions since 1999. It has been our practice to integrate and rationalize acquired companies as rapidly as possible, transferring operations to our existing platform. During the fiscal year ended February 28, 2002, we acquired the professional floor trader business of First Options, MST Canada Co. and Main Street Trading, all derivatives brokerage businesses. We acquired two other derivatives brokerage businesses during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2003: a division of Spear, Leeds & Kellogg and CFG Financial Group Inc. During the fiscal year ended February 29, 2004, we acquired three asset management businesses, Edinburgh Fund Managers Ltd., Societe Generale Investment Managers and Cardales UK Ltd., and five derivatives brokerage businesses, MacFutures Ltd., Carlton Brokerage Ltd., Friedberg Mercantile Group, RB&H and Trafalgar Commodities Ltd. In September 2004, we acquired the customer accounts and related assets of Pioneer Futures, a division of Pioneer Futures, Inc.

Results of Operations

Revenues

        Total Revenues.    The components of our total revenues are commissions and brokerage, interest, principal transactions, net, asset management and advisory fees and other income.

55


        Net Revenues.    Although we report total revenues on a gross basis in our consolidated financial statements, we believe that net revenues provide a more meaningful indication of our operating results for purposes of segment reporting and analyzing our revenues. Net revenues represent total revenues less interest expense. Interest expense includes interest paid to Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing customers on the funds they maintain with us and interest paid to finance counterparties in our Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets business for the financing of customer securities. For purposes of calculating net revenues, interest expense excludes interest paid on long-term debt. We net interest expense against revenues because a substantial portion of our interest expense pertains to customer transactions from which we derive interest income but in which we have a related charge for interest expense.

Expenses

        Commissions and Order Execution Costs.    Commissions and order execution costs include variable expenses related directly to transactions conducted in our brokerage operations. These costs include

56


exchange and clearing house fees, fees paid to third parties for execution of customer orders and sales commissions paid in those cases where customers are introduced and their orders are handled by non-salaried sales personnel.

        Employee Compensation and Benefits Expenses.    Employee compensation and benefits expenses include the cost of our global salaried employees. These expenses include base compensation, bonus compensation (whether discretionary or performance related) and the cost of medical insurance and other related employee benefits.

        General, Administrative and Other Expenses.    General, administrative and other expenses include all other operating expenses, including primarily lease expenses, communications and quotation systems expenses, travel and entertainment expenses, depreciation and amortization, professional fees and other miscellaneous expenses.

Income from Equity Investees

        We own minority interests in various businesses. We record income earned by these businesses based on our proportionate ownership. This income is recorded on our income statement as income from equity investees.

Operating Profit

        Operating profit represents income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations.

Income Taxes

        We will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Under applicable regulations, members of a limited liability company treated as a partnership are responsible for their individual income tax liabilities related to the limited liability company's results of operations. Accordingly, we have not provided for federal income taxes related to our results of operations. The provision for income taxes included in our consolidated financial statements relates to income taxes of foreign subsidiaries.

Periodic Results

        The following tables summarize our results of operations for the periods indicated and include our consolidated net revenues and net revenues and income before taxes and certain other items by segment. The consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended February 28, 2002 and 2003 and February 29, 2004 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated financial data for the nine months ended November 30, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended November 30, 2003 and 2004 include all adjustments (consisting of normal, recurring adjustments) that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for the periods presented.

        For purposes of the tables and discussions below, the results of operations for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 represent the historical amounts for the period prior to the Transactions (March 1, 2004 through August 5, 2004) and the period subsequent to the Transactions (August 6, 2004 through November 30, 2004) and are not indicative of the results that would actually have been obtained if the Transactions had occurred on March 1, 2004.

        The information contained in the following tables should be read in conjunction with "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements," "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data" and

57



our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Fiscal Year Ended
February 28,

  Nine Months Ended
November 30,

 
 
  2002
  2003
  2004(1)
  2003
  2004(2)
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Commissions and brokerage   $ 477.8   $ 571.5   $ 645.4   $ 473.5   $ 624.4  
Interest     1,711.1     2,387.3     1,051.7     726.5     1,754.1  
Principal transactions, net     99.3     82.6     165.9     113.7     202.2  
Asset management and advisory fees     6.4     0.1     7.3     5.5     9.5  
Other income     3.5     4.6     4.0     4.4     4.5  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total revenue     2,298.1     3,046.1     1,874.3     1,323.6     2,594.7  
Interest expense     (1,556.6 )   (2,182.3 )   (897.7 )   (614.9 )   (1,660.1 )
Interest expense from long-term borrowings     24.5     27.2     31.1     24.0     41.1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Net revenue   $ 766.0   $ 891.0   $ 1,007.7   $ 732.7   $ 975.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues:                                
  Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing   $ 564.2   $ 674.0   $ 778.3   $ 568.7   $ 709.0  
  Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets     240.1     243.7     287.9     206.3     302.7  
  Corporate & Other(3)     6.3     23.1     (2.1 )   (0.9 )   (15.6 )
  Eliminations(3)     (44.6 )   (49.8 )   (56.4 )   (41.4 )   (20.4 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total net revenues   $ 766.0   $ 891.0   $ 1,007.7   $ 732.7   $ 975.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses:                                
  Commissions and order execution costs   $ 323.6   $ 385.4   $ 411.9   $ 298.0   $ 438.1  
  Employee compensation and benefits     167.4     181.0     204.9     145.3     194.1  
  General, administrative and other     149.0     142.6     170.3     126.5     173.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total   $ 640.0   $ 709.0   $ 787.1   $ 569.8   $ 805.9  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes, dividends on preferred securities issued by subsidiaries, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations:                                
  Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing   $ 58.3   $ 76.9   $ 121.5   $ 88.9   $ 98.7  
  Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets     95.7     100.6     124.6     90.6     109.0  
  Corporate & Other     (52.5 )   (22.7 )   (56.6 )   (40.6 )   (79.0 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total   $ 101.5   $ 154.8   $ 189.5   $ 138.9   $ 128.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Year ended February 29.

(2)
Includes the period from March 1, 2004 through August 5, 20004 combined with the period from August 6, 2004 through November 30, 2004.

(3)
These line items are included to reconcile these summarized financial tables to our consolidated financial statements. Corporate & Other net revenue and expenses primarily include interest income and interest expense incurred at the parent company level as well as non-material fees and other expenses. Eliminations arise upon the consolidation of group operating performance and relate to intercompany balances and transactions.

Results for the Nine Months Ended November 30, 2004 Compared to the Nine Months Ended November 30, 2003

        Net Revenues.    Net revenues on a consolidated basis for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 increased $243.0 million, or 33.2%, to $975.7 million from $732.7 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. The increase in net revenues for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 was primarily due to the growth in transaction volumes that reflects broad secular trends across all major market segments that we serve. Commissions and brokerage revenue for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 increased $150.9 million, or 31.9%, to $624.4 million from $473.5 million for the

58


nine months ended November 30, 2003. The increase was primarily due to an increase of 42.6% in derivative transaction volumes to 482 million contracts cleared for the nine months ended November 30, 2004. Net interest revenue, excluding interest from long-term borrowings, for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 decreased $0.5 million, or 0.4%, to $135.1 million from $135.6 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. The decline in net interest revenues was driven by lower interest rates realized on customer deposits as well as the impact of the timing and duration at which investments mature. Principal transactions, net revenue for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 increased $88.5 million, or 77.8%, to $202.2 million from $113.7 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. This increase was primarily due to a 108.9% increase in foreign exchange dollar volumes to $811.4 billion for the nine months ended November 30, 2004.

        Commissions and Order Execution Costs.    Commissions and order execution costs on a consolidated basis for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 increased $140.1 million, or 47.0%, to $438.1 million from $298.0 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. The increase in commissions and order execution costs for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 was primarily due to the increase in transaction volume in all of our business segments and the addition of new business operations.

        Employee Compensation and Benefits Expenses.    Employee compensation and benefits expenses on a consolidated basis for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 increased $48.8 million, or 33.6%, to $194.1 million from $145.3 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. The increase in employee compensation and benefits expenses was due in part to the addition of several new operating groups acquired during the twelve-month period ended November 30, 2004. These groups include Trafalgar Commodities and the Wexford Fixed Income Group in New York as well as the further expansion of the MacFutures Group, particularly the commencement of its U.S. operations where the start-up expenses have exceeded anticipated revenues. In addition, bonus accruals increased as a function of increased profitability in certain business segments in the geographical markets that we serve, including Asia and Europe, where local currency appreciation also had the effect of increasing equivalent U.S. dollar compensation levels.

        General, Administrative and Other Expenses.    General, administrative and other expenses for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 increased $47.2 million, or 37.3%, to $173.7 million from $126.5 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. The increase in general, administrative and other expenses for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 was due in part to expenses associated with acquisitions during the twelve-month period ended November 30, 2004, including $9.8 million of expenses associated with the physical integration of acquired businesses, which we believe are non-recurring costs. Our results for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 reflect the financial impact of the Transactions. The Transactions resulted in an increase in depreciation and amortization expense associated with the amortization of customer relationships determined as a result of the Transactions. The increase in amortization of the customer relationships determined as a result of the Transactions for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 was $4.7 million compared to the nine months ended November 30, 2003. Total depreciation and amortization expense was $24.0 million and $20.9 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Excluding the increase in amortization expense due to the Transactions, general, administrative and other expenses would have increased by 33.6% to $169.0 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2004.

        Operating Profit.    Operating profit for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 decreased $10.2 million, or 7.3%, to $128.7 million from $138.9 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. Operating profit for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 includes significant incremental expenses associated with the Transactions. In addition to the increased cost of depreciation and amortization of customer relationships, interest expense on long-term borrowings increased compared to the nine months ended November 30, 2003. For the nine months ended November 30, 2004, these incremental expenses related to the Transactions totaled $8.5 million and $41.1 million, respectively,

59



compared with pre-Transactions expenses of $3.8 million and $24.0 million, respectively, for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. The Transactions therefore resulted in a total increase in expenses of $21.8 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2004.

        In addition, we record operating profit exclusive of the income we derive from investments in non-consolidated equity investees. Income from investments in non-consolidated equity investees is recorded in income from equity investees and included in income from continuing operations. These companies are engaged in both derivatives brokerage and prime brokerage operations in key product segments (such as retail foreign exchange brokerage) and important geographical markets (such as the Taiwan derivatives markets). Because we consider these activities integral to our global operations and material to our results of operations, we historically included earnings from these activities in operating profit. Operating profit excluding the earnings from equity investees for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 decreased $10.2 million, or 7.3%, to $128.7 million from $138.9 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. The decrease in operating profit reflected a shift in product weighting within our operations to products offered by equity investees, particularly retail foreign exchange brokerage. Income from our share of our equity investees' operations totaled $26.9 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 compared with $7.6 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. Our total operating profit and income from equity investees was $155.6 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2004, an increase of 6.2% over the comparable operating profit for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. Our total operating profit, including income from equity investees and adjusted for increased amortization of customer relationships and increased interest expense, was $177.4 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2004, an increase of 21.1% over the comparable operating profit of $146.5 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003.

        Net Revenues.    Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing net revenues for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 increased $140.3 million, or 24.7%, to $709.0 million from $568.7 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. The increase in Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing net revenues for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 was primarily due to increased transaction volume in all markets and in all geographic sectors that we serve, particularly electronic markets utilized by our professional trading customers and non-ferrous metals brokerage activities in Europe, which are reflected in commissions and brokerage revenues and principal transactions, net. Global demand for commodity materials resulted in increased activity in physical commodity markets, while interest rate uncertainties increased the level of interest rate derivative volumes. In Europe and Singapore, local foreign exchange operations (reported in Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing) also increased. Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing contract volume for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 increased by 144 million contracts, or 42.6%, to 482 million contracts cleared from 338 million contracts cleared for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. Commissions and brokerage income increased by 23.5%, or by 29.4% when European and Singapore foreign exchange and European non-ferrous metals brokerage revenues are included, as a result of increased transaction volume and changing customer mix. This increase was partially offset by the decline of 7.6% in net interest income resulting from lower average interest rates. Substantially all of the assets of our Asset Management business were distributed to Refco Group Holdings, Inc. as part of the Transactions. We report the retained assets from the Asset Management business, Refco Alternative Investments, as part of our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing business. Refco Alternative Investments' net revenues for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 increased $3.3 million, or 66.0%, to $8.3 million from $5.0 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003.

        Operating Profit.    Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing operating profit for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 increased $9.8 million, or 11.0%, to $98.7 million from $88.9 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. Operating profit includes expenses associated with the Transactions,

60



most notably the increase in the amortization of customer relationships determined as a result of the Transactions. The increased amortization for the Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing customer relationships determined as a result of the Transactions for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 was $0.2 million. The increase in Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing operating profit for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 was primarily due to commissions and brokerage income that increased by 23.5% as a result of increased transaction volume offset in part by a decline of 7.6% in net interest income on customer deposits resulting from lower average interest rates.

        Net Revenues.    Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets net revenues for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 increased $96.4 million, or 46.7%, to $302.7 million from $206.3 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. The increase in Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets net revenues for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 was primarily due to the increase of 31.3% in the average net customer securities financing portfolio to $33.1 billion from $25.2 billion for the nine months ended November 30, 2003 and a 108.9% increase in foreign exchange dollar volumes, which totaled $811.4 billion for the nine months ended November 30, 2004, up from $388.4 billion for the nine months ended November 30, 2003.

        Operating Profit.    Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets operating profit for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 increased $18.4 million, or 20.3%, to $109.0 million from $90.6 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. Operating profit includes expenses associated with the Transactions, most notably the increase in the amortization of customer relationships determined as a result of the Transactions. The increased amortization for the Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets customer relationships recognized on the Transactions for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 was $4.6 million. Additionally, Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets operating profit excludes income from equity investees, which totaled $19.5 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2004. Including income from equity investees, our total operating profit for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 was $128.5 million, an increase of 33.7% over the comparable operating profit of $96.1 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. Adjusting operating profit for the increased amortization of customer relationships further increases operating profit to $133.1 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2004. The underlying increase in Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets operating profit for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 was primarily due to the continued growth in Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets net revenues, particularly the 108.9% increase in foreign exchange dollar volumes to a total for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 of $811.4 billion and the inclusion of the Wexford Fixed Income Group, which was acquired in January 2004 and contributed $3.9 million to operating profit in the nine months ended November 30, 2004.

Results for the Year Ended February 29, 2004 Compared to the Year Ended February 28, 2003

        Net Revenues.    Net revenues on a consolidated basis for the year ended February 29, 2004 increased $116.7 million, or 13.1%, to $1,007.7 million from $891.0 million for the year ended February 28, 2003. The increase in net revenues for the year ended February 29, 2004 was primarily due to the significant increase in brokerage transaction volume, which was partially offset by a decline in net interest revenues. In general, our volumes have increased as the volumes in our industry and sector have increased. Commissions and brokerage revenues for the year ended February 29, 2004 increased $73.9 million, or 12.9%, to $645.4 million from $571.5 million for the year ended February 29, 2003. Derivative contracts cleared increased by 60 million contracts to 461 million contracts for the year ended February 29, 2004. This increase was primarily the result of the acquisition of MacFutures in February 2003, which was included in the full results of operations for the year ended February 29, 2004. While customer deposits increased 7.9% from $3.8 billion for the year ended February 28, 2003 to $4.1 billion for the year ended February 29, 2004 and customer secured financing transactions increased 19.0% with average net customer securities financing portfolio of $25.1 billion for the year ended February 29, 2004, net interest revenues for the year ended February 29, 2004

61


decreased 20.3% to $185.1 million from $232.2 million for the year ended February 28, 2003 primarily as a result of the very low interest rate environment and the impact of the timing and duration at which investments mature. Principal transactions, net revenue for the year ended February 29, 2004 increased $83.3 million, or 100.8%, to $165.9 million from $82.6 million for the year ended February 28, 2003. The increase was due primarily to a 43.8% increase in customer foreign exchange dollar transaction volumes worldwide to $682.4 billion for the year ended February 29, 2004. Asset management and advisory fees revenues for the year ended February 29, 2004 increased $7.2 million to $7.3 million from $0.1 million for the year ended February 28, 2003 as a result of improved investment performance resulting from stronger equity markets. Overall, transaction pricing across products and markets remained generally consistent with the prior year.

        Commissions and Order Execution Costs.    Commissions and order execution costs on a consolidated basis for the year ended February 29, 2004 increased $26.5 million, or 6.9%, to $411.9 million from $385.4 million for the year ended February 28, 2003. The increase in commissions and order execution costs for the year ended February 29, 2004 was primarily due to a 15.0% increase in Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing transactions volume. However, the rate of increase of expenses was lower than the increase in transaction volumes across both business segments, in part because of a shift in overall product mix towards Prime Brokerage/Capital Market operations. Most of the latter volume is conducted by corporate sales groups and not commission-based sales personnel.

        Employee Compensation and Benefits Expenses.    Employee compensation and benefits expenses on a consolidated basis for the year ended February 29, 2004 increased $23.9 million, or 13.2%, to $204.9 million from $181.0 million for the year ended February 28, 2003. The increase in employee compensation and benefits expenses for the year ended February 29, 2004 was primarily due to the addition to our payroll of the majority of employees of acquired companies, specifically MacFutures, Trafalgar Commodities and Carlton Brokerage.

        General, Administrative and Other Expenses.    General, administrative and other expenses on a consolidated basis for the year ended February 29, 2004 increased $27.7 million, or 19.4%, to $170.3 million from $142.6 million for the year ended February 28, 2003. The increase in general, administrative and other expenses for the year ended February 29, 2004 was primarily due to the incremental expenses associated with acquired operations. Total depreciation and amortization expense was $26.2 million and $23.5 million for the years ended February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003, respectively.

        Operating Profit.    Operating profit on a consolidated basis for the year ended February 29, 2004 increased $34.7 million, or 22.4%, to $189.5 million from $154.8 million for the year ended February 28, 2003. The increase in operating profit for the year ended February 29, 2004 was primarily due to the increase in net revenues derived from the increased transaction volume noted above, together with the improvement in operating margins created by the reduction in sales commission costs and our ability to control the overall level of general and administrative expenses.

        Net Revenues.    Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing net revenues for the year ended February 29, 2004 increased $104.3 million, or 15.5%, to $778.3 million from $674.0 million for the year ended February 28, 2003. The increase in Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing net revenues for the year ended February 29, 2004 was primarily due to increased transaction volume in all major geographic and product sectors that we serve. Dollar price increases in physical commodity markets driven by the growth of Asian economies, particularly China, resulted in an increase in trading of agricultural and metals derivatives contracts. The changing outlook for interest rates, combined with the addition of the MacFutures platform in March 2003, increased financial futures contract volume, particularly interest rate products. Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing contract volume for the year ended February 29, 2004

62


increased by 60 million, or 15.0%, to 461 million contracts cleared from 401 million contracts cleared for the year ended February 28, 2003. Commissions and brokerage income increased by 13.7%, primarily as a result of increased transaction volume, and this was additionally increased by an increase of 14.3% in net interest revenue resulting from increased customer deposits and changes in the timing and duration of investments. Approximately $6.8 million, or 0.7%, of net revenues was attributable to our Asset Management business.

        Operating Profit.    Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing operating profit for the year ended February 29, 2004 increased $44.6 million, or 58.0%, to $121.5 million from $76.9 million for the year ended February 28, 2003. The increase in Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing operating profit for the year ended February 29, 2004 was primarily due to a 15.0% increase in derivative contracts cleared and a 9.0% reduction in sales commission costs (calculated as a percent of commissions and brokerage revenue) reflecting a reduced reliance on commission sales groups. Additionally, net interest income rose primarily as a result of the 7.9% increase in customer deposits to a record $4.1 billion. This offset lower investment yields resulting from the generally lower interest rate environment.

        Net Revenues.    Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets net revenues for the year ended February 29, 2004 increased $44.2 million, or 18.1%, to $287.9 million from $243.7 million for the year ended February 28, 2003. The increase in Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets net revenues for the year ended February 29, 2004 was primarily due to the increase in transaction volume and revenues of our foreign exchange brokerage activities. The increase in transaction volume reflected the continued expansion of our fixed income clearing operations. The increase in foreign exchange revenues reflected the diversification of our product offerings and the launch of online wholesale and retail products in June 2003. Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets net revenues also increased as a result of an increase in the average net customer securities financing portfolio to $25.1 billion from $20.8 billion for the year ended February 28, 2003. The decrease in net interest revenue of 26.6% to $104.5 million for the year ended February 29, 2004 was mainly due to the lower interest rate environment and changes in the timing and duration of investments.

        Operating Profit.    Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets operating profit for the year ended February 29, 2004 increased $24.0 million, or 23.9%, to $124.6 million from $100.6 million for the year ended February 28, 2003. The increase in Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets operating profits was primarily due to the 43.8% increase in foreign exchange dollar volumes to $682.4 billion for the year ended February 29, 2004.

Results for the Year Ended February 28, 2003 Compared to the Year Ended February 28, 2002

        Net Revenues.    Net revenues on a consolidated basis for the year ended February 28, 2003 increased $125.0 million, or 16.3%, to $891.0 million from $766.0 million for the year ended February 28, 2002. Commissions and brokerage revenue for the year ended February 28, 2003 increased $93.7 million, or 19.6%, to $571.5 million from $477.8 million for the year ended February 28, 2002 mainly due to a 15.9% increase in derivative contracts cleared, which totaled 401 million for the year ended February 28, 2003. Net interest revenue for the year ended February 28, 2003 increased $53.2 million, or 29.7%, to $232.2 million from $179.0 million for the year ended February 28, 2002, as the expanded portfolio of secured customer financing transactions, which rose by 10.0% to an average for the year ended February 28, 2003 of $20.8 billion, resulted in an increase in net interest of 19.1%. This combined with an increase in customer deposits of 15.2% to $3.8 billion for the year ended February 28, 2003 primarily accounted for the increase in net interest revenues. Principal transactions, net revenues for the year ended February 28, 2003 decreased $16.7 million, or 16.8%, to $82.6 million from $99.3 million for the year ended February 28, 2002 primarily due to the decline in foreign exchange volume, the principal driver of principal transactions, net revenues, of 1.7%. Asset management and advisory fees revenues for the year ended February 28, 2003 decreased $6.3 million,

63


or 98.4%, to $0.1 million from $6.4 million for the year ended February 28, 2002. This reduction in asset management and advisory fees reflected the lower levels of assets under our management. Overall, transaction volume growth and expanded financing operations, together with the increases in customer deposits, were partially offset by the reduction in foreign exchange volumes and asset management and advisory fees.

        Commissions and Order Execution Costs.    Commissions and order execution costs on a consolidated basis for the year ended February 28, 2003 increased $61.8 million, or 19.1%, to $385.4 million from $323.6 million for the year ended February 28, 2002. The increase in commissions and order execution costs for the year ended February 28, 2003 was mainly due to the 15.9% increase in derivative contracts cleared. The increase in the percentage of commission and order execution costs as a percentage of net revenues from 42.2% for the year ended February 28, 2002 to 43.3% for the year ended February 28, 2003 reflected the higher sales commission structure of certain companies we acquired during the year ended February 28, 2002, including Professional Market Brokerage Inc.

        Employee Compensation and Benefits Expenses.    Employee compensation and benefits expenses on a consolidated basis for the year ended February 28, 2003 increased $13.6 million, or 8.1%, to $181.0 million from $167.4 million for the year ended February 28, 2002. The increase in employee compensation and benefits expenses for the year ended February 28, 2003 was primarily due to the addition of employees associated with acquisitions made during the year.

        General, Administrative and Other Expenses.    General, administrative and other expenses on a consolidated basis for the year ended February 28, 2003 decreased $6.4 million, or 4.3%, to $142.6 million from $149.0 million for the year ended February 28, 2002. The decrease in general, administrative and other expenses for the year ended February 28, 2003 was primarily due to our continued success in the rationalization of acquired operating platforms, particularly the final stage of consolidating Lind-Waldock and the transfer of the business of LFG, LLC, which we acquired in fiscal year 2001, from outside systems vendors to our own operating platform. Total depreciation and amortization expense was $23.5 million and $34.0 million for the years ended February 28, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

        Operating Profit.    Operating profit on a consolidated basis for the year ended February 28, 2003 increased $53.3 million, or 52.5%, to $154.8 million from $101.5 million for the year ended February 28, 2002. The increase in operating profit for the year ended February 28, 2003 was primarily due to the increase in net revenues in our Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets operations of 5.1% for the year ended February 28, 2003, combined with cost control and expense reduction following the consolidation of acquired entities.

        Net Revenues.    Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing net revenues for the year ended February 28, 2003 increased $109.8 million, or 19.5%, to $674.0 million from $564.2 million for the year ended February 28, 2002. The increase in Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing net revenues for the year ended February 28, 2003 was primarily due to a higher number of cleared contracts, increased commission income and significant increases in customer deposits. Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing contract volume for the year ended February 28, 2003 increased by 55 million, or 15.9%, to 401 million contracts cleared from 346 million contracts cleared for the year ended February 28, 2002, partially as a result of our acquisition of derivatives brokerage businesses, and customer deposits increased by 15.2% to $3.8 billion for the year ended February 28, 2003. Commissions and brokerage income increased by 22.3% to $575.8 million as a result of increased transaction volume, and net interest income increased by 21.8% to $69.9 million as a result of increased customer deposits and higher average interest rates.

        Operating Profit.    Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing operating profit for the year ended February 28, 2003 increased $18.6 million, or 31.9%, to $76.9 million from $58.3 million for the year

64



ended February 28, 2002. The increase in Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing operating profit for the year ended February 28, 2003 was primarily due to a 15.9% increase in contracts cleared for the year ended February 28, 2003, which increased commissions and brokerage revenues, combined with increased net interest income resulting from a 15.2% increase in levels of customer deposits.

        Net Revenues.    Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets net revenues for the year ended February 28, 2003 increased $3.6 million, or 1.5%, to $243.7 million from $240.1 million for the year ended February 28, 2002. The increase in Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets net revenues for the year ended February 28, 2003 was primarily due to the expanded book of secured customer financing transactions, which increased by 10.0% to an average for the year ended February 28, 2003 of $21.0 billion. This resulted in an increase in net interest revenue of 19.1% to $142.3 million for the year ended February 28, 2003, offset by a decline in foreign exchange volume of 1.6%, which reduced the principal transactions, net revenues by 21.0% from $88.5 million for the year ended February 28, 2002 to $69.9 million for the year ended February 28, 2003.

        Operating Profit.    Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets operating profit for the year ended February 28, 2003 increased $4.9 million, or 5.1%, to $100.6 million from $95.7 million for the year ended February 28, 2002. The increase in Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets operating profit for the year ended February 28, 2003 was primarily due to the expanded book of secured customer financing transactions, which increased by 10.0% to an average for the year ended February 28, 2003 of $20.8 billion. This resulted in an increase in net interest of 19.1% for the year ended February 28, 2003 to $142.3 million offset by the decline in foreign exchange volume of 1.6%, which reduced principal transactions, net revenues by 21.0% from $88.5 million for the year ended February 28, 2002 to $69.9 million for the year ended February 28, 2003.

Seasonality

        Our business has experienced seasonal fluctuations. Financial markets often experience reduced trading activity during summer months and in the last fiscal quarter as a result of holidays. Traditional commodity derivatives, such as energy contracts, reflect changing supply/demand factors related to heating/cooling seasons. As a result of these factors, we may experience relatively high trading volume and revenue during our first and third fiscal quarters and lower trading volume in our second fiscal quarter. However, this trend is not evident in every year and in recent years has been moderated by globalization and an expanded range of products that tend to counteract traditional seasonality trends. For these reasons, seasonality was not a major factor in our 2004 fiscal year.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        We expect our principal uses of cash over the next twelve months to be for working capital and debt service. Also, consistent with past practice and policy, we may from time to time evaluate acquisition opportunities in our core businesses. If we were to consummate an acquisition, we may utilize cash for that purpose.

Cash Flows

        As a financial institution, our cash flows are complex and interrelated and highly dependent upon our operating performance, levels of customer activity and secured financing activities. Our cash flows from operations were $727.9 million for the year ended February 29, 2004 as compared to $80.6 million for the year ended February 28, 2003 as earnings and operating assets and liabilities exceeded cash and cash equivalents utilized in secured financing activities. During the year ended February 29, 2004, we increased cash by $90.0 million overall as cash flows from operating activities exceeded cash used in investing activities, financing activities and discontinued operations of $118.9 million, $384.7 million and $134.3 million, respectively. During the year ended February 28, 2003, we increased cash and cash equivalents by $81.5 million as cash flows from operating activities and financing activities of

65



$80.6 million and $54.5 million, respectively, exceeded cash used in investing activities and discontinued operations of $3.5 million and $50.1 million, respectively. During the year ended February 28, 2002, cash and cash equivalents decreased by $62.7 million overall as cash used in financing activities of $133.0 million exceeded cash provided by operating activities and discontinued operations of $54.4 million and $15.9 million, respectively.

        We had cash flow from operating activities of $528.9 million and $8.0 million for the period from March 1, 2004 to August 5, 2004 and for the period from August 6, 2004 to November 30, 2004, respectively. This compared to cash flow from operating activities of $181.0 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2003. For the period from March 1, 2004 to August 5, 2004, we used cash and cash equivalents of $71.2 million, primarily due to fluctuations in operating asset and liability balances and the distribution of $550.0 million to our discontinued operations. For the period from August 6, 2004 to November 30, 2004, we generated cash and cash equivalents of $33.8 million, primarily due to the net proceeds upon consummation of the Transactions, offset by the negative movements in operating asset and liability balances and our acquisition of the Pioneer Futures customer accounts for $17.2 million. During the nine months ended November 30, 2003, total cash and cash equivalents decreased by $34.1 million as cash flows from operating activities and discontinued activities of $181.0 million and $73.3 million, respectively, offset cash used in investing and financing activities of $52.0 million and $236.4 million, respectively.

        Historically, we included a portion of our excess cash balances from our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing business in segregated cash accounts to maximize the investment yield on these funds. We included approximately $370.3 million, $257.1 million, $199.5 million and $306.8 million in the segregated cash account balance as of November 30, 2004, February 29, 2004, November 30, 2003 and February 28, 2003, respectively. Consequently, changes in our cash and cash equivalent balance included in the segregated account affects our cash flow from operating activities. For example, our cash flows from operating activities for the period from August 6, 2004 through November 30, 2004 were negatively impacted by the increase of $113.2 million of our cash and cash equivalent balance included in the segregated account. We believe our unswept excess cash included in the segregated accounts is sufficient and can be used to meet our debt service obligations without any restrictions. See "—Contractual Obligations and Commitments" and Note H to our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Working Capital

        Our primary requirement for working capital relates to funds we are required to maintain at exchanges or clearing organizations to support our customers' trading activities. We require that our customers deposit funds with us in support of their trading activities, which we in turn deposit with exchanges or clearing organizations to satisfy our obligations. These required deposits account for the majority of our working capital requirements and thus our principal use of working capital is funded directly or indirectly by our customers. Our working capital needs are otherwise primarily limited to regulatory capital requirements which we have satisfied in the past from internally generated cash flow and available funds.

        Notwithstanding the self-funding nature of our operations, we may sometimes be required to fund timing differences arising from the delayed receipt of customer funds or timing differences associated with the settlement of customer transactions in securities markets. Historically, these timing differences have been funded either with internally generated cash flow or, if needed, with funds drawn under short-term borrowing facilities, including committed lines of credit. We have $75.0 million of available borrowings under a revolving credit facility for working capital purposes. Separately, our finance subsidiary, Refco Capital, LLC, utilizes secured bank facilities to refinance specialized financing arrangements entered into with select customers from time to time. As of November 30, 2004, there were no borrowings outstanding under these facilities.

66


        Our two principal U.S. regulated subsidiaries are Refco, LLC and Refco Securities, LLC. Refco, LLC is subject to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") minimum financial requirements, which requires it to maintain net capital equal to the sum of 8% of the total risk margin requirements for all positions carried in customer accounts and 4% of the total risk margin requirements for all positions carried in non-customer accounts. As of November 30, 2004, Refco, LLC had net capital of $301.7 million, which was $139.6 million in excess of required net capital. Refco Securities, LLC is subject to the uniform net capital requirements of the SEC, which require the maintenance of minimum net capital. Refco Securities, LLC computes its net capital requirements under the alternative method provided for by the SEC's rules, which require that Refco Securities, LLC maintain net capital equal to the greater of $250,000 or 2% of aggregate customer related debit items as defined in the SEC's rules. The net capital rule also provides that equity capital may not be withdrawn or cash dividends paid if resulting net capital would be less than 5% of aggregate customer-related debit items. As of November 30, 2004, Refco Securities, LLC had net capital of $75.5 million which was 27.2% of aggregate customer-related debit items and $69.9 million in excess of required net capital.

        As a matter of policy, we maintain excess regulatory capital to provide liquidity during periods of unusual market volatility, and this has been sufficient in the past to absorb volatile market events. Similarly, for our brokerage activities in the OTC markets, despite these transactions being brokered as principal and not as agent, we have adopted a futures-style margin methodology to protect us against price movements, and this also reduces the amount of capital needed to conduct business because even if we are required to post funds with clearing organizations in order to facilitate customer-initiated transactions, we are able to use customer deposits for this purpose rather than our own funds. As a result, we are able to execute a substantial volume of transactions without the need for large amounts of working capital.

        Funding for purposes other than working capital requirements, including the financing of acquisitions, has been provided either through internally generated cash flow or through specific long-term financing arrangements described below. Substantially all the assets of our Asset Management business, which accounted for 3.3% of fiscal year 2004 revenue and an operating loss of $0.4 million in fiscal year 2004, were distributed to Refco Group Holdings, Inc. in connection with the Transactions. Our Asset Management business generated nominal cash flow for fiscal year 2004.

Long-Term Debt

        It has been our policy to match the varied nature of our liquidity requirements with appropriately structured funding sources. Prior to the Transactions, our long-term debt consisted principally of long-term notes, which we had traditionally used to finance acquisitions. We repaid all these notes in connection with the Transactions. However, in connection with the Transactions we incurred a substantial amount of new long-term debt. As of November 30, 2004, we had $1,398.0 million of long-term debt outstanding, including the current portion of long-term debt. We intend to continue to fund long-term requirements, including acquisitions, with long-term debt. Our long-term debt currently consists of our senior credit facilities and the notes.

        Our senior credit facilities consist of a $75.0 million revolving credit facility, none of which was drawn upon consummation of the Transactions, and an $800.0 million term loan facility, which was fully drawn as part of the Transactions. We have an option to increase the aggregate amount of term loans up to $200.0 million without the consent of any person other than the institutions agreeing to provide all or any portion of such increase. During the quarter ended February 28, 2005, we repaid $150.0 million of the senior term loan with cash from operations. For more information on the senior credit facilities, see "Description of Credit Facilities—Senior Credit Facilities." We also issued $600.0 million aggregate principal amount of the old notes in connection with the Transactions. For more information on the notes, see "Description of the Notes." The proceeds from the term loans,

67



along with the proceeds from the issuance of the old notes, were used to fund the cash payments made to our existing shareholders, repay existing indebtedness and pay related transaction fees and expenses. See "The Transactions."

        The senior credit facilities contain restrictive covenants which, among other things, limit indebtedness, investments, dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, acquisitions, capital expenditures, mergers and consolidations, prepayments of other indebtedness, liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements. In addition, the senior credit facilities require compliance with a variety of financial tests. We were in compliance with those covenants as of November 30, 2004. The most restrictive covenants relate to ratios of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Charges (interest coverage ratio), Adjusted Consolidated Funded Indebtedness (net of Cash on Hand) to Consolidated EBITDA (total leverage ratio), and maximum capital expenditures, all as defined in the senior credit facilities. The minimum interest coverage and maximum leverage ratios are computed based on our results for the last twelve months ended. More specifically, the senior credit facilities' covenants require us to maintain:


        We expect to maintain compliance with these covenants for the foreseeable future. Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the senior credit facilities, differs from the term "EBITDA" as it is commonly used in our industry. In addition to adjusting net income to exclude interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization, Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the senior credit facilities, also adjusts net income by excluding items or expenses not typically excluded in the calculation of "EBITDA": letter of credit fees; non-cash expenses resulting from employee benefit and management compensation plans, the grant of stock and stock options to our employees or the treatment of such options under variable plan accounting; extraordinary charges; non-cash amortization of financing costs; cash expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions, permitted investments and issuances of equity or debt (in each case, whether or not consummated); any losses realized upon the disposition of property or assets outside the ordinary course of business; to the extent actually reimbursed, expenses incurred to the extent covered by indemnification provisions of any agreement on connection with a permitted acquisition; to the extent covered by insurance, expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruptions; permitted management fees; non-cash purchase accounting adjustments and step-ups with respect to re-valuing assets and liabilities in connection with the Transactions or any permitted investments; non-cash losses from joint ventures and non-cash minority interest reductions; fees and expenses in connection with permitted exchanges or refinancings;

68


non-cash, non-recurring charges with respect to employee severance; other non-cash, non-recurring charges that do not result in a cash charge in a future period; cash charges that do not exceed $25.0 million in the aggregate or $15.0 million during any fiscal year; other expenses reducing Consolidated Net Income that do not represent a cash item in such period or any future period; fines, penalties, settlement payments or judgment payments related to the Tradewinds litigation or the SEC and/or U.S. attorneys' investigation into the sale of stock of Sedona Corporation (to the extent the payments do not exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate and are made on or prior to August 5, 2005 or Refco Group is indemnified for such payments); and, for purposes of calculating the ratios described above, the net cash proceeds of certain equity issuances in an amount as is necessary to ensure compliance with the ratios, solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are (i) received no later than twenty business days after the date of delivery of the applicable compliance certificate and (ii) not otherwise required to be applied to prepay borrowings under the senior credit facilities or to determine the permissibility of a transaction under the senior credit facilities; less non-cash income, extraordinary gains and gains realized upon the disposition of property outside the ordinary course of business; plus/minus unrealized gains/losses in respect of certain hedging arrangements.

        We present Consolidated EBITDA because it is a material component of the covenants contained in our senior credit facilities. Non-compliance with those covenants could result in the acceleration of all amounts outstanding under the senior credit facilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flow. While the determination of "unusual and non-recurring losses" is subject to interpretation and requires judgment of management, we believe the items and calculations set forth below are in accordance with the senior credit facilities. Consolidated EBITDA does not represent net income or cash flow from operations as those terms are defined by GAAP and does not necessarily indicate whether cash flows will be sufficient to fund cash needs.

        The following is a calculation of our minimum interest coverage and maximum leverage ratios under our senior credit facilities as of November 30, 2004. The terms and related calculations are defined in the senior credit facilities, which is included as Exhibit 10.1 to our registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (in thousands, except ratios).

 
  November 30,
2004

 
Calculation of minimum Interest Coverage Ratio:        
  Twelve months ended Consolidated EBITDA(1)   $ 282,594  
  Consolidated Interest Charges(2)   $ 45,205  
Actual Interest Coverage Ratio (3)     6.25 x
Minimum permitted Interest Coverage Ratio     2.15 x

Calculation of maximum Leverage Ratio:

 

 

 

 
  Adjusted Consolidated Funded Indebtedness (net of Cash on Hand)   $ 1,156,894  
  Twelve months ended Consolidated EBITDA(1)   $ 282,594  
Actual Leverage Ratio(4)     4.09 x
Maximum permitted Leverage Ratio     6.50 x

(1)
Consolidated EBITDA for the twelve months ended November 30, 2004 adds back to Consolidated Net Income: Refco Interest Expense with respect to Consolidated Funded Indebtedness; income, franchise and similar taxes and permitted tax distributions; depreciation and amortization expense; and non-cash expenses resulting from employee benefit and management compensation plans, the grant of stock and stock options to our employees or the treatment of such options under variable plan accounting. In addition, for purposes of our senior credit facilities, Consolidated EBITDA was fixed at $65.0 million for the fiscal quarter ended February 29, 2004 and $78.0 million for the fiscal quarter ended May 31, 2004. Consolidated EBITDA for the twelve months ended November 30, 2004 includes these fixed amounts. Consolidated EBITDA for the twelve months ended

69


(2)
Consolidated Interest Charges for the twelve months ended November 30, 2004 follows (in thousands):

Interest expense on Consolidated Funded Indebtedness   $ 48,218  
Interest income on Cash on Hand     (3,013 )
   
 
  Consolidated Interest Charges   $ 45,205  
   
 
(3)
Represents ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Charges.

(4)
Represents ratio of Adjusted Consolidated Funded Indebtedness (net of Cash on Hand) to Consolidated EBITDA.

        The senior credit facilities contain customary events of default, including without limitation, payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to other indebtedness in excess of specified amounts, events of bankruptcy and insolvency specified in the senior credit facilities, judgment defaults in excess of specified amounts, failure of any material provision of any guaranty or security document supporting the senior credit facilities to be in full force and effect, and a change of control.

        Through our Refco Capital, LLC subsidiary, we have credit facilities with various banks, pursuant to which Refco Capital, LLC provides financing to fund the margin requirements of some of commercial customers who maintain futures trading accounts with us. Advances under these facilities are secured by Refco Capital, LLC's security interest in the customer's rights to payments arising from these accounts. We have two such facilities that provide for loans of $25.0 million and $30.0 million, respectively. We currently have no outstanding debt under these facilities. Through our subsidiary Refco Overseas Limited, we have uncommitted credit facilities with HSBC Bank plc and UniCredito Italiano S.p.A. for €30.0 million and €40.0 million, respectively. We have given guarantees in favor of both facilities for $45.0 million and €40.0 million, respectively. We currently have no outstanding debt under these facilities. We believe that our cash flow is sufficient to meet our term debt service requirements.

        We believe our cash and cash equivalents as well as cash flow from operations will be sufficient to fund our operations for the foreseeable future.

Liquidity Risk

        Ready access to cash is essential to our business. Our liquidity could be impaired by an inability to access lines of credit, an inability to access funds from our subsidiaries or an inability to liquidate customer positions or otherwise sell assets. This situation may arise due to circumstances that we may be unable to control, such as a general market disruption or an operational problem that affects third parties or us. Further, our ability to liquidate customer positions or otherwise sell assets may be impaired if other market participants are seeking to sell similar assets at the same time. Our credit ratings are important to our liquidity. A reduction in our credit ratings could adversely affect our liquidity and competitive position, increase our borrowing costs, limit our access to the capital markets or trigger our obligations under bilateral provisions in some of our trading and collateralized financing contracts. Under such contracts, counterparties could terminate contracts with us or require us to post additional collateral. Termination of our trading and collateralized financing contracts could cause us to sustain losses and impair our liquidity by requiring us to find other sources of financing or to make significant cash payments or securities movements.

70



Contractual Obligations and Commitments

        We have contractual obligations to make future payments under long-term debt and long-term non-cancelable lease agreements and have contingent commitments under a variety of commercial arrangements. See Notes C and H to our consolidated financial statements for further information regarding our commitments and contingencies. The table below shows as of November 30, 2004 our contractual obligations and commitments, including our payments due by period:

 
  Payments due by period
 
  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1-3 years
  4-5 Years
  More than
5 years

 
  (in millions)


Long-term debt obligations

 

$

1,398.0

 

$

8.0

 

$

16.0

 

$

16.0

 

$

1,358.0

Operating lease obligations

 

 

69.9

 

 

17.5

 

 

11.6

 

 

15.8

 

 

25.0
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total

 

$

1,467.9

 

$

25.5

 

$

27.6

 

$

31.8

 

$

1,383.0
   
 
 
 
 

        In addition to the contractual obligations and commitments set forth above, we may be obligated to make earn-out payments in connection with acquisitions we have completed in the past.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

        In the normal course of our customer brokerage activities in Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets products, where no central clearing counterparty (such as an exchange) exists, we enter into various contractual commitments as a principal in order to facilitate the execution of a customer transaction. Such commitments often involve forward settlement and include exchange-traded futures, fixed income and equity swaps, foreign currency forwards and option contracts. We use these commitments to offset the customer order and generate a positive profit spread for us. We also enter into forward repurchase agreements. Such activities involve customers and counterparties in and outside the United States.

        The following table shows the gross notional or contractual amounts of contracts held or issued by us that require forward settlement. This table reflects only off-balance sheet contracts. It should be noted that these off-balance sheet contracts are often offset by on-balance sheet items not shown here.

 
  As of February 28, 2003
  As of February 29, 2004
  As of November 30, 2004
 
 
  Notional
  Fair Value
  Notional
  Fair Value
  Notional
  Fair Value
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Forward currency contracts   $ 28,303.4   $ 0.9   $ 41,586.9   $ (0.7 ) $ 78,868.1   $ (5.7 )
Swaps contracts     90.0     2.0     2,927.4     1.3     1,904.4     0.3  
Option contracts, sold or written     117,827.8     (224.8 )   10,383.3     (272.1 )   95,930.4     (584.3 )
Option contracts, purchased     119,908.9     224.3     10,723.6     272.5     92,365.6     597.5  
Exchange-traded futures     2,355.4     (7.1 )   3,735.8     (1.6 )   9,313.1     (1.7 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 268,485.5   $ (4.7 ) $ 69,357.0   $ (0.6 ) $ 278,381.6   $ 6.1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

        We record our contractual commitments at market or fair value. Changes in market or fair value are recorded currently in income. The level of reported market risk is determined by a number of factors, including size, composition and diversification of positions held, market volatility and changes in interest and foreign exchange rates. However, in our case, the level of reported market and financial risk associated with these contractual commitments is mitigated by our role as principal broker and the fact that such transactions are offset ultimately by our obligation to pay the customers profits relating to such transactions and our practice of ensuring that losses, whether realized or unrealized, are secured with customer deposits. As a practical matter, the actual level of market risk on financial instruments entered into on behalf of customers is limited by other financial instruments recorded on and, as in the case of the above table, off balance sheet. This limits overall market risk and the net

71



impact of such transactions on our income statement. To ensure this our management actively monitors these positions to review the effectiveness of the offset or hedging strategy.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        Our discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. During the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to principal transactions, provisions for doubtful accounts on receivables, fair values of derivative financial instruments and goodwill and intangible assets. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for making assumptions about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences may be material to our consolidated financial statements.

        We believe that the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

Principal Transactions

        As a broker of prime brokerage and capital markets products (e.g., foreign exchange), which do not trade on regulated exchanges, we enter into contractual commitments, as principal, involving forward settlement in order to execute customer transactions in such markets. We record these contracts at market or fair value and generally immediately hedge these contracts with offsetting contracts, which results in a profit spread for us. Because the market or fair value of these transactions are based on observable market data, this profit spread is recognized immediately in our statement of income under "principal transactions, net." We recognized net revenues of $165.9 million, $82.6 million and $99.3 million from principal transactions for the years ended February 29, 2004, February 28, 2003 and February 28, 2002, respectively. Because the market or fair value of these contracts may vary over time, it is our policy whenever possible to enter into hedging (i.e., offsetting) arrangements that fully secure the value of the spread achieved when the transaction is first executed. In certain instances, it may be possible to secure only a portion of the spread achieved, exposing us to potential adverse changes in the market or fair value of the instrument. We believe, however, that our exposure to adverse changes in the market or fair value of instruments we hold is immaterial because typically we are able to fully hedge the value of the spread achieved and, in many instances in which we are not able to do so, any changes in the market or fair value of the contractual commitments we enter into as principal generally offset each other.

Receivables from Customers—Provisions for Doubtful Accounts

        Our receivables are generally collateralized with marketable securities. For some customer receivables that are not fully secured, we establish reserves for doubtful accounts when, in the opinion of management, such reserves are appropriate. We have established reserves of $65.2 million and $42.7 million against receivables from customers as of February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003, respectively. Our allowance for doubtful accounts is based upon management's continuing review and evaluation of factors such as collateral value, aging and the financial condition of our customers. The allowance is assessed to reflect our best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred as of the balance sheet date. Any changes are included in the current period operating results. We pursue collection of these receivables through various means, including legal action and collection agencies, and generally do not charge-off any of these receivables. Although these reserves have been adequate

72



historically, the default of a large customer or prolonged period of weakness in global financial markets could adversely affect the ability of our customers to meet their obligations. We do not establish reserves for unidentified losses, which may be inherent in our customer base.

Fair Values of Derivative Financial Instruments and Securities

        As a broker, we enter into transactions involving derivative financial instruments and securities on behalf of our customers. These transactions are carried at market value or, if market prices are not readily available, fair value. Changes in fair value are recognized immediately in net income. Market values for exchange-traded derivatives are based on quoted market prices. Fair market values for OTC derivative financial instruments are based on pricing models that are in turn based on observable market data intended to approximate the amounts that would be received from or paid to a third party in settlement of the contracts. Valuation models include the use of management estimates and current market information. Management is also required to make assumptions on how the fair value of derivative financial instruments and securities is affected by current market conditions. If management's underlying assumptions for evaluating fair value prove to be inaccurate, there could be material differences in our consolidated operating results.

        Substantially all of our holdings of securities owned and securities sold, not yet purchased are based on quoted market values or pricing models which are based on observable market data.

Goodwill

        Goodwill is the cost of acquired companies or businesses in excess of the fair value of identifiable net assets as of acquisition date. Prior to December 1, 2001, we amortized goodwill over a period of 25 years on a straight-line basis. Effective December 1, 2001, we adopted SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Consequently, goodwill is no longer amortized but, instead, is tested at least annually for impairment. We are required to record an impairment loss if the estimated fair value of an operating segment is less than its estimated net book value. We derive the fair value of each of our operating segments primarily based on earnings multiples. A prolonged reduction in the earnings of one of our operating segments could result in an impairment charge in our results. We performed our last annual impairment test during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004 and identified no impairment. As of November 30, 2004, the carrying value of our goodwill was $716.6 million.

Identifiable Intangible Assets

        Identifiable intangible assets, which consist primarily of customer relationships, and trade names, are amortized over their weighted average economic useful lives. Customer relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis based upon patterns of usage. These intangible assets are tested for potential impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset's carrying value may not be fully recoverable. An impairment loss, calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the identifiable intangible asset, is recognized if the expected undiscounted cash flows relating to the identifiable intangible asset is less than the corresponding carrying value. Trade names have been classified as indefinite-lived assets and are not amortized but tested annually for impairment. The valuation of our identifiable intangible assets is dependent upon assumptions in areas such as growth rates, customer retention and profitability. Changes to these assumptions or a prolonged period of weakness in global financial markets could adversely impact our businesses and impair the value of our identifiable intangible assets. We performed our last impairment test during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004 and identified no impairment. We discontinued the MacFutures trade name on November 10, 2004 and wrote off the book value of the trade name, which was approximately $0.5 million, in the three months ended November 30, 2004. As of November 30, 2004, the carrying value of our identifiable intangibles was $583.1 million.

73



Use of Estimates

        The use of generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates. In addition to the estimates we use in connection with fair value measurements and the accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, the use of estimates is also important in determining provisions for potential losses that may arise from litigation and regulatory proceedings.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In November 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued FASB Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees ("FIN 45"). FIN 45 requires a guarantor to recognize a liability at the inception of certain guarantees for the fair value of the obligation, including the ongoing obligation to stand ready to perform over the term of the guarantee. Guarantees, as defined in FIN 45, include contracts that require us to make payments on a contingent basis to a guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying obligation that is related to an asset, liability or equity security of the guaranteed party, performance guarantees, indemnification agreements or indirect guarantees of indebtedness of others. This new accounting is effective for certain guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. We adopted FIN 45, and adoption of this statement did not have an effect on our consolidated financial statements.

        In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. In December 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 Revised ("Interpretation 46 R"), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. Variable interest entities ("VIEs") are entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinate financial support from other parties, certain of which are also referred to as special-purpose entities ("SPEs"). Under the provisions of Interpretation 46 R, a company is deemed to be the "primary beneficiary," and thus is required to consolidate a VIE, if the company has a variable interest (or combination of variable interests) that will absorb a majority of the VIE's expected losses, that will receive a majority of the VIE's expected residual returns, or both. A "variable interest" is a contractual, ownership or other interest that changes with changes in the fair value of the VIE's net assets. "Expected losses" and "expected residual returns" are measures of variability in the expected cash flows of a VIE. The consolidation requirements of Interpretation 46 R apply in the first fiscal year or interim period ending after December 15, 2003 for VIE's created after January 31, 2003. The consolidation requirements apply in the first fiscal year or interim period ending after December 15, 2003 for SPEs created before January 31, 2003. The consolidation requirements apply in the first fiscal year or interim period ending after March 15, 2004 for other entities created before January 31, 2003. Certain of the disclosure requirements apply to all financial statements issued after January 31, 2003, regardless of when the VIE was established. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 149 is effective for derivative contracts and hedging instruments entered into after June 30, 2003. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity, and imposes certain additional disclosure requirements. The provisions of SFAS No. 150 are effective

74



for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and must be applied to all financial instruments at the beginning of the third quarter of 2003. The adoption of this statement did not have an effect on our consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 132 (revised), Employers' Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits ("SFAS 132R"). SFAS 132R prescribes employers' disclosures about pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans; it does not change the measurement of recognition of those plans. The statement retains and revises the disclosure requirements contained in the original SFAS No. 132. It also requires additional disclosures about the assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit costs of defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. The statement generally is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003. Management does not believe the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised), Share-Based Payment ("SFAS 123R"). SFAS 123R requires an entity to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award with the cost to be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. We are required to adopt the provisions of SFAS 123R as of the beginning of the first interim period that begins after June 15, 2005, although earlier adoption is permitted. We are in the process of determining the impact, if any, of SFAS 123R on our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

        Our principal market risks relate to counterparty, interest rate and exchange rate risk.

Counterparty Risk

        We are exposed to the risk that third parties that owe us money, securities or other assets will not perform their obligations. These parties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons. As a clearing broker, we generally bear the risk of the defaults or misconduct of our customers. In addition, we have experienced, due to competitive factors, pressure to extend credit and to price more aggressively the credit risks we take. Although we regularly review credit exposures to specific customers and counterparties and to specific industries, countries and regions that we believe may present credit concerns, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee. In addition, concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems, losses or defaults by other institutions, which in turn could adversely affect us.

        As a matter of policy, we continue to upgrade our risk management procedures and systems to improve our ability to monitor actual and projected risk associated with customer positions. Our Global Risk Management department is responsible for the systematic review of customer exposure in both regulated and nonregulated markets. Our current system provides the ability to project the impact of market volatility on price movement. Using various stress tests, we quantify potential adverse price movements in order to determine whether such movements would adversely affect the customer's ability to pay margin. We perform frequent stress tests to our customers' positions, including intra-day trading analysis, daily equity change analysis, concentration risk analysis, position liquidity analysis and premium seller analysis. Adjustments of margin or collateral requirements are made in anticipation of unusual adverse market developments.

        We have a policy that requires customers to deposit margin in respect of their trading accounts irrespective of the credit rating of the customer in question. This policy also applies to daily margin calls. As of November 30, 2004, the dollar value of customer margin calls in excess of $500,000 was $40.3 million relating to 22 customer accounts in our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing business, and

75



margin calls in excess of $100,000 totaled $1.0 million relating to five customer accounts in our Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets business. The total amount of margin calls over $50,000 that had been outstanding for more than three days as of November 30, 2004 was $3.3 million in our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing business and Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets business. We also have exposure with respect to certain credit line customers and clearing organizations associated with the exchanges of which we are a member. As of November 29, 2004, our aggregate exposure to margin financing was $15.3 million.

Interest Rate Risk

        In the ordinary course of our operations, we have limited our exposure to interest rate risk. Our balance sheet, which reflects a substantial amount of short-term and highly liquid assets, consists of equally matched assets and liabilities. We generate interest income from the positive spread earned on customer deposits or secured customer financing transactions, and the basis for the calculation of interest received and paid is entirely matched. This is the case in both rising and falling interest rate environments, although we have the opportunity to create higher levels of interest income in a rising interest rate environment.

        In the future, we expect to have greater exposure to changes in interest rates. Borrowings under our new senior credit facilities accrue interest at variable rates. Interest rate changes may therefore impact the amount of our interest payments and our future earnings and cash flows. Conversely, interest rate changes may affect the fair market value of our fixed rate debt, such as the notes. Assuming we had completed the Transactions and applied the proceeds as of February 29, 2004, we would have had variable-rate debt of approximately $800.0 million. Assuming we had incurred this debt on March 1, 2003, holding other variables constant, including levels of debt, a one percentage point increase in interest rates would have had an estimated impact on pre-tax earnings and cash flows for the year ended February 29, 2004 of $8.0 million (or $6.5 million after giving effect to our repayment of $150.0 million of borrowings outstanding under our senior credit facility during the quarter ended February 28, 2005). Although interest expense related to our variable-rate debt may increase in a rising interest rate environment, we expect the impact to be mitigated in part by increased interest income generated from the investment of customer balances. We invest these balances on a daily basis in a variety of permissible short-term instruments.

Exchange Rate Risk

        We conduct global operations. Our revenues are denominated predominately in U.S. dollars with our most significant non-dollar currency flows being denominated in Euros and Pounds Sterling. Our expenses are also denominated predominantly in U.S. dollars and, to a lesser extent, in a variety of local currencies reflecting the location of physical operations, including in the United Kingdom, Canada, France and Singapore.

        Currently, our general practice is to invest in assets that match the currency in which we expect related liabilities to be paid. Members' equity held in local business units is kept primarily in local currencies to the extent that members' equity is required to satisfy regulatory and self-imposed capital requirements. This facilitates our efforts to ensure that capital held in local business units will be able to support the local business irrespective of currency movements. However, this may adversely affect our reported combined members' equity when expressed in U.S. dollars.

        The table below shows the approximate effect on members' equity of instantaneous adverse movements in currency exchange rates of 10% on our major currency exposures at November 30, 2004 against the U.S. dollar.

 
  Adverse exchange
rate movement
against the U.S. dollar

  Approximate decline
in members' equity
(in millions)

Euro   10 % $ 4.3
Pounds sterling   10 %   6.2
Canadian dollar   10 %   0.5

76



INDUSTRY

Derivatives

Overview

        Derivatives are contracts that are valued based on the performance of an underlying financial or physical asset, index or other investment. The most common types of derivatives are futures and options. A futures contract is a legally binding agreement to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a future date at a specific price. Options are contracts that provide for a right, but not an obligation, to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument over a specified period at a specific price. Derivatives contracts are broadly comprised of two underlying categories: financial and physical. Examples of financial derivatives include contracts on interest rates, equity indices, individual equities and foreign currencies. Examples of physical derivatives include contracts on energy products, agricultural commodities and non-precious and precious metals. Derivatives markets have grown significantly over the past 15 years in terms of the volume of exchange-traded derivatives activity and the notional amounts outstanding of over-the-counter ("OTC") contracts.

        Derivatives contracts are either standardized and traded on exchanges or privately negotiated and traded between specific counterparties in the OTC market. According to the Bank for International Settlements ("BIS"), the global notional amount outstanding for OTC derivatives at June 30, 2004 was $220 trillion, while the global notional principal amount outstanding for financial exchange-traded derivatives was $47 trillion. There are 61 derivatives exchanges tracked by the Futures Industry Association ("FIA") located in 24 countries, including 17 exchanges in the United States. Major derivatives exchanges in the United States include the Chicago Mercantile Exchange ("CME"), the Chicago Board of Trade ("CBOT"), the New York Mercantile Exchange ("NYMEX"), the Chicago Board Options Exchange ("CBOE") and the New York Board of Trade ("NYBOT"). Major derivatives exchanges outside the United States include Eurex, Euronext.liffe, the International Petroleum Exchange ("IPE"), Mercado Oficial de Futuros y Opciones Financieros ("MEFF"), Euronext N.V., Singapore Derivatives Exchange Ltd. ("SGX") and the Tokyo Stock Exchange ("TSE"). Contracts traded on the top five U.S. exchanges represented approximately 26% of global derivatives volume in 2004. The top five U.S. exchanges accounted for 83% of the exchange-traded derivatives volume transacted in the United States in 2004.

        The customer base for derivatives contracts includes professional traders, financial institutions, institutional and individual investors, as well as major corporations, manufacturers, producers and governments. These customers purchase derivatives primarily for hedging or investment purposes. Hedging involves the practice of managing risk inherent in one market position by taking an offsetting position in another market. For example, corporations use the futures markets to protect their businesses from adverse changes in the costs of their raw materials. Investing involves a market participant taking a position in an attempt to earn a profit from buying and selling futures and options contracts in anticipation of future price movements. When entering into exchange-traded derivatives contracts, customers are required to make good faith margin deposits to ensure future performance under the derivatives contract.

Methods of Trade Execution

        Trading in derivatives products has traditionally occurred in "pits" on the physical trading floor of an exchange through an auction process known as open outcry. Only members owning or leasing a seat on the exchange may trade in the pit. Buy and sell orders from individuals and institutions are sent to these members on the trading floor, usually through a Futures Commission Merchant ("FCM"). Members of an exchange may exercise their trading privileges as independent market-makers (known as locals) trading for their own account or as floor brokers executing customer orders.

77


        The diagram below illustrates the process through which customers place trade orders on an exchange floor through an FCM.

GRAPHIC

        In order to expand access to their markets, most derivatives exchanges have supplemented or replaced their open outcry trading facilities with electronic trading platforms. Electronic systems allow investors to obtain real-time information about bid and ask prices and trading volumes and to enter orders directly into the electronic exchange's centralized order book, subject to the agreement of an FCM to process the investors' trades. The emergence of electronic trading has been enabled by the ongoing development of sophisticated electronic order routing and matching systems, as well as advances in communications networks and protocols. Examples of electronic trading platforms include CME's GLOBEX system, LIFFE CONNECT, which is provided by Euronext.liffe, and the Cantor Exchange, which is provided by Cantor Fitzgerald, L.P.

Exchange Clearing Houses

        Transactions executed on derivatives exchanges are settled through a clearing house that acts as a central counterparty to the clearing member on each side of the transaction. When a futures transaction has been executed in the pit or on an electronic platform, the clearing house confirms the matching and settlement of the trade with FCMs representing both the buyer and seller.

        The major clearing houses for futures products include the Clearing Division of the CME, the Options Clearing Corporation, the LCH.Clearnet Group Limited and Singapore Exchange Derivatives Clearing Limited. A clearing house manages its counterparty risk through required margin deposits that are managed to ensure effective delivery of the underlying security or commodity and maintaining guarantee funds and capital call rights.

Futures Commission Merchants

        In the United States, customers access the exchange-traded derivatives market through FCMs. We operate as an FCM in our derivatives and clearing business. FCMs are members of one or more exchanges that solicit or accept orders from customers for the purchase or sale of derivatives and route those orders to the appropriate exchange. FCMs execute customer orders on the exchange and maintain records of each customer's position, margin deposits, money balances and completed

78



transactions. In return for providing these services, FCMs collect commissions on each trade order from customers. In addition, FCMs earn interest income on cash deposits held on behalf of their customers. FCMs are subject to a number of regulatory requirements, including the maintenance of a minimum level of net capital. FCMs are regulated by the CFTC, an independent federal regulatory agency, and must be a member of the National Futures Association ("NFA"), an industry-wide self-regulatory organization. FCMs are typically either divisions of major investment or commercial banks or independent providers such as our company. Regulatory jurisdictions outside of the United States have similar governing bodies, minimum capital requirements and self-regulatory organizations.

Industry Growth

        According to the BIS, annual global trading volume in exchange-traded derivatives has grown at a compound annual growth rate of 21% over the past 15 years, from 488 million contracts traded in 1989 to approximately 8.8 billion contracts traded in 2004. During the same period, trading volumes increased at a compound annual growth rate of 10% in North America. Excluding single stock and commodity contracts, the compound annual growth rate of trading volumes has been 21% in Europe and 27% in the Asia and Pacific markets during the same period.


Futures and Options Trading Volume on Global Derivatives Exchanges
(Contract amounts in millions)

         GRAPHIC

Source:    BIS.

Note:        Data based on calendar year. The "financial" category of derivatives includes interest rate, currency and equity index contracts.

        We believe growth in exchange-traded derivatives volumes has been driven by the following factors:

79


80


Prime Brokerage

        Prime brokerage is an industry term referring to specialized services provided by brokers to institutional customers as a bundled package. The services typically include execution and clearing, securities financing, custody, trade processing, securities lending and other administrative services. These services can be provided on either electronic or voice platforms, or both. Prime brokers serve customers in all major securities markets, such as equity, fixed income and foreign exchange. Prime brokers typically earn revenue through commission or transaction fees and interest income. They are typically divisions of major investment or commercial banks, or independent providers, such as our company.

        The fixed income and foreign exchange markets we provide prime brokerage services to are discussed separately below.

Fixed Income

        The fixed income securities market is one of the largest financial markets in the world. In the United States, there were approximately $23.6 trillion of fixed income securities outstanding at the end of 2004. The U.S. Treasury securities market, the largest and most liquid fixed-income market, has experienced strong volume growth. Average daily dollar trading volume has increased from $18.3 billion in 1980 to $497.9 billion in 2004, representing a compound annual growth rate of 14.8%.

        While there are many types of investors in the U.S. Treasury securities market, financial institutions, corporations and hedge funds comprise a large percentage of the activity. These investors are typically attracted to the U.S. Treasury securities market due to its significant liquidity and low risk profile. Additionally, U.S. Treasury securities are commonly used as part of a larger investment strategy and are primarily financed through the OTC repurchase agreement ("repo") market.

        The OTC repo market is one of the largest and most active sectors in the U.S. fixed income market. Repos are widely used as a means to inexpensively finance short-term borrowings against collateral (commonly U.S. Treasury securities) and to invest surplus funds on a short-term basis. The largest users of repos are broker-dealers, banks and hedge funds. The largest providers of cash liquidity to the repo market are money market funds, state and local governments and foreign central banks.

        Traditionally, the majority of U.S. Treasury securities are bought and sold by investors using the services of a broker (typically a large commercial bank or investment bank). Such customers receive price quotes from these brokers. The broker in turn either buys the security from the market or sells the security from existing inventory. Additionally, they may access the interdealer broker ("IDB") market to match the transaction with another broker. Access to the IDB market has traditionally been limited to brokers dealing with other brokers. The customer compensates the broker for executing this transaction through the payment either of a commission or through a mark up that is added by the broker to the price at which the broker can access the IDB market to execute the transaction.

81



        The U.S. Treasury market has been moving away from voice broking to electronic trading in recent years. Many of the major broker-dealers now have electronic order entry platforms, which allow customers to ask for bid and offer prices. In some cases the dealer may list current bid and offer prices on the platform. Similarly, the IDB market has also evolved from a predominately voice brokered market to an electronic market. Participants in the IDB market can now see bids and offers shown live on a screen and can execute against these prices electronically.

        In order to participate in transactions in the IDB market, a participant must become a netting member of the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation ("FICC"), a clearing house for the U.S. fixed income market. A prospective netting member must complete a lengthy approval process that requires the applicant to (i) be a financial institution, (ii) maintain a minimum level of capital and (iii) be actively involved as a clearer, dealer or broker of government securities. As a result, most FICC netting members are either large investment banks, broker-dealers or commercial banks who use the IDB market to access the best pricing and greatest liquidity for U.S. Treasury securities. These institutions typically buy securities both for their own proprietary trading account or for resale to clients.

        We believe growth in the U.S. Treasury securities market and the repurchase agreement market has been driven by the following factors:

Foreign Exchange

        The global foreign exchange market is generally regarded as the largest financial market in the world as measured by transaction value. Estimated average daily volume as of April 2004, for example, was $1.9 trillion. By comparison, average daily volume in the next largest financial market, that for U.S. Treasury securities, was approximately $497.9 billion during 2004.

        The majority of foreign exchange volume is traded OTC. Most foreign exchange transactions take place by telephone or through proprietary trading networks established by large financial institutions.

82



        The primary participants in the foreign exchange markets fall into four categories: central banks, banks, brokers and institutional clients of brokers. Banks are the largest participants in the market, as approximately two-thirds of all foreign exchange transactions involve banks trading currencies with one another. Brokers act as intermediaries between other participants in the market, searching for the most favorable rates on behalf of customers and providing a level of anonymity for the buyer and seller. Brokers earn commissions on the trades they execute.

        There are three primary types of foreign exchange transactions: spot, forward and options. In a spot transaction, a buyer and seller agree on an exchange rate and promptly settle the trade based on that rate. In a forward transaction, a buyer and seller agree to settle the traded currencies at a later date at an agreed upon rate, regardless of market exchange rates at that time. The most common type of forward transaction is a swap, in which two parties exchange currencies at a given rate and agree to reverse the transaction at a later date. Options on foreign exchange work the same way as options on equities: they convey a right, not an obligation, to trade at a future date at a certain rate. As of April 2004, spot transactions represented 33% of the OTC traditional foreign exchange daily volume, swap transactions represented 50% and outright forward transactions represented 11% (while estimated gaps in reporting were 6%).

        We believe growth in the foreign exchange market has been driven by the following factors:

83



BUSINESS

Our Company

        We are a leading independent provider of execution and clearing services for exchange-traded derivatives and a major provider of prime brokerage services in the fixed income and foreign exchange markets. We offer our customers rapid, low-cost trade execution and clearing services on a broad spectrum of derivative exchanges and OTC markets. We serve over 200,000 customer accounts from our 23 locations in 14 countries with a focus on delivering superior customer service. Our customers include corporations, government agencies, hedge funds, managed futures funds, pension funds, financial institutions, retail clients and professional traders.

        In 2004, we were the largest provider of customer transaction volume to the CME, the largest derivatives exchange in the United States. In fiscal year 2004, we processed 461 million derivatives contracts, a volume of derivatives contracts comparable to that traded on the CBOT and greater than the volume traded on either the CBOE or the NYMEX during the same period. In fiscal years 2002 and 2003, we processed 346 million and 401 million of derivatives contracts, respectively. We are more diversified than any individual exchange, as we offer access to multiple products on virtually all major derivatives exchanges as well as OTC markets.

        Our revenues are primarily comprised of:

        For the twelve months ended November 30, 2004, we generated $1,250.7 million of net revenues and $187.3 million of net income.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe our following competitive strengths will enable us to continue to successfully grow our business and increase our profitability:

Established Market Position

        As of November 30, 2004, we were the largest independent FCM in the United States based on domestic customer segregated fund balances of approximately $3.8 billion. We are a clearing member on virtually all major domestic and international derivatives exchanges, including the CME, CBOT, Eurex, the London Metal Exchange ("LME"), Euronext.liffe, NYMEX and the IPE, and offer our customers access to a broad range of derivatives contracts. In fiscal year 2004, we processed 461 million derivatives contracts, cleared over $9 trillion in U.S. Treasury repurchase transactions and processed over $680 billion in customer volume in the foreign exchange market. In 2004, we ranked fourth among FICC firms in terms of cleared U.S. Treasury repo transaction volume and eighth for U.S. Treasury cash transaction volume. We believe our leading market position allows us to provide our customers a broad product offering, superior customer service and leading technology at low cost.

Diversified Across Customers, Products and Markets

        We serve more than 200,000 accounts for customers that include corporations, government agencies, hedge funds, managed futures funds, pension funds, financial institutions, retail clients and professional traders. No single customer represents more than 1% of our gross commission revenue. In our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing division, we provide our customers access to a wide variety of exchange-traded derivatives products. We also provide access to a wide range of OTC fixed income and foreign exchange products through our Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets division. In fiscal 2004, our

84



operating profit for our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing division and our Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets division were comparable. We believe this diversification reduces our overall earnings volatility and dependence on any one customer segment, product or market.

Direct Customer Relationships

        We serve as an essential intermediary between our customers and the financial markets and, unlike an exchange, we maintain direct relationships with our customers. These customer relationships allow us to benefit from customer trading of a variety of products across multiple exchanges and markets. In order to gain access to the markets we serve and to satisfy regulatory requirements, our customers maintain account balances with us, and we generally earn interest income on these balances. As of November 30, 2004, we held approximately $3.8 billion of domestic customer deposits.

Scalable Operating Platform

        Our business benefits from a scalable operating platform. Our existing infrastructure is capable of processing significant additional volumes with limited incremental increases in our Employee Compensation and Benefits expenses and General, Administrative and Other expenses. Our operating platform services both floor traders and electronic trading, and we expect to further benefit from the trend towards electronic trading. Our operating income margin has increased from 13.2% ($61.0 million) in fiscal year 2000 to 18.8% ($189.5 million) in fiscal year 2004.

Ability to Generate Free Cash Flow and Reduce Financial Leverage

        We generate significant free cash flow, which is available for reinvestment in our business, debt service and reduction, acquisitions and other uses. Our cash flow is generated by high margins and a business model that allows us to grow without significant capital expenditures. For the periods from March 1, 2004 through August 5, 2004 and from August 6, 2004 through November 30, 2004, we incurred capital expenditures of $5.0 million and $3.5 million, respectively. In January 2005, we voluntarily prepaid $150.0 million of our bank debt.

Proven and Committed Management Team

        The members of our senior management team have an average of 24 years of industry experience. Phillip Bennett, who has been with us for 23 years, became our President and Chief Executive Officer in 1998. Under their leadership, net revenues have grown at a compound annual growth rate of 21.6% from fiscal year 2000 through fiscal year 2004. Mr. Bennett beneficially owns an approximate 43% interest in us.

        Our business and competitive strengths may be adversely impacted by a number of factors. Please see "Risk Factors" elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of these factors.

Our Business Strategy

        We plan on continuing to capitalize on the economies of scale arising from our large execution and clearing volumes and to increase our transaction volumes, revenues and profitability by executing the following strategies:

Capitalize on Growing Markets and New Product Opportunities

        We will continue to identify opportunities for growth within our markets and for new product offerings while leveraging the customer relationships, liquidity and transaction processing platform of our existing businesses. Because of our global presence, we believe we can react quickly to emerging opportunities throughout the world. We have positioned our business within growing markets and

85



benefit from increasing transaction volumes. We maintain a strong presence on the world's major exchanges and OTC markets in which we operate, offer access to trading in an extensive suite of products to a diversified and growing customer base and continually seek to reduce our cost structure. In the past, we have grown our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing and Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets businesses by offering new products and services to our customers as they expand their trading activities into new asset classes and financial markets. We plan to expand our product offering into other markets where our focus on access to markets and efficient execution on behalf of customers is a competitive advantage. We continually work to identify new market and product opportunities where we can leverage our transaction processing platform.

Profit from Maturing Markets

        We seek to continue to take advantage of our scale and operating efficiency to profit from providing execution and clearing services at a low cost to customers active in transparent, highly liquid, commoditized markets. The economics of these markets are characterized by low per unit revenues levied on each of millions of transactions. Many former competitors have chosen to exit these markets and potential competitors have chosen not to enter them because the financial returns are relatively unattractive for a sub-scale operation. As other existing markets mature, becoming more liquid and standardized, and market participants demand more efficient access to the same services at potentially lower costs, we expect to be able to service these markets profitably while our competitors operating with less scale will likely generate lower profit margins and may choose to exit these markets altogether.

Offer Unconflicted Access to Markets

        We strive to differentiate our business offerings from our competitors' offerings by focusing solely on customer business and leveraging our transaction processing capabilities. Unlike many of our competitors in the brokerage industry, we do not trade in a directional or strategy-based manner for our own account. We focus on attracting customers and providing them with access to markets. We strive to provide our customers with low transaction costs, rapid order execution and access to pricing data that allows customers to see the price of the security and the commission or transaction fee paid to us. We target market participants who value this service offering as an important part of their investment strategies. For example, we believe our domestic fixed income prime brokerage business is attractive to fixed income hedge funds that require low cost access to the prices in the IDB market in order to execute their investment strategies. We believe our focus on acting as an agent is important to customers concerned about quality of execution and potential conflicts of interest.

Grow Our Customer Base

        The significant growth of the markets in which we participate creates opportunities for us to attract new customers. We have also developed online platforms to attract the growing base of customers who trade over the Internet. As we continue to grow, we will maintain our focus on providing high levels of customer service to address the diverse needs of our three key customer segments.

        Institutions—We have a dedicated sales force of over 1,000 individuals calling on institutional customers. Our ability to provide institutional customers unconflicted access to a wide range of markets is an advantage when soliciting new customers. We believe recent trends such as growth in the hedge fund industry and increased cross-border commerce have increased the demand among corporations, institutional investors and hedge funds for a wider variety of products with which to hedge risks and invest for profit. We plan to take advantage of what we believe is a valuable cross-selling opportunity by continuing to educate our institutional customers about our full range of derivatives, fixed income and foreign exchange services.

86



        Professional Traders and Locals—We have been building our strong market position as a provider of clearing services to professional traders on the world's major exchanges. Professional traders and locals are typically high trading volume customers and have contributed significantly to our volume growth. An increasing number of professional traders access the markets electronically. As part of our strategy to penetrate the market for locals, we have begun to offer training programs and high performance trading facilities for those moving from the trading floor to electronic trading and for new professional traders.

        Retail—Our retail operations include our Lind-Waldock division, a leading online retail derivatives brokerage operation. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on an increased awareness and understanding of the derivatives and foreign exchange markets among retail customers. We plan to continue encouraging this increased understanding through targeted marketing via direct mail, the Internet, customer education seminars and other media. In order to serve the wide variety of customers in this segment, we offer a complete suite of retail-focused products and services, including online and broker-assisted trading and research.

Capitalize on Shift to Electronic Trading

        Many markets and exchanges are increasingly using electronic trading and moving away from the traditional open outcry method. We believe increased electronic trading has created an opportunity for us to increase market share in our various markets as our operating platform is well suited to accommodate this technological shift. We plan to take advantage of this opportunity by utilizing our existing relationships with floor-based brokers as well as our scale, technology and market knowledge to adapt our service offering to meet evolving customer demands. We believe our training programs and high performance trading facilities, together with our technology platform and electronic trading capabilities, provide rapid trade execution and market visibility as well as an attractive platform for new professional traders and those moving from the trading floor to electronic trading.

        We have provided electronic trading systems in the markets we serve and have gained a level of expertise in providing these systems to a global and diverse customer base. As electronic trading has comprised a growing proportion of the volume in our markets, we have seen total market volumes increase substantially. Electronic trading also allows us to execute and clear orders more efficiently, as we can better employ technology for functions such as margin and risk management. We have continued to develop these systems to satisfy our customers' evolving trading requirements. The characteristics of the electronic platforms that interface with exchange matching engines are complex in functionality and in configuration. We have integrated them into our operational infrastructure and can handle rapidly increasing trading volumes. We believe we will be able to realize the efficiency afforded by electronic trading when it is applied to all the exchanges' current floor-transacted volume. These systems and our expert implementation capabilities and operation of a global network of multi-exchange electronic order flow allows us to manage order flow straight through processing on a scale that significantly exceeds traditional physical order execution processes.

Manage Risk Prudently

        We plan to continue to monitor and improve our exposure to customer and counterparty risk throughout our operations using our comprehensive risk management system. We are not exposed to market risk as a result of strategy-based or directional proprietary trading. In order to mitigate customer and counterparty risk, we will continue to utilize a number of proactive risk management tools.

87



Pursue Selective Strategic Acquisitions

        We intend to pursue selective acquisitions that will expand our service capabilities or customer base or provide greater access to trading in a wider range of products. Our flexible operating platform can facilitate the efficient transfer and integration of the customer positions and operations of acquired companies. Our historical results have benefited from a focused acquisition program that has expanded our service offering and strengthened our market position within our customer segments. Since 1999, we have acquired and integrated 14 businesses.

History

        We began operations in 1969 by providing execution and clearing services in agricultural commodities. Throughout the 1970s, we expanded our product offerings in response to the introduction of new financial futures products. Our involvement in Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets began in 1982 in response to requests from existing futures customers for the ability to adjust their futures positions after the futures market was closed. We formed the Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets division to provide this service by facilitating customer access to the cash markets, including the interbank foreign exchange market, in our capacity as a broker in principal. The brokerage in principal business model established the foundation both for our foreign exchange operations and for our other cash market brokerage activities. From 1983 to 1985, we emerged as a leading consolidator in the futures industry by acquiring Chicago Grain, ContiCommodities and DLJ Futures. By 1985, we had built an international infrastructure and strong market position in global derivatives markets.

        In September 1998, Phillip Bennett was named our chief executive officer. Under his leadership, we formed a new senior executive team with significant industry experience to focus on growing our business and strengthening our regulatory and customer focus. Under our new senior management team, we grew internally and through a number of acquisitions. In 2000, we acquired Lind-Waldock, a leading online retail derivatives brokerage operation. From 2001 to 2003, we enhanced our strong market position in the professional trader market by, among other things, the acquisition of MacFutures Limited and the professional floor trader business of First Options.

Services

        We are organized into two operating business segments for financial reporting purposes; (i) Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing and (ii) Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets, and we have one non-operating business segment, Corporate & Other.

Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing

        We execute and clear customers' orders for exchange-traded derivatives. Customers use our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing platform to place buy and sell orders for derivatives contracts, which we direct to the appropriate exchange for matching. We also facilitate confirmation and settlement of our customers' derivatives transactions and ensure that our customers have the appropriate collateral in their accounts to support their derivatives positions. We conduct these activities in our capacity as a regulated FCM. As an FCM, we are responsible to the applicable clearing house for our customers' transactions. We are the largest independent FCM in the United States based on domestic customer segregated fund balances of approximately $3.8 billion as of November 30, 2004. In 2004, we were the largest customer in terms of contract volume of the CME, the largest derivatives exchange in the United States.

        We generate Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing revenues from: (i) transaction fees earned from executing and clearing customer orders and (ii) interest income earned on cash balances in our customers' accounts. From fiscal year 2000 through fiscal year 2004, our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing net revenues and operating profit have grown at a compound annual growth rate of 24.1%

88



and 39.6%, respectively, driven primarily by annual increases in contract volumes executed or cleared and annual increases in customer deposits. Our growth has been generated both organically and through strategic acquisitions, which have broadened our customer base, service offerings, geographic reach and exchange coverage.

        Our business is diversified across customers, products and exchanges. The following charts illustrate our diversity across exchanges and contract types for fiscal year 2004:

Contract Volume
by Exchange(1)
  Contract Volume
by Type(1)

GRAPHIC

 

GRAPHIC

(1)    Total volume: 461 million contracts

        Customers.    As of November 30, 2004, our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing division serviced over 188,000 customer accounts. Our customers include institutions, professional traders and retail investors.

            Institutions.    Institutions are typically large mutual funds, hedge funds, financial institutions, pension plans and other non-financial entities. We market to our institutional customers through a sales force of experienced financial services professionals. We offer institutions high service levels, anonymity, unconflicted access to a broad range of products and markets and competitive pricing. We believe that it is important to institutional customers that we do not speculatively trade with our own capital in a strategy-based or directional manner and therefore avoid potential conflicts with our customers. We believe the quality of execution is very important to our institutional customers and that we are able to provide such customers with efficient execution due to our scale, liquidity and geographic breadth. We have experienced growth in our institutional customer base, in part, driven by the proliferation of hedge funds and an increasing corporate focus on risk management.

            Professional Traders.    Professional traders are either locals, who are individual members of derivatives exchanges trading for their own account on the floors of those exchanges that maintain the open outcry method of price discovery, or professionals trading electronically from dedicated facilities built to service their needs. We have a strong market position among professional traders and locals. Professional traders are high volume customers who require an operating platform with rapid execution at a low cost. Locals fulfill an important role in the market as liquidity providers for the exchanges of which they are members. Through internal growth and acquisitions, we have increased our professional trader customer base as part of our strategy to grow transaction volumes and our plan to diversify our customer base. This strategy allows us to integrate and efficiently process very large volumes and to manage effectively the risks associated with this particular customer group. We also believe that this particular customer base will be of strategic significance in the future as markets become increasingly automated. Locals are well suited to the development of off-the-floor trading locations, which provide them with direct access to electronic markets and enable us to continue to benefit from the order flow

89



and commission generating potential of these clients. Our MacFutures model is indicative of the opportunities presented by this trend. MacFutures, a London-based business we acquired in March 2003, provides specialty clearing services for individual professional traders, specializing in the electronic derivatives and fixed income markets in Europe. The model, which involves the recruiting and training of professional traders who are provided with access to electronic exchanges on our own off-the-floor trading locations, has now been implemented in Chicago and Montreal.

            Retail Investors.    Retail customers are typically experienced individual investors. We have grown our retail customer base historically through internally generated new accounts and through acquisitions. The global retail customer base is growing as new product offerings with a broad investor appeal, such as the e-mini contracts, are listed on exchanges. We offer our retail customers access to a broad range of products and value added services, including research, real time quotes, risk management tools, account information and customer support. Our retail customers also benefit from the operating platform that we have built to service our institutional and professional trader clients. We market to retail customers through an actively managed lead generation and marketing strategy targeted at identifiable customer groups who we believe would be receptive to trading equity derivatives. Specific examples of these initiatives include the following:

        Product Access.    We provide our customers access to all significant exchange-traded derivatives contracts, including interest rates, equity indexes, energy, agriculture, foreign currency, metals contracts and managed futures.

        Exchanges.    We provide our customers access to virtually all major global derivatives exchanges, including the CME, CBOT, NYMEX, LME, Eurex, Euronext.liffe, CBOE and IPE. In recognition of the technological advances in the industry, we provide both open outcry and electronic access to the derivatives markets. The electronic exchanges we provide access to include GLOBEX, LIFFE CONNECT and NYMEX Access.

        Competition.    The primary competitors of our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing business include affiliates of major commercial and investment banks and independent FCMs. We compete for customers and transaction volume on the basis of our access to a broad range of products and exchanges, our service levels, relationships, technology and operating platform and pricing. Many of our investment and commercial banking competitors maintain large proprietary trading operations.

        Refco Alternative Investments.    In June 2002, we created Refco Alternative Investments to develop product offerings using alternative assets, such as managed futures, for distribution to our customers. These offerings result in the creation of asset management funds, utilizing both our sales force and third-party distributors to raise assets. All investment decisions are made by third party managers, and

90



all brokerage activity of the funds is directed exclusively to our derivatives and cash brokerage affiliates, driving transaction volume to our core transaction processing platform. Additionally, such funds typically earn an asset management fee. An important milestone was reached following the negotiation with Standard & Poor's for the branding of a portfolio of Commodity Trading Advisors and the subsequent creation of a managed futures index, which tracked by a public fund and a series of private funds. This product, which took advantage of weaker equity markets and the non-correlated performance of derivatives investing to equity market performance, was successfully launched in March 2003. As of November 30, 2004, approximately $782.4 million has been raised for this product, including our investment of approximately $0.4 million. We have earned approximately $3.2 million in management fees for the nine month period ended November 30, 2004.

Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets

        We offer prime brokerage services, including execution, clearing, securities financing, securities lending, custody and trade processing. We provide these prime brokerage services primarily in the U.S. Treasury securities, foreign exchange and non-dollar fixed income markets. Our customers include hedge funds and other financial institutions.

        Our fixed income operating platform provides our customers access to the IDB market for U.S. Treasury securities. The IDB market is an OTC wholesale securities market that allows brokers to trade with one another. Access to the IDB market is usually limited to member firms who can meet its membership requirements, such as the minimum capital requirement. We allow our customers to use our IDB membership and operating platform to gain direct access to transparent IDB market pricing and liquidity.

        In the case of foreign exchange, we act as a broker for customers wishing to transact business in the interbank foreign exchange market. We processed over $680 billion in customer transaction volume in fiscal year 2004. We enable our customers to trade in the majority of the world's principal currencies in the form of spot, forwards and options in OTC foreign exchange markets via several trading platforms. These platforms include both voice broking in which our team of brokers place customer orders with market makers, primarily large money center banks, as well as online platforms.

        We generate Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets revenues from: (i) transaction fees earned from executing and clearing customer orders and (ii) interest income earned from providing financing through repo transactions. From fiscal year 2000 through fiscal year 2004, our Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets net revenues and operating profit have grown at compound annual growth rates of approximately 22.6% and 46.2%, respectively. This growth has been driven primarily by an increase in the number of customers, growth in the U.S. Treasury securities market and new product introductions. We have also grown through acquisitions.

        Unlike our exchange-traded derivatives business, our Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets activities are not conducted on exchanges. In order to effect Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets transactions for our customers, we act as a principal executing the transaction with our customer and simultaneously executing an offsetting trade in the market. We do not trade speculatively in a directional or strategy-based manner for our own account and only initiate an order in the market to match an offsetting customer transaction. Since we act as broker in principal in our capital markets/fixed income business, these transactions are reported as "principal transactions, net" on our consolidated statement of income. We employ mark-to-market and margin risk management procedures identical to those adopted in regulated agent markets. We believe that the risk involved in these transactions is comparable to that incurred in our traditional derivatives brokerage operations.

        Product Access.    Within our Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets segment, we primarily provide fixed income and foreign exchange products and services.

91



Fiscal Year 2004 Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets Revenue Breakdown

GRAPHIC

            Fixed Income. Our worldwide trade execution capabilities extend to select sectors of the fixed income market, primarily in U.S. Treasury securities, OTC options on U.S. Treasury securities, corporate debt and related OTC derivatives, sovereign debt and emerging market debt.

        Our most important fixed income offerings are U.S. Treasury products available in the IDB market and associated financing primarily through U.S. Treasury securities repurchase agreements. We provide our customers with a single platform, "Refco Trader," to obtain access to dealer prices only available on IDB markets. Our customers use this platform to buy and sell U.S. Treasury securities and obtain financing through the repo market. We believe that the efficiency of the Refco Trader platform and the competitive bid offer spread in the IDB market is valuable to the fixed income fund manager and professional trader.

        Our IDB product offering has been enhanced in recent years by the consolidation among traditional participants in fixed income markets. We have been able to exploit the consolidation among liquidity providers without incurring any undue risk by providing professional customers and fixed income traders with an alternative source of liquidity through repurchase transactions. As we do not trade speculatively in a directional or strategy-based manner for our own account, we do not face the conflicts of interests with our customers as our competitors that engage in both agency and proprietary trading.

        We are targeting other fixed income markets, such as mortgage backed securities and European sovereign debt, where we can provide our customers a similar service offering and value proposition as our U.S. Treasury offering. We also have a strong presence in Europe as one of the few non-bank repo clearing members of the London Clearing House ("LCH") and have an expanding presence in Latin American, Eastern European and Southeast Asian markets.

                Foreign Exchange.    We are a major international broker of foreign exchange in the areas of execution and prime brokerage, processing over $680 billion in transaction volume during fiscal year 2004. We provide 24 hour trading facility coverage of all major and most minor currencies, with service including spot, forwards, options, swaps and custom derivative overlays.

        Our largest foreign exchange business is the traditional voice brokerage business. Customers call us to execute foreign currency transactions. As a broker in principal, we enter into the transaction with our customer and simultaneously enter into an offsetting transaction with a market maker. For providing this service, we earn either a transaction fee or the spread between the price we charge our customer and the price that we pay the market maker. We compete for customers based on service, relationships, price competitiveness and by providing anonymity in trading.

92



        We have an online currency trading platform for our institutional customers developed in conjunction with Currenex, a leading global provider of currency pricing systems. This platform provides our customers electronic access to the foreign currency prices of several major market makers. The overall market for trading currency electronically is growing quickly due to the speed and cost benefits and the price transparency. This type of direct access is generally not offered by commercial or investment banks.

        We have also developed retail online foreign exchange offerings. These products are web-enabled, rely on global Internet-based distribution and, most importantly, encourage self-directed trading, which requires minimal human interaction on our part. This facilitates the handling of significant customer volumes with very low cost to income characteristics. An active web-based marketing strategy is currently in process to take maximum advantage of this market opportunity. We also own 35% of FXCM, which provides a foreign currency trading platform and execution services to retail investors.

                Other.    We have developed a worldwide clearing infrastructure that offers institutions and fund managers a single source for execution and all related financing activities in both domestic and international equity markets. These capabilities allow us to offer investors capital leverage through global integrated financing, securities lending, structured products and prime brokerage. We provide securities lending services for customers seeking to borrow equities to cover a short selling strategy or to generate additional income by lending securities already owned. Customers may also leverage equity positions with us through the use of customized derivative products and currency-linked transactions. Our financing structures include equity swaps, zero-cost options and repurchase agreements.

        Customers.    Our Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets customers are primarily institutions, including hedge funds, mutual funds, banks, broker-dealers and other corporate customers. We also serve a growing number of retail foreign exchange investors. All customers are subject to a detailed application process and credit check.

        Competition.    The primary competitors of our Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets business include affiliates of major commercial and investment banks and independent broker-dealers. Customers value speed of execution, anonymity in trading, low price, customer service and access to a breadth of products.

Risk Management

Liquidity Policy

        Our execution and clearing of derivatives requires limited working capital because the margin mechanism used by exchanges results in the customers providing the required funding to maintain positions. We maintain excess regulatory capital to provide liquidity during periods of unusual market volatility. Similarly for our brokerage activities in the cash markets, despite these transactions being brokered as principal and not as agent, we have adopted a futures-style margin methodology in which customer positions are valued daily and resulting realized or unrealized losses must be paid immediately in cash. This practice protects us against the risk that adverse price movements may prevent customers from meeting their financial obligations to pay us. Additionally, we have adopted a margin style procedure to control customer positions in our foreign exchange business. This account structure has facilitated considerable growth in the volume of business conducted, while maintaining a low risk profile.

93



Regulatory Capital

        Our primary U.S. regulated entities are Refco, LLC, an FCM, and Refco Securities, LLC, a broker-dealer. Each entity has regulatory capital requirements. As of November 30, 2004, the excess capital for Refco, LLC and Refco Securities, LLC was $139.6 million and $69.9 million, respectively. See "—Regulation."

Market Risk/Economic Liquidity

        Our risk is credit related risk or risk related to our customers' ability to meet their margin obligations. Because we do not trade speculatively in a directional or strategy-based manner for our own account, we have no direct exposure to market risk volatility or the potential price or liquidity risk that might arise.

Counterparty Risk Management

        Our current system provides the ability to project the impact of market volatility on price movement. We perform frequent stress tests of our customer positions, including intra-day trading analysis, daily equity change analysis, concentration risk analysis and premium seller analysis. Adjustments of margin or collateral requirements are made in anticipation of unusual adverse market developments. These tests have resulted in minimal losses due to counterparty exposures. We continue to upgrade our risk management procedures and systems to improve our ability to monitor actual and projected risk associated with customer operations. Our risk management department is responsible for the systematic review of customer exposure in both regulated and nonregulated markets.

Technology and Information Systems

        Our information technology group supports 14 locations worldwide, including our major management centers in New York, London and Chicago. Our exchange-traded derivatives central processing capacity is located in Memphis, Tennessee with primary backup in Chicago.

        Our core exchange-traded derivatives transaction-processing platform has been owned and developed by us since 1979. This system has accommodated our significant growth in recent years, including the integration of significant levels of acquired volume. Our ability to process transactions on a proprietary platform provides us with a strategic advantage by offering significant flexibility and high levels of responsiveness to changing customer and market conditions. Capital markets transaction processing platforms are outsourced. Fixed income prime brokerage and foreign exchange brokerage operations utilize systems developed by third parties.

        Customers currently access our global network through both traditional means (i.e., the use of voice brokers) and electronically. For electronic access, we provide third party vendor systems consistent with our focus on transaction processing rather than front-end technology while also offering a proprietary system for our retail customers. An increasing number of these applications are web-enabled. We have developed a web strategy to enhance access to the system and to use our website as a driver for business development in the form of lead creation. Among the capabilities that can be accessed online are risk management monitoring and access to tools, the account opening process as well as static forms, account statements and position and funds information.

        The continued integrity and security of our systems is key to our business. All of our systems have off-site backups and redundancies. These capabilities have been thoroughly tested, particularly during the events of September 2001 and the blackout of August 2003. In each case and despite the total loss of access to corporate headquarters in New York, our business was comprehensively and effectively

94



redirected to pre-planned alternative locations and operating platforms and services to customers remained essentially uninterrupted.

Facilities

        Our main corporate offices are located in approximately 71,247 square feet of leased office space at One World Financial Center, 200 Liberty Street, Tower A, New York, New York 10281-1994. We also lease over 473,000 square feet of additional space throughout North America, Europe and Asia. Our primary management centers are located in Chicago and London and at our New York corporate office. Our exchange-traded derivatives central processing system is run out of a leased facility located in Memphis, Tennessee. We believe that our leased facilities are adequate to meet anticipated requirements for our current lines of business for the foreseeable future.

Employees

        At November 30, 2004, we had approximately 2,434 employees. Approximately 1,664 of our employees are located in the United States. At the present time, no employees are represented by unions, and we believe our relations with our employees are satisfactory.

Regulation

        Most aspects of our business are subject to stringent regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and derivatives and securities exchanges and by non-U.S. government agencies or regulatory bodies and exchanges. New laws or regulations or changes to existing laws and regulations (including changes in interpretation or enforcement) could materially adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. As a global financial institution, to the extent that different regulatory regimes impose inconsistent or iterative requirements on the conduct of our business, we will face complexity and additional costs in our compliance efforts.

        As an FCM, Refco, LLC's activities are regulated by the CFTC and the exchanges of which it is a member. Other of our subsidiaries, including Refco Alternative Investments LLC, Refco Fund Management Inc. and Refcofund Holdings Corporation, are registered with the CFTC as commodity trading advisors and commodity pool operators. Refco, LLC's business is also regulated by the NFA of which Refco, LLC and certain of its affiliates are members. Violations of the rules of the CFTC, the NFA or the exchanges could result in remedial actions including fines, registration terminations or revocations of exchange memberships.

        Refco Securities, LLC is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico and is a member of self-regulatory organizations, including the National Association of Securities Dealers ("NASD") and certain exchanges, including the CBOE. Broker-dealers are subject to regulations covering all aspects of the securities business, including sales and trading practices, public offerings, publication of research reports, use of customers' funds and securities, capital structure, record keeping and the conduct of directors, managers, officers and employees. Broker-dealers are also regulated by securities administrators in those states where they do business. Violations of regulations governing a broker-dealer's actions could result in censure, fine, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, the suspension or expulsion from the securities industry of such broker-dealer or its officers or employees, or other similar consequences.

        Margin lending by some of our broker-dealer subsidiaries is regulated by the Federal Reserve Board's restrictions on lending in connection with customer purchases and short sales of securities, and NASD rules also require such subsidiaries to impose maintenance requirements on the value of

95



securities contained in margin accounts. In many cases, our margin policies are more stringent than these rules.

        We conduct some of our government securities activities through Refco Securities, LLC, an NASD member registered as a government securities broker-dealer with the SEC and in certain states. The Department of Treasury has promulgated regulations concerning, among other things, capital adequacy, custody and use of government securities and transfers and control of governmental securities subject to repurchase transactions. The rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, which are enforced by the NASD, govern the municipal securities activities of Refco Securities, LLC.

        As a registered broker-dealer, Refco Securities, LLC is subject to the SEC's and NASD's net capital rules, and, as an FCM, Refco, LLC is subject to the net capital requirements of the CFTC and various exchanges. Many non-U.S. securities exchanges and regulatory authorities also have imposed rules relating to capital requirements applicable to our non-U.S. subsidiaries. These rules, which specify minimum capital requirements, are designed to measure general financial integrity and liquidity and require that at least a minimum amount of assets be kept in relatively liquid form. Refco Securities, LLC computes its net capital requirements under the alternative method provided for in the rule, which requires that Refco Securities, LLC maintain net capital equal to the greater of $250,000 or 2% of aggregate customer related debit items, as defined in SEC Rule 15c3-3. The net capital rule also provides that equity capital may not be withdrawn or cash dividends paid if resulting net capital would be less than 5% of aggregate debits. As of November 30, 2004, Refco Securities, LLC had net capital of $75.5 million, which was 27.2% of aggregate debit balance and $69.9 million in excess of required net capital. Refco, LLC, is required to maintain net capital equal to the sum of 8% of the total risk margin requirements for all positions carried in customer accounts and 4% of the total risk margin requirements for all positions carried in non-customer accounts. The net capital rule also provides that Refco, LLC must maintain adjusted net capital in excess of an early warning level equal to 110% of its net capital requirement. As of November 30, 2004, Refco, LLC had net capital of $301.7 million, which was $139.6 million in excess of required net capital.

        Compliance with the capital requirements may limit our operations requiring the intensive use of capital. Such requirements restrict our ability to withdraw capital from our subsidiaries, which in turn may limit our ability to pay dividends or repay debt. Any change in such rules or the imposition of new rules affecting the scope, coverage, calculation or amount of capital requirements, or a significant operating loss or any unusually large charge against capital, could adversely affect our ability to pay dividends or to expand or maintain present business levels.

        The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the "PATRIOT Act") contains anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and mandates the implementation of various new regulations applicable to FCMs, broker-dealers and other financial services companies, including standards for verifying customer identification at account opening and obligations to monitor customer transactions and detect and report suspicious activities to the government. Institutions subject to the PATRIOT Act must implement specialized employee training programs, designate an anti-money laundering compliance officer and submit to independent audits of the effectiveness of the compliance program. Anti-money laundering laws outside the United States contain similar provisions. We have established policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations.

        Our securities and futures businesses are also regulated extensively by non-U.S. governments, exchanges, self-regulatory organizations, central banks and regulatory bodies, especially in those jurisdictions in which one of our subsidiaries maintains an office. For instance, the Financial Services Authority and Euronext.liffe regulate the activities of Refco Overseas Limited in the United Kingdom. Other subsidiaries are also subject to regulation by securities, banking and finance regulatory

96



authorities, exchanges and other self-regulatory organizations in numerous other countries in which they do business.

Geographic Distribution of Our Business

        We conduct the majority of our business and earn the majority of our revenues in the United States. We also have material operations in Bermuda and the United Kingdom. Our foreign operations expose us to numerous risks, including operating in countries with less developed technological infrastructures than the United States, operating in differing and often extensively regulated environments and exposing us to exchange rate fluctuations. See Note M to our audited financial statements and Note K to our unaudited consolidated financial statements and "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Company—Our international operations involve special challenges that we may not be able to meet, which could adversely affect our financial results."

Legal Proceedings

Tradewinds

        On April 1, 1999, Tradewinds Financial Corporation, Tradewinds Debt Strategies Fund, L.P., Tradewinds Offshore Fund, Limited, Tradewinds Clipper Fund Ltd. and Tradewinds Secured Debt Fund (collectively, "Tradewinds") filed an action against Refco Securities, Inc., Refco Capital Markets, Ltd. and Martin Loftus (collectively, "Refco") in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, alleging, among other things, that Refco breached a customer agreement governing certain margin accounts by requiring Tradewinds to increase the value of collateral securing a margin loan from 60% to 100% in September 1998. Upon the completion of discovery, the parties stipulated that the court lacked jurisdiction over Tradewinds' claims and the case was dismissed. Tradewinds refiled the action in the Supreme Court of the State of New York. On March 27, 2002, Refco filed a motion for summary judgment. On September 15, 2003, the court granted in part Refco's motion, dismissing six of the seven claims asserted against Refco. The court reserved for trial before a jury Tradewinds' claim that Refco's actions breached the implied contractual duty of good faith and fair dealing. On March 16, 2004, the Appellate Division of the First Department of the State of New York affirmed the decision of the trial court in all respects. In June 2004, the sole remaining claim was tried before a jury. On June 17, 2004, the jury returned a verdict in favor of Tradewinds on the liability issue submitted to it by the trial judge. By memorandum decision and order dated March 3, 2005, the trial court granted Refco's post-trial motion to set aside the jury verdict as against the weight of the evidence and ordered a new trial. The court also ordered counsel to appear for a pre-trial conference on April 8, 2005.

        At this time, it is not possible to predict the final outcome of this proceeding with certainty.

SEC Investigation

        In 2001, the Division of Enforcement of the SEC commenced an informal investigation into short sales of the stock of Sedona Corporation. The SEC requested that we produce documents relating to any of our accounts that traded in the stock of Sedona. In June 2001, the SEC issued a formal order of investigation into short sales of Sedona stock and other transactions. In 2002 and 2003, we received subpoenas from the SEC and a request for a written statement. Generally, the subpoenas and the request required the production of documents, tapes and information regarding two of our former brokers who handled the account of Amro International, S.A., one of our former customers that engaged through its account with us in short sales of Sedona stock and whose financial advisor settled SEC charges with respect to such short sales in February 2003; our relationship with Amro and its two principals; other securities traded by Amro; and our record keeping, supervisory and short sale policies

97



and restrictions. Although there were issues previously raised by the SEC with respect to document production and retention by us, we believe that we have now substantially complied with those subpoenas and requests. In October 2003, we received a subpoena from the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Southern District of New York, which called for the production of documents we had produced to the SEC. In addition to producing documents in response to the foregoing subpoenas, we have made our employees available to testify before the SEC and to be interviewed by the U.S. Attorneys' office. Refco Securities, LLC has been advised orally that it is not currently the subject of the U.S. Attorneys' investigation. At the present time, it is not possible to predict the outcome of the foregoing investigations with certainty.

Trading Technologies

        On March 1, 2005, Trading Technologies International, Inc. filed an action against Refco Group Ltd., LLC, Refco, LLC and Refco EasySolutions, LLC (collectively, the "Refco parties") in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division, alleging that the Refco parties infringed upon certain patents owned by Trading Technologies relating to electronic trading software. In its complaint, Trading Technologies demanded a preliminary and permanent injunction against the Refco parties, as well as unspecified damages and costs. We are currently analyzing the merits of the claim and intend to file an answer to the complaint by mid-April 2005.

Other

        In addition to the matters discussed above, from time to time, we are party to litigation and administrative proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We do not have any other pending litigation that, separately or in the aggregate, would in the opinion of management have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

98



MANAGEMENT

Managers and Executive Officers

        As of April 8, 2005, our executive officers and their respective ages and positions are as follows:

Name

  Age
  Position

Phillip R. Bennett   56   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
Joseph J. Murphy   44   Executive Vice President; President and Chief Executive Officer of Refco Global Futures, LLC
Gerald M. Sherer   57   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
William M. Sexton   40   Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Santo C. Maggio   53   Executive Vice President; President and Chief Executive Officer of Refco Securities, LLC
Dennis A. Klejna   58   Executive Vice President and General Counsel

        Phillip R. Bennett has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since September 1998. He also serves as the President of Refco Capital Holdings, LLC. Mr. Bennett joined us in 1981 from The Chase Manhattan Bank, where he held various positions involving credit and commercial lending in New York, Toronto, Brussels and London from 1970 to 1981. Among other positions at Chase, Mr. Bennett served as a member of its Commodity Lending Department. He is a graduate of Cambridge University, England.

        Joseph J. Murphy has served as President of Refco Global Futures, LLC, one of our subsidiaries, since March 1999. He also serves as our Executive Vice President responsible for global marketing. From 1994 to 1999, Mr. Murphy was Executive Managing Director of HSBC Futures Americas and Cash Securities based in Chicago. Prior to joining HSBC, Mr. Murphy was a Vice President and Producing Manager with Chase Manhattan Futures Corporation in New York. He also held management positions in the Treasury Department of The Chase Manhattan Bank. Mr. Murphy holds a degree from Providence College located in Providence, Rhode Island. His professional affiliations include memberships with the CBOT and CME. Mr. Murphy is a member of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the FIA and a member of the Board of Directors and Vice Chairman of The Clearing Corporation.

        Gerald M. Sherer has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2005. From 1997 to 2004, Mr. Sherer held various positions at Deutsche Bank, including Deputy Global Head of Controlling, Chief Financial Officer of the Investment Bank, and most recently, Chief Financial Officer of the Americas and Global Head of Internal Controls. Previously, Mr. Sherer was Chief Financial Officer of all U.S. operations at CIBC Woody Gundy in New York from 1995 to 1997. He also served as Senior Vice President of the Finance Division for Goldman Sachs from 1982 to 1995. Mr. Sherer holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Northern Arizona University and an M.B.A. from Fordham University.

        William M. Sexton has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since August 2004. Mr. Sexton joined us in April 1999 and has served in various capacities, including as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Refco, LLC, one of our subsidiaries and an FCM, since 2001. He is responsible for information technology, operations, accounting and finance, credit, margins and risk for our futures businesses. From 1991 to 1997, Mr. Sexton served in various capacities at The Chase Manhattan Bank, including the financial controller for the U.S. FCM, institutional sales for marketing derivatives, foreign exchange and treasury products. Mr. Sexton holds a B.S. in Business Administration from Pace University and an M.B.A. from Fordham University, both with concentrations in finance. He is a member of the NFA. He is also a member of the FIA, the NYMEX FCM Advisory Committee, the FIA Operations and Technology Divisions and is a member of the Board of Directors of Eurex U.S.

99



        Santo C. Maggio has served as our Executive Vice President since 1998 and President and Chief Executive Officer of Refco Securities, LLC, our NASD broker-dealer subsidiary, since 1991. Mr. Maggio has also served as President of Refco Capital Markets, Ltd., one of our subsidiaries, since 2001. He joined us in 1985. From 1976 to 1982, Mr. Maggio was employed as Vice President of Inland Consultants Corporation and from 1982 to 1985 as Vice President for McMahan Securities. Mr. Maggio holds an accounting degree from Hunter College, City University of New York.

        Dennis A. Klejna has served as our Executive Vice President and General Counsel since joining us in January 1999. Prior to joining us, Mr. Klejna was in private law practice in the Washington, D.C. office of Vinson & Elkins, L.L.P. from 1996 to 1998, where his practice was focused on derivatives trading regulation. He was Director of the Division of Enforcement at the CFTC from 1983 to 1995. Mr. Klejna is a member of the Committee on Futures Regulation of the Bar Association of the City of New York, the New York State Bar Association Committee on Futures and Derivatives Regulation and the Committee on the Regulation of Futures and Derivative Instruments of the American Bar Association. He serves on the Executive Committee of the Law and Compliance Division of the FIA and the Board of Editors of the Futures and Derivatives Law Report. As an Adjunct Professor at the Georgetown University Law Center from 1998 to 2000, he taught futures and derivatives regulation. Mr. Klejna is a graduate of Fordham College and Fordham Law School and served as a Captain in the U.S. Army Judge Advocate General's Corps.

        Except as described under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Securityholders Agreement," there are no arrangements or understandings between any members or executive officer and any other person pursuant to which that person was elected or appointed to his position.

        We do not have a board of managers and are member-managed by our sole member, New Refeo.

Executive Compensation

        The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our chief executive officer and each of our four most highly compensated executive officers during each of the last three fiscal years. The bonuses set forth below include amounts earned in the year shown but paid in the subsequent year.


Summary Compensation Table

 
  Annual Compensation
  Long-Term
Compensation

   
Name and Principal Position

  Fiscal
Year

  Salary
($)

  Bonus
($)

  Other Annual
Compensation
($)

  Restricted
Stock Awards
($)

  Total
Compensation
($)

Phillip R. Bennett
President, Chief Executive Officer
and Chairman
  2005
2004
2003
(1)

1,266,667
1,500,000
1,500,000
  2,007,438
2,469,000
2,196,000
  461,671
444,840
500,692
(2)
(2)
(2)
250,800

(3)

3,986,576
4,413,840
4,196,692

Joseph J. Murphy
Executive Vice President; President and
Chief Executive Officer of Refco
Global Futures, LLC

 

2005
2004
2003

(1)


1,000,000
1,000,000
1,000,000

 

1,475,551
1,920,000
1,640,000

 




 

146,300


(3)


2,621,851
2,920,000
2,640,000

Gerald M. Sherer(4)
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 

2005
2004
2003

(1)


166,667


 




 




 

543,000


(3)


709,667

                         

100



William M. Sexton
Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer

 

2005
2004
2003

(1)


675,000
500,000
500,000

 

737,775
960,000
820,000

 




 

146,300


(3)


1,559,076
1,460,000
1,320,000

Santo C. Maggio
Executive Vice President; President and
Chief Executive Officer of Refco
Securities, LLC

 

2005
2004
2003

(1)


602,083
500,000
500,000

 

943,664
1,252,000
1,084,000

 




 

146,300


(3)


1,692,047
1,752,000
1,584,000

Robert C. Trosten(5)
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 

2005
2004
2003

(1)


583,335
1,000,000
1,000,000

 

1,629,967
2,139,000
1,838,000

 




 




 

2,213,302
3,139,000
2,838,000

(1)
With respect to the period from August 5, 2004 to February 28, 2005, information is presented for New Refco.

(2)
Consists of premiums for term life insurance and includes an amount equal to the payment to Mr. Bennett to compensate him for the incremental tax impact associated with the payment of the premium.

(3)
Represents the value of Class B Units vested as of February 28, 2005.

(4)
Mr. Sherer commenced his employment with us effective January 3, 2005.

(5)
In October 2004, Robert Trosten resigned as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in order to pursue other financial interests. Mr. Trosten's departure, which was effective October 4, 2004, was wholly related to his desire to pursue his other interests.

        Restricted Unit Agreements.    In connection with the Transactions, New Refco granted Phillip Bennett, Joseph Murphy, William Sexton, Santo Maggio and Robert Trosten approximately 5.94, 3.47, 3.47, 3.47 and 3.47 Class B Units, respectively. Upon Mr. Trosten's resignation, his Class B Units were forfeited and returned to New Refco.

        On October 31, 2004, New Refco declared a 202,551.721-for-one split of its Class A and Class B units (the "Unit Split"). On December 6, 2004, New Refco granted 690,000 Class B Units to Gerald Sherer, our Executive Vice and Chief Financial Officer.

        The Class B Units granted to management are subject to vesting under restricted unit agreements as follows:

        Vesting of all units is subject to acceleration upon a change of control. Upon the termination of a holder, unvested Class B Units are forfeited to New Refco and vested Class B Units may be repurchased by New Refco at fair market value. For a discussion of all Class B Units granted, see "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Restricted Unit Agreements."

101



Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        The compensation arrangements for our chief executive officer and each of our executive officers was established pursuant to the terms of the respective employment agreements between us and each executive officer. The terms of the employment agreements were established pursuant to arms-length negotiations between us and each executive officer.

Management Investment

        Phillip Bennett, through his continuing ownership interest in Refco Group Holdings, Inc., rolled over an approximate $382.5 million equity investment into the common equity interests of our parent, New Refco. Messrs. Sexton, Murphy and Maggio made investments of $1.0 million, $500,000 and $250,000, respectively, in the common equity interests of New Refco.

Employment Agreements

        Phillip Bennett Employment Agreement.    On June 8, 2004, Phillip Bennett entered into an Executive Employment and Non-Competition Agreement with us that became effective on the date of the closing of the Transactions. Under the agreement, Mr. Bennett serves as our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and reports directly to our Board of Managers for an initial term ending on February 28, 2007. After such date, Mr. Bennett will continue to serve with an automatic renewal thereafter for additional one year terms, unless either party terminates the agreement in accordance with its provisions.

        Under the terms of the agreement, we will pay Mr. Bennett an annual base salary of $1,100,000, and he will be eligible to receive an annual bonus as determined in accordance with our Management Bonus Pool Plan and will be able to participate in equity-based compensation plans, including through the grant of Class B Units pursuant to a Restricted Unit Agreement with us. In certain circumstances, Mr. Bennett's termination will entitle him to a severance package including two years of his base salary and annual bonus at the time of termination. In addition, Mr. Bennett has agreed that during the term of the agreement and for a two year period thereafter (but in no event, less than five years), he will not, directly or indirectly (i) compete with us, (ii) solicit or hire any of our officers, managers, consultants or executives or (iii) solicit any of our customers or suppliers or potential or prospective customers or suppliers of whom he was aware prior to or during the term of his employment.

        Executive Employment Agreements.    In connection with the Transactions, Joseph Murphy, William Sexton, Santo Maggio and Dennis Klejna entered into Executive Employment and Non-Competition Agreements with us. In December 2004, Gerald Sherer entered into an Executive Employment and Non-Competition Agreement with us. Each of these agreements have substantially identical terms, except for the applicable positions and annual base salary amounts for each employee as described below. In addition, Mr. Sherer's employment agreement provides that if after February 28, 2006 the aggregate value of any Class B Units granted to him and any other equity incentive issued to him is less than $3.5 million, we will pay him the difference in cash. The same provision applies if we terminate Mr. Sherer without cause prior to February 28, 2006. Under all the agreements, each employee is eligible for an annual bonus to be determined in accordance with the Senior Management Bonus Pool Plan adopted by us and will be able to participate in equity-based compensation plans, including through the grant of Class B Units pursuant to Restricted Unit Agreements entered into with

102


us. The position and initial base salary for each of the employees under the agreements is as listed below:

Name

  Position

  Base Salary
Joseph Murphy   Executive Vice President; President and Chief Executive Officer of Refco Global Futures, LLC   $ 1,000,000
Gerald Sherer   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer     1,000,000
William Sexton   Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer     800,000
Santo Maggio   Executive Vice President; President and Chief Executive Officer of Refco Securities, LLC     675,000
Dennis Klejna   Executive Vice President and General Counsel     650,000

        Each employee will be entitled to a severance package in certain circumstances, which shall entitle such employee to 18 months of his base salary and annual bonus as of the date of termination. In addition, each employee will agree that during the term of the agreement and for an 18-month period thereafter, such employee will not, directly or indirectly (i) compete with us, (ii) solicit or hire any of our officers, managers, consultants or executives or (iii) solicit any of our customers or suppliers or potential or prospective customers or suppliers of whom he was aware prior to or during the term of his employment.

Senior Management Bonus Pool Plan

        The Senior Management Bonus Pool Plan enables participating senior managers to receive bonuses based on our performance. If our actual EBITDA (subject to specified adjustments) for a fiscal year is between 95% and 105% of the budgeted EBITDA for the year, the bonus pool amount to be divided among all participating senior managers generally will be the greater of 100% of the aggregate base compensation of such senior managers or, subject to the cap described below, 2.1% of our actual EBITDA (subject to specified adjustments). The bonus pool amount will be adjusted if actual EBITDA (subject to specified adjustments) is more than 105% or less than 95% of budgeted EBITDA. The aggregate bonus pool amount to be divided among all participating senior managers in any event cannot be greater than 150% of the aggregate base compensation of such senior managers. For purposes of calculating the bonus pool amount, EBITDA is our consolidated earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is then adjusted to take into account the estimated amount of the bonus pool and add back the management fees payable pursuant to the Management Agreement with THL Managers V, LLC. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Management Agreement."

103



SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

        Refco Finance is a wholly owned subsidiary of Refco Group Ltd., LLC, a limited liability company wholly owned by New Refco, a limited liability company whose members include THL Refco Acquisition Partners, other affiliates and co-investors of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., Refco Group Holdings, Inc., a subchapter S corporation that is wholly owned by Phillip R. Bennett, and members of our management team.

        The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of New Refco, which owns all of our membership interests, by: (i) each person or entity who owns any class of its outstanding voting securities and (ii) each person who is a member of its board of managers, each person who is an executive officer and such members of its board of managers and executive officers as a group. New Refco has authorized 101.0 million Class A Units, 100.0 million of which are outstanding. New Refco has also authorized 7.0 million Class B Units, approximately 5.9 million of which are outstanding. The Class B Units are non-voting and have been issued under the restricted unit agreements that New Refco entered into with certain members of our management, which began to vest on February 28, 2005. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Restricted Unit Agreements." To our knowledge, each such member has sole voting and investment power as to the units shown unless otherwise noted. Beneficial ownership of the units listed in the table has been determined in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each holder listed below is c/o Refco Group Ltd., LLC, One World Financial Center, 200 Liberty Street, Tower A, New York, New York 10281.

 
  Securities Beneficially Owned
 
Name and Address

  Number of
Class A Units

  Percentage of
Class A Units

 
 
  (in thousands)

   
 
Principal Securityholders:          
Thomas H. Lee Partners and affiliates(1)
c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.
100 Federal Street
Boston, MA 02110
  56,875.32   57 %

Managers and Executive Officers:

 

 

 

 

 
Phillip R. Bennett(2)   42,905.95   43 %
Joseph J. Murphy   56.09   *  
Gerald M. Sherer      
William M. Sexton   112.17   *  
Santo C. Maggio   28.04   *  
Dennis A. Klejna   22.43   *  
Leo R. Breitman      
Nathan Gantcher      
David V. Harkins(3)      
Scott L. Jaeckel(3)      
Thomas H. Lee(3)      
Ronald L. O'Kelley      
Scott A. Schoen(3)      
All board of managers members and executive officers
as a group (13 persons)
  43,124.68   43 %

*
Represents less than 1%

(1)
Includes interests owned by each of THL Refco Acquisition Partners, THL Refco Acquisition Partners II, THL Refco Acquisition Partners III, Thomas H. Lee Investors Limited Partnership,

104


(2)
Represents units owned by Refco Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is wholly owned by Phillip R. Bennett. Represents units held by The Phillip R. Bennett Three Year Annuity Trust (the "Trust") of which Mr. Bennett is the trustee and beneficiary. Through his ownership of Refco Group Holdings, Inc. and his role of trustee and beneficiary of the Trust, Mr. Bennett beneficially owns approximately 43% of our company.

(3)
Thomas H. Lee is the Chairman and CEO of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. David V. Harkins, Scott L. Jaeckel and Scott A. Schoen serve as Vice Chairman and Managing Director, Managing Director and Co-President, respectively, of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. Each of Messrs. Lee, Harkins, Jaeckel and Schoen may be deemed to beneficially own Class A Units held of record by THL Refco Acquisition Partners, THL Refco Acquisition Partners II and THL Refco Acquisition Partners III. Each of these individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of such units except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

        All units included in the above presentation have been adjusted to reflect the Unit Split.

105



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The Equity Purchase and Contribution Agreement

        On June 8, 2004, THL Refco Acquisition Partners entered into an equity purchase and merger agreement with us, Refco Group Holdings, Inc. and other parties named herein, which was amended on July 9, 2004 to, among other things, add New Refco as a party and modify the structure of the transactions contemplated by the agreement. The Purchase Agreement provided for a series of transactions that resulted in New Refco becoming our parent and THL Refco Acquisition Partners and its affiliates and co-investors owning an approximate 57% interest in New Refco.

        Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, the following transactions occurred:

        Upon consummation of the Transactions, THL Refco Acquisition Partners and its affiliates and co-investors owned 57% of the equity interest our parent, New Refco, and Phillip R. Bennett, our President and Chief Executive Officer, through his wholly-owned subsidiary, Refco Group Holdings, Inc., owned approximately 43% of the equity interests of New Refco.

        In connection with the Transactions, Refco Group Holdings, Inc. agreed to reimburse THL Refco Acquisition Partners for certain tax benefits received by Refco Group Holdings, Inc. related to the acquisition of membership interests in Refco Group held by BAWAG Overseas, Inc. In March 2005, Refco Group Holdings, Inc. paid THL Refco Acquisition Partners approximately $2.2 million pursuant to the agreement.

106



Limited Liability Company Agreement of New Refco

        The amended and restated limited liability company agreement of New Refco authorizes New Refco to issue Class A and Class B units. The Class A and Class B units generally have identical rights and preferences, except that the Class B Units are nonvoting and have different rights as to certain distributions described below.

        Distributions of New Refco's property will be made in the following order:

        A board of managers has the exclusive authority to manage and control New Refco's business and affairs. The board of managers' composition is determined in accordance with the provisions of the securityholders agreement described below and is more fully described in "Management—Board of Managers Compensation."

Securityholders Agreement

        Pursuant to the securityholders agreement entered into in connection with the Transactions, units of New Refco that are beneficially owned by Refco Group Holdings, Inc., THL Refco Acquisition Partners or any of its affiliates or any limited partners of them so long as THL Refco Acquisition Partners or any of its affiliates maintains voting control over the units held, (collectively, the "THL Holders"), the executive investors and certain of New Refco's other employees and employees of New Refco's subsidiaries, which we refer to as employees, are subject to restrictions on transfer, as well as the other provisions described below. When we refer to "units" of New Refco in the following discussion, such reference includes New Refco's common stock following a change in corporate form, whether in preparation for an initial public offering or otherwise.

        The securityholders agreement provides that the THL Holders, Refco Group Holdings, Inc., the executive investors, employees and all other parties to the agreement will vote all of their shares to elect and continue in office New Refco's board of managers, initially consisting of eight managers composed of:

The board of managers may be increased to nine and the THL Holders will be entitled to designate an additional manager (for a total of five managers designated by the THL Holders) if New Refco fails to meet specified yearly performance requirements.

        The securityholders agreement also provides:

107


Management Agreement

        Pursuant to the management agreement entered into in connection with the Transactions, THL Managers V, LLC will render to New Refco and each of its subsidiaries advisory and consulting services. In consideration of those services, either New Refco or we will pay to THL Managers V, LLC semi-annually, an aggregate per annum management fee equal to the greater of:

        New Refco also paid THL Managers V, LLC at the closing of the Transactions a transaction advisory fee of $30.0 million.

        New Refco also agreed to indemnify THL Managers V, LLC and its affiliates from and against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of or related to the performance by THL Managers V, LLC of the services pursuant to the management agreement.

Restricted Unit Agreements

        In connection with the Transactions, members of senior management were granted Class B Units of New Refco pursuant to a restricted unit agreements. Phillip Bennett, Joseph Murphy, William Sexton, Santo Maggio, Robert Trosten and Dennis Klejna were granted approximately 5.94, 3.47, 3.47, 3.47, 3.47 and 1.73 Class B Units, respectively. Upon Mr. Trosten's resignation, his Class B Units were forfeited and returned to New Refco.

        On October 31, 2004, New Refco declared a 202,551.721-for-one split of its Class A and Class B units (the "Unit Split"). New Refco also granted an aggregate of 1,664,655.1 Class B Units to certain employees. In November 2004, New Refco granted an aggregate of 60,000 Class B Units to Leo Breitman, Nathan Gantcher and Ronald O'Kelley who are members of its board of managers. On December 6, 2004, New Refco granted 690,000 Class B Units to Gerald Sherer, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

        The Class B Units granted to management and employees are subject to vesting under restricted unit agreements as follows:

108


        The Class B Units granted to the members of New Refco's board of managers vest ratably on each of February 28, 2005, February 28, 2006, February 28, 2007 and February 29, 2008.

        Vesting of all units is subject to acceleration upon a change of control. Upon the termination of a holder, unvested Class B Units are forfeited to New Refco and vested Class B Units may be repurchased by New Refco at fair market value.

Escrow Agreement

        Pursuant to the escrow agreement in connection with the Transactions, New Refco and THL Refco Acquisition Partners delivered approximately $39.0 of the purchase price at the closing to HSBC Bank USA, as escrow agent, to satisfy any earn-out amounts that are to be paid by New Refco after the closing. The escrowed funds were separated into seven separate escrow accounts, each representing a separate earn-out amount.

        If an earn-out payment is due by New Refco, the escrow agent will release a portion of the funds from the earn-out account designated on written instructions given by New Refco's chief executive officer. If the escrowed amount in a given earn-out account exceeds the amount of all obligations with respect to a particular earn-out account, then the escrow agent will release the amount of any excess to Refco Group Holdings, Inc. upon joint written instructions signed by the chief executive officer, THL Refco Acquisition Partners and Refco Group Holdings, Inc. If the earn-out amount to be distributed by New Refco exceeds the escrowed amount in the designated earn-out account, then Refco Group Holdings, Inc. will be liable for the deficiency.

        In November 2004, pursuant to the procedures set forth in the escrow agreement, approximately $22.2 million of escrowed funds were paid to us with respect to MacFutures Ltd. The balance of the $25.0 million originally designated for the MacFutures escrow account was remitted to Refco Group Holdings, Inc. No other amounts have been paid under the escrow agreement.

Profit Sharing Agreement

        Prior to the consummation of the Transactions, Refco Group Holdings, Inc., which is wholly owned by Phillip Bennett, our President and Chief Executive Officer who beneficially owns an approximate 43% interest in New Refco through Refco Group Holdings, Inc. and The Phillip R. Bennett Three Year Annuity Trust, was part of a profit sharing agreement with Joseph J. Murphy, our Executive Vice President and the President and Chief Executive Officer of Refco Global Futures, LLC; William M. Sexton, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; Santo C. Maggio, our Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer of Refco Securities, LLC; and Dennis A. Klejna, our Executive Vice President and General Counsel. Upon consummation of the Transactions, Refco Group Holdings, Inc. acquired the interests in the profit sharing agreement held by Messrs. Murphy, Sexton, Maggio and Klejna for approximately $13.7 million, $9.0 million, $8.4 million and $6.5 million, respectively. Refco Group Holdings, Inc. paid Messrs. Murphy, Sexton, Maggio and Klejna approximately $9.5 million, $7.0 million, $6.0 million and $6.5 million, respectively, on the closing date of the Transactions. The outstanding amounts due to Messrs. Murphy, Sexton and Maggio are payable in equal installments from Refco Group Holdings, Inc. on December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006. These payments will be accelerated upon a change of control or initial public offering of Refco Group Ltd., LLC.

Currenex Fees

        Through a joint venture with Putnam Investments, Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. has an indirect ownership interest in Currenex, Inc., which is a technology firm that has created an electronic platform for trading currencies. We paid fees of $0.3 million and $0.9 million for the year ended February 29, 2004 and the nine months ended November 30, 2004, respectively, to Currenex in connection with the use of its platform.

109



DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT FACILITIES

Senior Credit Facilities

        We have entered into senior secured credit facilities with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swingline lender and l/c issuer, Banc of America Securities LLC, Credit Suisse First Boston, acting through its Cayman Islands Branch and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as co-lead arrangers and joint book running managers, Credit Suisse First Boston, acting through its Cayman Islands Branch, as syndication agent, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as documentation agent, and various lenders. Set forth below is a summary of the terms of the senior credit facilities.

        The senior credit facilities provide for aggregate borrowings of up to $875.0 million, including:

        All revolving loans incurred under the senior credit facilities mature on August 5, 2010. The term loan facility matures on August 5, 2011. As of November 30, 2004, $798.0 million remained outstanding on the term loan (excluding accrued interest) and the revolving facility was undrawn.

        The senior credit facilities are secured by, among other things:

In addition, the senior credit facilities are guaranteed by New Refco and our non-regulated restricted domestic subsidiaries.

        Borrowings under the senior credit facilities bear interest at a floating rate, which can be either a LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin or, at the borrower's option, an alternative base rate (defined as the higher of (x) the Bank of America prime rate and (y) the federal funds effective rate, plus one half percent (.50%) per annum) plus an applicable margin. The applicable margins for LIBOR loans and alternative base loans in respect of the revolving facility are 2.75% and 1.75% per annum, respectively, and in respect of the term loan facility are 2.00% and 1.00%, respectively. The applicable margin under the revolving credit facility will be subject to adjustment based on a performance pricing grid. The applicable margins under the term loan facility are subject to adjustment based on the debt ratings of the senior credit facility by S&P and Moodys. The interest rate payable under the senior credit facilities will increase by 2.00% per annum during the continuance of any payment or bankruptcy event of default.

        For LIBOR loans, we may select interest periods of one, two, three or six months and, to the extent available to all lenders, nine or twelve months. Interest will be payable at the end of the selected interest period, but no less frequently than every three months within the selected interest period.

110



        The senior credit facilities also require payment of a commitment fee on the difference between committed amounts and amounts actually borrowed under the revolving credit facility. Prior to the maturity date, funds borrowed under the revolving credit facility may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed, without premium or penalty.

        The term loan facility is subject to amortization in equal quarterly installments of principal as set forth in the table below.

Year

  Term Loan Facility
1   $ 8.0 million
2   $ 8.0 million
3   $ 8.0 million
4   $ 8.0 million
5   $ 8.0 million
6   $ 8.0 million
7   $ 752.0 million

        Voluntary prepayments of principal amounts outstanding under the senior credit facilities are permitted at any time. A 1% prepayment penalty will be assessed to any prepayment of principal made on the term loan facility where (a) such prepayment is made with the proceeds of, or in connection with, a new tranche of senior secured term loans incurred on or before March 21, 2006, (b) such new term loans have an interest rate margin that is less than the applicable rate on the term loan facility, and (c) such new term loans are incurred for the primary purpose of refinancing the term loan facility. Further, if a prepayment of principal is made with respect to a LIBOR loan on a date other than the last day of the applicable interest period, the lenders will require compensation for any funding losses and expenses incurred as a result of the prepayment. In January 2005, we voluntarily prepaid $150.0 million of the term loan.

        In addition, mandatory prepayments are required to prepay amounts outstanding under the senior credit facilities in an amount equal to:

        The senior credit facilities require compliance with a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio (subject to an equity cure in specified instances). In addition, the senior credit facilities contain certain restrictive covenants which, among other things, limit indebtedness, investments, dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, acquisitions, capital expenditures,

111



mergers and consolidations, prepayments of other indebtedness, liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements.

        The senior credit facilities contain customary events of default, including without limitation, payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain other indebtedness in excess of specified amounts, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, judgment defaults in excess of specified amounts, failure of any material provision of any guaranty or security document supporting the senior credit facilities to be in full force and effect, and a change of control.

Refco Capital, LLC Credit Facilities

        Through our Refco Capital, LLC subsidiary, we have credit facilities with various banks, pursuant to which Refco Capital, LLC provides financing to fund the margin requirements of some commercial customers who maintain futures trading accounts with our subsidiaries. Advances under these facilities are secured by Refco Capital, LLC's security interest in the customer's rights to payments arising from these accounts. We have two such facilities that provide for loans of $25.0 million and $30.0 million, respectively.

        We currently have no outstanding indebtedness under these facilities.

Refco Overseas Limited Credit Facilities

        Through our subsidiary Refco Overseas Limited, we have uncommitted credit facilities with HSBC Bank plc and UniCredito Italiano S.p.A. for €30.0 million and €40.0 million, respectively. We have given guarantees in favor of both facilities for $45.0 million and €40.0 million, respectively. We currently have no outstanding debt under these facilities.

112



DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

        You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under the subheading "—Certain Definitions." In this description, the word "Company" refers only to Refco Group Ltd., LLC, but not to any of its subsidiaries. In addition, the terms "Issuers," "we," "our" and "us" refer collectively to Refco Group Ltd., LLC and Refco Finance Inc.

        Refco Group Ltd., LLC and Refco Finance Inc. issued the old notes and will issue the registered notes under an Indenture (the "Indenture") among themselves and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The term "Notes" refers to the old notes, the registered notes and any other notes issued under the Indenture.

        The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture. We urge you to read the Indenture because it, not this description, defines your rights as holders of these Notes. We have filed copies of the indenture as an exhibit to the registration statement, which includes this prospectus.

Brief Description of the Notes

        The Notes:

Brief Descripton of the Guaranties

        The Guarantees:

Principal, Maturity and Interest

        On August 5, 2004, the Issuers issued the old notes in an aggregate principal amount of $600.0 million. The Issuers will issue the Notes in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000. The Notes will mature on August 1, 2012.

        Subject to our compliance with the covenant described under the subheading "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness," we are permitted to issue more Notes from time to time under the Indenture in an unlimited principal amount (the "Additional Notes"). The old notes, the registered notes and any other Additional Notes issued by the Issuers, will be treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.

        Interest on the Notes will accrue at the rate of 9% per annum and will be payable semiannually in arrears on February 1 and August 1, commencing on February 1, 2005. We will make each interest payment to the holders of record of these Notes on the immediately preceding January 15 and July 15.

113



We will pay interest on overdue principal at 1% per annum in excess of the above rate and will pay interest on overdue installments of interest at such higher rate to the extent lawful.

        Interest on these Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

        Additional interest may accrue on the Notes under circumstances specified in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Guaranties

        The Subsidiary Guarantors jointly and severally Guarantee our obligations on a senior subordinated basis, under the Notes. The Subsidiary Guarantors consist of all domestic Subsidiaries that are not Regulated Subsidiaries or subsidiaries of Regulated Subsidiaries. The notes are not being guaranteed by our Regulated Subsidiaries or foreign subsidiaries. For a list of the current Subsidiary Guarantors, see the definition of "Subsidiary Guarantors." For additional information regarding the net income of the non-guarantor subsidiaries, see Note O to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note M to our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guaranty will be limited as necessary to prevent that Subsidiary Guaranty from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Notes—Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws permit a court to void the notes and the guarantees, and if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes or you may be required to repay amounts you received." Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment under its Subsidiary Guaranty will be entitled upon payment in full of all Guarantees under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary Guarantor's pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

        If a Subsidiary Guaranty were rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Subsidiary Guarantor's liability on its Subsidiary Guaranty could be reduced to zero. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Notes—Your right to receive payments on the notes is subordinated to the borrowings under our senior credit facilities and possibly all of our future borrowings. Further, the guarantees of the notes are junior to all of the guarantors' existing senior indebtedness and possibly to all the guarantors' future borrowings."

        The Indenture provides,

provided, however, that, in the case of a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor, if such other Person is not the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations under its Subsidiary Guaranty must be expressly assumed by such other Person, except that such assumption will not be required in the case of:

114


in each case in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture. Upon any sale or disposition described in clause (1) or (2) above, the obligor on the related Subsidiary Guaranty will be released from its obligations thereunder without any further action by that subsidiary.

        The Subsidiary Guaranty of a Subsidiary Guarantor also will be released:

Subordination

Senior Indebtedness versus Notes

        The payment of the principal, premium and interest, if any, on the Notes by each Issuer and Subsidiary Guarantor will be subordinate in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all its Senior Indebtedness.

        As of November 30, 2004, as a result of the Transactions:

        Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, subject to satisfying the covenants contained in the Indenture may incur additional Indebtedness and the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Senior Indebtedness. See "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness."

Liabilities of Subsidiaries versus Notes

        All of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Most of our subsidiaries (including all our Regulated Subsidiaries and Foreign Subsidiaries) are not guaranteeing the Notes, and, as described above under "—Guarantors" Subsidiary Guarantors may be released. In addition, our future subsidiaries may not be required to Guarantee the Notes. Claims of creditors of any non-guarantor subsidiaries (including all our Regulated Subsidiaries and Foreign Subsidiaries), including trade creditors holding indebtedness or guarantees issued by such non-guarantor subsidiaries, and claims of preferred equityholders of such non-guarantor subsidiaries generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such non-guarantor subsidiaries over the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes, even if such claims do not constitute Senior Indebtedness. Accordingly, the Notes will be effectively subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred equityholders, if any, of such non-guarantor subsidiaries.

        As a result of the Transactions, our subsidiaries (other than the Subsidiary Guarantors) have significant liabilities, all of which, as of November 30, 2004, related to our customer financing arrangements. See Note H to our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Although the Indenture limits the incurrence of Indebtedness and the issuance of preferred equity by our restricted subsidiaries, such limitation is subject to a number of significant

115



qualifications. Moreover, the Indenture does not impose any limitation on the incurrence by such subsidiaries of liabilities that are not considered Indebtedness under the Indenture. See "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness."

Other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness versus Notes

        We and the Subsidiary Guarantors have agreed in the Indenture that we and they will not Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to our Senior Indebtedness or the Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantors, unless such Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, or is expressly subordinated in right of payment to Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable. The Indenture does not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Payment of Notes

        We are not permitted to pay principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or make any deposit pursuant to the provisions described under "—Defeasance" below and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, "pay the Notes") (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) if either of the following occurs (a "Payment Default"):

unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded, or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash. Regardless of the foregoing, we are permitted to pay the Notes if we and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.

        During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, we are not permitted to pay the Notes (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) for a period (a "Payment Blockage Period") commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to us) of written notice (a "Blockage Notice") of such default from a Representative of Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter.

        The Payment Blockage Period will end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated:


        Notwithstanding the provisions described above, unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or a Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, we are permitted to resume paying the Notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. The Notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment

116


Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness of an Issuer during such period.

        Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of an Issuer upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of, or similar proceeding relating to, such Issuer or its property:

        The subordination and payment blockage provisions described above will not prevent a Default from occurring under the Indenture upon the failure of an Issuer to pay interest or principal with respect to the Notes when due by their terms. If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company or the Trustee must promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers or the Representatives of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration.

        A Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations under its Subsidiary Guaranty are senior subordinated obligations. As such, the rights of Noteholders to receive payment by a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to its Subsidiary Guaranty will be subordinated in right of payment to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor. The terms of the subordination and payment blockage provisions described above with respect to the Issuers' obligations under the Notes apply equally to a Subsidiary Guarantor and the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guaranty.

        By reason of the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture, in the event of a liquidation or insolvency proceeding, creditors of an Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor who are holders of Senior Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the Notes, and creditors of the Issuers or a Subsidiary Guarantor who are not holders of Senior Indebtedness may recover less, ratably, than holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Subsidiary Guarantor and may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the Notes.

        The terms of the subordination provisions described above will not apply to payments from money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes pursuant to the provisions described under "—Defeasance."

Optional Redemption

        Prior to August 1, 2007, we may on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued on the Issue Date plus 100% of the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes issued, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 109.000%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of (a "make-whole price") record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the Net Cash Proceeds from one or more Designated Offerings (provided that if the Designated Offering is an offering by Parent, a portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof equal to the amount required to redeem any such Notes is contributed to the equity capital of the Company); provided, however, that

117



        In addition, prior to August 1, 2008, we will be entitled at our option to redeem all, but not less than all, of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). During the period prior August 1, 2007 and in the event we conduct a Designated Offering, we will have the option to either redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued at either 109.000% of principal amount pursuant to redemption provision discussed in the preceding paragraph or at the make-whole price described in this paragraph pursuant to the redemption provision described in this paragraph. We are under no compulsion to choose the option that results in the higher redemption price.

        On and after August 1, 2008, we will be entitled at our option to redeem all or a portion of these Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount on the redemption date), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on August 1 of the years set forth below:

Period

  Redemption Price
 
2008   104.500 %
2009   102.250 %
2010 and thereafter   100.000 %

Selection and Notice of Redemption

        If we are redeeming less than all the Notes at any time, the Trustee will select Notes on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable.

        We will redeem Notes of $1,000 or less in whole and not in part. We will cause notices of redemption to be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notices of redemption may not be conditional, except in connection with a Change of Control Offer in advance of a Change of Control.

        If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. We will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancelation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

118


Change of Control

        If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder shall have the right to require that the Issuers repurchase such Holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

        Within 30 days following any Change of Control, we will mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee (the "Change of Control Offer") stating:


        We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement for the Change of Control is in place at the time of the making of the Change of Control Offer.

        We will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the covenant described hereunder, we will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached our obligations under the covenant described hereunder by virtue of our compliance with such securities laws or regulations.

        The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of the Company and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Company and the initial purchasers. We have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to Incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness." Such restrictions can only be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenant, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

119



        The Credit Agreement prohibits us from purchasing any Notes and also provides that the occurrence of change of control events specified in the Credit Agreement with respect to the Company would constitute a default thereunder. In the event that at the time of such Change of Control the terms of any Senior Indebtedness (including the Credit Agreement) restrict or prohibit the purchase of Notes following such Change of Control, and we do not repay such Senior Indebtedness or obtain the requisite consents under the agreements governing such Indebtedness to permit the repurchase of the Notes, we will remain prohibited from purchasing Notes. In such case, our failure to comply with the foregoing undertaking, after appropriate notice and lapse of time, would result in an Event of Default under the Indenture, which would, in turn, constitute a default under the Credit Agreement. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the Indenture would likely restrict payment to the Holders of Notes.

        Future indebtedness that we may incur may contain prohibitions on the occurrence of events that would constitute a Change of Control or require the repurchase of such indebtedness upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require us to repurchase their Notes could cause a default under such indebtedness, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on us. Finally, our ability to pay cash to the holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

        The definition of "Change of Control" includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase "substantially all," there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in some circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of "all or substantially all" of the assets of the Company. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a holder of Notes may require the Issuers to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above.

        The provisions under the Indenture relative to our obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.

Certain Covenants

        The Indenture contains covenants including, among others, the following:

Limitation on Indebtedness

        (a)   The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will be entitled to Incur Indebtedness if, on the date of such Incurrence and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis the Consolidated Coverage Ratio exceeds 2.00 to 1.00.

        (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the following Indebtedness may be Incurred:

120


121


        (c)   For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

122


        (d)   Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) above, neither the Issuers nor any Subsidiary Guarantor will Incur (1) any Indebtedness if such Indebtedness is subordinate or junior in ranking in any respect to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, unless such Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guaranty of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, or (2) any Secured Indebtedness that is not Senior Indebtedness of such Person unless contemporaneously therewith such Person makes effective provision to secure the Notes or the relevant Subsidiary Guaranty, as applicable, equally and ratably with such Secured Indebtedness for so long as such Secured Indebtedness is secured by a Lien.

        (e)   For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness Incurred is denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the amount of such Indebtedness will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars is subject to a Currency Agreement covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such Currency Agreement. The principal amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being Refinanced will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness Refinanced on the date of Refinancing, except to the extent that (1) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a Currency Agreement, in which case the Refinancing Indebtedness will be determined based on a Currency Agreement in accordance with the preceding sentence and (2) the principal amount of the Refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, in which case the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess will be determined on the date such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

        (a)   The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to make a Restricted Payment if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

123


        (b)   The preceding provisions will not prohibit:

124


125


126


127


Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries or Regulated Subsidiaries

        The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Regulated Subsidiary or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company, (b) make any loans or advances to the Company or (c) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company, except:

128


129



Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

        (a)   The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Disposition unless:

provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A) or (C) above, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary shall permanently retire such Indebtedness and shall cause the related loan commitment (if

130



any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this covenant, the Company, the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Regulated Subsidiaries will not be required to apply any Net Available Cash in accordance with this covenant except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions which is not applied in accordance with this covenant exceeds $20.0 million. Pending application of Net Available Cash pursuant to this covenant, such Net Available Cash shall be invested in Temporary Cash Investments or applied to temporarily reduce revolving credit Indebtedness.

        For the purposes of this covenant, the following are deemed to be cash or cash equivalents:

        (b)   In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company) pursuant to clause (a)(3)(C) above, the Company will purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an offer by the Company for the Notes (and such other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount (or, in the event such other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof) without premium, plus accrued but unpaid interest (or, in respect of such other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Senior Subordinated Indebtedness) in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in the Indenture. If the aggregate purchase price of the securities tendered exceeds the Net Available Cash allotted to their purchase, the Company will select the securities to be purchased on a pro rata basis but in round denominations, which in the case of the Notes will be denominations of $1,000 principal amount or multiples thereof. The Company shall not be required to make such an offer to purchase Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company) pursuant to this covenant if the Net Available Cash available therefor is less than $20.0 million (which lesser amount shall be carried forward for purposes of determining whether such an offer is required with respect to the Net Available Cash from any subsequent Asset Disposition). Upon completion of such an offer to purchase, Net Available Cash will be reset to zero.

131



        (c)   The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this covenant by virtue of its compliance with such securities laws or regulations.

Limitation on Affiliate Transactions

        (a)   The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary to, enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property, employee compensation arrangements or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million (an "Affiliate Transaction") unless:

132



Limitation on Line of Business

        The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary, to engage in any business other than a Related Business.

Limitation on Refco Finance Inc.

        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Refco Finance Inc. may not hold any material assets (other than Indebtedness owing to Refco Finance Inc. by the Company, the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Regulated Subsidiaries and non-material Temporary Cash Investments), become liable for any material obligations or engage in any significant business activities (other than treasury, cash management, hedging and cash pooling activities and activities incidental thereto); provided, however, that Refco Finance Inc. may be a co-obligor or guarantor with respect to Indebtedness if the

133



Company is an obligor of such Indebtedness and the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are received by the Company or one or more of the Company's Subsidiary Guarantors.

        The Company will not sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Capital Stock of Refco Finance Inc. and will not permit Refco Finance Inc., directly or indirectly, to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of its Capital Stock.

Merger and Consolidation

        (a)    Other than the Merger, the Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

provided, however, that clause (3) will not be applicable to (A) a Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or transferring all or part of its properties and assets to the Company (so long as no Capital Stock of the Company is distributed to any Person) or (B) the Company merging with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose and with the sole effect of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction.

        For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Company.

        The Successor Company (if not the Company) will be the successor to the Company and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture, and the predecessor Company, except in the case of a lease, shall be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

134



        (b)    Refco Finance Inc. will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

        The Successor Finance Issuer (if not Refco Finance Inc.) will be the successor to Refco Finance Inc. and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, Refco Finance Inc. under the Indenture, and Refco Finance Inc., except in the case of a lease, shall be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

        (c)    The Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or substantially all its assets to, any Person (other than the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor) unless:


Future Guarantors

        The Company will cause (i) each of its domestic Subsidiaries (other than Refco Finance Inc., any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Regulated Subsidiary) that Incurs any Indebtedness (other than

135



Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (2), (7), (8) or (9) of paragraph (b) of the covenant described under "—Limitation on Indebtedness"), (ii) each Foreign Subsidiary that enters into a Guarantee of any Indebtedness (other than a Foreign Subsidiary that Guarantees Indebtedness Incurred by another Foreign Subsidiary) and (iii) each Regulated Subsidiary that enters into a Guarantee of any Indebtedness (other than a Regulated Subsidiary that Guarantees Indebtedness Incurred by another Regulated Subsidiary) to, in each case, at the same time, execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guaranty Agreement pursuant to which such Subsidiary will Guarantee payment of the Notes on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the Indenture.

SEC Reports

        Whether or not the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will file with the SEC (unless the SEC will not accept such filing) and provide the Trustee and Noteholders, within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and regulations:

        If at any time the Company is not subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the information and reports specified in the preceding sentence with the SEC within the time periods required unless the SEC will not accept such filings. The Company agrees that it will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept such filings for any reason, the Company will post the information and reports specified in the preceding paragraph on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file that information and those reports with the SEC.

        In addition, if at any time Parent Guarantees the Notes (there being no obligation of Parent to do so), holds no material assets other than cash, Temporary Cash Investments and the Capital Stock of the Company (and performs the related incidental activities associated with such ownership) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provision), the reports and information required to be filed and furnished to the Trustee and holders of the Notes pursuant to this covenant may, at the option of the Company, be filed by and be those of Parent rather than the Company.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and/or Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.

        In addition, the Company will furnish to the Holders of the Notes and to prospective investors, upon the requests of such Holders, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.

136



Defaults

        Each of the following is an Event of Default:

        However, a default under clause (3) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company of the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified after receipt of such notice.

        If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default relating to the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer occurs and is continuing, the principal of and interest on all the Notes will ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders of the Notes. Under certain circumstances, the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

        Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Notes unless such holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:

137


        In specified circumstances, the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

        If a Default occurs, is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each holder of the Notes notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is not opposed to the interest of the holders of the Notes. In addition, we are required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous fiscal year. We are required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which would constitute specified Defaults, their status and what action we are taking or propose to take in respect thereof.

Amendments and Waivers

        Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture may be amended with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the Notes), and any past default or compliance with any provisions may also be waived with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding Note affected thereby, an amendment or waiver may not, among other things:

138


        Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any holder of the Notes, the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Trustee may amend the Indenture:

        However, no amendment may be made to the subordination provisions of the Indenture that adversely affects the rights of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Subsidiary Guarantor then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (or their Representative) consent to such change.

        The consent of the holders of the Notes is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

        After an amendment under the Indenture becomes effective, we are required to mail to holders of the Notes a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all holders of the Notes, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

        Neither the Issuers nor any Affiliate of the Issuers may, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

139



Transfer

        The Notes will be issued in registered form and will be transferable only upon the surrender of the Notes being transferred for registration of transfer. We may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge payable in connection with specified transfers and exchanges.

Satisfaction and Discharge

        When (1) we deliver to the Trustee all outstanding Notes for cancelation or (2) all outstanding Notes have become due and payable or will become due and payable within one year, whether at maturity or on a redemption date as a result of the mailing of notice of redemption, and, in the case of clause (2), we irrevocably deposit with the Trustee funds in cash or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof sufficient to pay, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, at maturity or upon redemption all outstanding Notes, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date, and if in either case we pay all other sums payable under the Indenture by us, then the Indenture shall, subject to the reinstatement provisions contained in the Indenture cease to be of further effect.

Defeasance

        At any time, we may terminate all our obligations under the Notes and the Indenture ("legal defeasance"), except for specified obligations, including those respecting the defeasance trust and obligations to register the transfer or exchange of the Notes, to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and to maintain a registrar and paying agent in respect of the Notes.

        In addition, at any time we may terminate our obligations under "—Change of Control" and under the covenants described under "—Certain Covenants" (other than the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Merger and Consolidation"), the operation of the cross acceleration provision, the bankruptcy provisions with respect to Significant Subsidiaries and the judgment default provision, all as described under "—Defaults" above, and the limitations contained in clause (3) of the first paragraph under "—Certain Covenants—Merger and Consolidation" above ("covenant defeasance").

        We may exercise our legal defeasance option notwithstanding our prior exercise of our covenant defeasance option. If we exercise our legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If we exercise our covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (3) (other than a default in the performance of, or a breach in, the covenant set forth under "—Certain Covenants—Merger and Consolidation"), (4), (5) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries), (6) or (7) under "—Defaults" above or because of the failure of the Company to comply with clause (3) of the first paragraph under "—Certain Covenants—Merger and Consolidation" above. If we exercise our legal defeasance option or our covenant defeasance option, each Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from all of its obligations with respect to its Subsidiary Guaranty.

        In order to exercise either of our defeasance options, we must irrevocably deposit in trust (the "defeasance trust") with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with specified other conditions, including delivery to the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and, in the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must

140



be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable Federal income tax law).

Concerning the Trustee

        Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is the Trustee under the Indenture. Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is the initial registrar and paying agent with regard to the Notes.

        The Indenture contains limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Issuers or a Subsidiary Guarantor, to obtain payment of claims in specified cases, or to realize on specified property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; provided, however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must either eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

        The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to exceptions set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs (and is not cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense and then only to the extent required by the terms of the Indenture.

No Personal Liability of Directors or Other Members of the Governing Board, Officers, Employees, Members and Stockholders

        No director or other member of the Governing Board, officer, employee, incorporator, member or stockholder of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor will have any liability for any obligations of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Governing Law

        The Indenture and the Notes are governed by, and will be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

        "Acquisition" means the occurrence of both (i) the acquisition of a majority interest in the Company, pursuant to the Equity Purchase and Merger Agreement, by THL Refco Acquisition Partners together with its affiliates and co-investors and (ii) the Merger.

        "Acquisition Date" means the date on which the Acquisition is consummated.

        "Additional Assets" means:

141


provided, however, that any such Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary described in clause (2) or (3) above is primarily engaged in a Related Business.

        "Adjusted Treasury Rate" means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated "H.15(519)" or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption "Treasury Constant Maturities," for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after August 1, 2008, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined and the Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month) or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date, in each case calculated on the third Business Day immediately preceding the redemption date, plus 0.50%.

        "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

        "Applicable Premium" means, with respect to a Note at any redemption date, the excess of (A) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note on August 1, 2008 (such redemption price being described in the second paragraph in this "—Optional Redemption" section exclusive of any accrued interest) plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through August 1, 2008 (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Adjusted Treasury Rate, over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such redemption date.

        "Asset Acquisition" means (a) an Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Regulated Subsidiaries in any other Person if, as a result of such Investment, such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary, as the case may be, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary, or (b) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary of the assets of any other Person or any division or line of business of any other Person.

        "Asset Disposition" means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition (or series of related sales, leases, transfers or dispositions) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a "disposition"), of:

142


(other than, in the case of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above,

        "Attributable Debt" in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as of the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended); provided, however, that if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of "Capital Lease Obligation."

        "Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing:

        "Bank Indebtedness" means all Obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

143



        "Broker-Dealer Regulated Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that is registered as a broker-dealer under the Exchange Act or any other applicable law requiring such registration.

        "Business Day" means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

        "Capital Lease Obligation" means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

        "Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests (including membership and partnership interests), rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

        "Cash Contribution Amount" means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor described in the definition of "Contribution Indebtedness."

        "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following

144


        "Class B Equity Interests" means the Class B membership interests, or comparable shares of Capital Stock, that are issued from time to time by Refco Securities, LLC or any other Regulated Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiary, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses and held by employees of Refco Securities, LLC or such other Regulated Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiary who conduct trading activities in designated proprietary trading accounts established on the books and records of Refco Securities, LLC or such other Regulated Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable.

        "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

        "Commodity Price Protection Agreement" means, with respect to any Person, any forward contract, commodity swap, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into to protect such Person or its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in commodity prices.

        "Comparable Treasury Issue" means the U.S. Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes from the redemption date to August 1, 2008, that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of a maturity most nearly equal to August 1, 2008.

        "Comparable Treasury Price" means, with respect to any redemption date, if clause (2) of the Adjusted Treasury Rate is applicable, the average of three, or such lesser number as is obtained by the Trustee, Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date.

        "Consolidated Coverage Ratio" as of any date of determination means the ratio of (a) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available prior to the date of such determination to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided, however, that:

145


146


        If any Indebtedness is incurred under a revolving credit facility and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated based on the average daily balance of such Indebtedness for the four fiscal quarters subject to the pro forma calculation.

        "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries and Regulated Subsidiaries, plus, to the extent not included in such total interest expense and to the extent incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and Regulated Subsidiaries, without duplication:

less interest income actually received in cash for such period (other than interest income attributable to customer financing arrangements). "Consolidated Interest Expense" excludes the (i) amortization of deferred financing fees and the expensing of any bridge or other financing fees, (ii) interest expense attributable to Customer Financing Indebtedness and (iii) net payments pursuant to Hedging Obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness.

        "Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, without duplication, the net income of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries; provided, however, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

147


in each case, for such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments" only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any repurchases, repayments or redemptions of Investments, proceeds realized on the sale of Investments or return of capital to the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Regulated Subsidiary to the extent such repurchases, repayments, redemptions, proceeds or returns increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (a)(3)(D) thereof. If the Company or any Successor Company is organized as a corporation and solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (a)(3) of the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted

148



Payments," an amount equal to any reduction in current taxes recognized during the applicable period by the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and Regulated Subsidiaries as a direct result of deductions arising from (A) the amortization allowed under Section 167 or 197 of the Code for the step-up in the federal income tax bases of goodwill and other assets (tangible or intangible) arising from the Transactions and (B) employee termination and related restructuring reserves established pursuant to purchase accounting for the two-year period commencing with the Issue Date, in each case, will be included in the calculation of "Consolidated Net Income" so long as such addition will not result in double-counting.

        "Contribution Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor after the Issue Date; provided that such Contribution Indebtedness:

        "Credit Agreement" means the Credit Agreement to be entered into by and among the Company, certain of its Subsidiaries, the lenders referred to therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Credit Suisse First Boston, as Syndication Agent, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Documentation Agent, together with the related documents thereto (including the term loans, revolving loans and letters of credit thereunder, any Guarantees and security documents), as amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, maturity, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any agreement (and related document) governing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance, in whole or in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Credit Agreement or a successor Credit Agreement, whether by the same or any other lender or group of lenders or other investors.

        "Credit Facilities" means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders or other investors or a trustee providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or issuances of notes or other debt securities, in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated, substituted or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.

        "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement with respect to currency values.

        "Customer Financing Indebtedness" means (i) short-term Indebtedness (including without limitation Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) that is incurred in the ordinary course of business and (a) is incurred by any Restricted Subsidiary in conjunction with its customer financing business, (b) is incurred by any Regulated Subsidiary for the purpose of offsetting customer positions or financing customer margined inventory, acquired or cleared or financed in conjunction with customer brokerage activities and is secured by a Lien on the assets being financed, (c) is incurred by any Regulated Subsidiary and consists of obligations under letters of credit posted to support clearing house guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, or (d) constitutes customer financing entered into

149



by any Regulated Subsidiary; provided, however, that, after giving effect to the Incurrence of any such Indebtedness, such Person's Regulatory Net Capital is in compliance with all applicable rules and regulations governing such Person and the conduct of its business, and (ii) Guarantees by the Company of any short-term Indebtedness described in clause (i) of this definition.

        "Default" means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

        "Designated Noncash Consideration" means the Fair Market Value of noncash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Regulated Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers' Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Temporary Cash Investments received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.

        "Designated Preferred Stock" means Preferred Stock of the Company or Parent (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers' Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the Net Cash Proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of paragraph (a) of the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments."

        "Designated Offering" means an Equity Offering or an IDS Offering.

        "Designated Senior Indebtedness," with respect to a Person means:

        "Disqualified Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock, other than Class B Equity Interests, which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event:

in each case on or prior to the 91st day after the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to purchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence

150



of an "asset sale" or "change of control" occurring prior to the 91st day after the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if:

The amount of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were redeemed, repaid or repurchased on any date on which the amount of such Disqualified Stock is to be determined pursuant to the Indenture; provided, however, that if such Disqualified Stock could not be required to be redeemed, repaid or repurchased at the time of such determination, the redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be the book value of such Disqualified Stock as reflected in the most recent financial statements of such Person.

        "EBITDA" for any period means the sum of Consolidated Net Income, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income and without duplication:

in each case for such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and non-cash charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion, including by reason of minority interests) that the net income or loss of such Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income.

        "Equity Purchase and Merger Agreement" means the Equity Purchase and Merger Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2004, by and among Refco Group Ltd., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Refco

151



Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, THL Refco Acquisition Partners, a Delaware limited partnership, and Refco Merger LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as amended on July 9, 2004 and as the same may be amended or modified prior to the Acquisition Date.

        "Equity Offering" means an offering (including a private placement) of the Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Parent, other than (i) public offerings with respect to Capital Stock registered on Form S-8 under the Securities Act and (ii) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuers.

        "Equity Sponsor" means Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

        "Exchange Act" means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

        "Exchange Notes" means the debt securities of the Issuers issued pursuant to the Indenture in exchange for, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to, the Notes, in compliance with the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement.

        "Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm's-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. If the Fair Market Value of the property or assets in question is in excess of $25.0 million, such determination must be confirmed in good faith by the Governing Board of the Company, whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of such Governing Board. For purposes of determining the Fair Market Value of Capital Stock, the value of the Capital Stock of a Person shall be based upon such Person's property and assets, exclusive of goodwill or any similar intangible asset.

        "Foreign Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

        "FXCM" means Forex Capital Markets, LLC.

        "Futures Commission Regulated Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that is required to register as a futures commission merchant under the Commodity Exchange Act or any other law requiring such registration.

        "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in:

        "Governing Board" of the Company or any other Person means, (i) the managing board or managers forming any controlling committee of managers of the Company or such Person, for so long as the Company or such Person is a limited liability company, (ii) the board of directors of the Company or such Person, if the Company or such Person is a corporation, (iii) any similar governing body or (iv) in the case of any of the forgoing, any authorized committee of the foregoing.

        "Governmental Authority" means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

152


        "GP Obligations" means obligations of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Regulated Subsidiary with respect to Indebtedness of limited partnerships or similar passive collective investment entities that trade derivatives and in which the Company, such Restricted Subsidiary or such Regulated Subsidiary serves as general partner (or has a similar status) in the ordinary course of the Company's, such Restricted Subsidiary's or such Regulated Subsidiary's brokerage or asset management business and which have arisen solely as a result of the Company's, such Restricted Subsidiary's or such Regulated Subsidiary's role as general partner (or similar status) of such entities.

        "Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

provided, however, that the term "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

        "Guaranty Agreement" means a supplemental indenture, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, pursuant to which a Subsidiary Guarantor guarantees the Issuers' obligations with respect to the Notes on the terms provided for in the Indenture.

        "Hedging Obligations" of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodity Price Protection Agreement.

        "Holder" or "Noteholder" means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar's books.

        "IDS Offering" means a bona fide offering in the United States or Canada of units consisting of common stock and notes of the Company; provided that the net cash proceeds of such offering that are used to redeem notes pursuant to the third paragraph under the caption"—Optional Redemption" shall only consist of the net cash proceeds attributable to the proceeds of the common stock of such offering.

        "Income Tax Liabilities" means an amount determined by multiplying (a)(i) all taxable income and gains of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such taxable year (the "Taxable Amount") minus (ii) an amount (not to exceed the Taxable Amount for such taxable year) equal to all losses of the Company and its Subsidiaries in any of the three prior taxable years that have not been previously subtracted pursuant to this clause (ii) from the Taxable Amount for any prior year by (b) forty-two percent (42%) or, if there is a change in applicable federal, state or local tax rates, such other rate as the Issuers determine in good faith to be a reasonable approximation of the effective combined federal, state and local income taxation rates generally payable by Parent or direct or indirect owners of the Company with respect to the income and gains of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

        "Incur" means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary. The

153



term "Incurrence" when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. Solely for purposes of determining compliance with "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness":

will not be deemed to be the Incurrence of Indebtedness.

        "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):


if, and to the extent that, any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar credit transactions) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

154


Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Indebtedness" shall not include (w) Customer Financing Indebtedness, (x) GP Obligations, (y) Hedging Obligations that have been incurred by such Person on behalf of customers or in order to finance the carrying of securities or investment positions and (z) indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar obligations incurred or assumed by any of the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Regulated Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any of their respective businesses or assets whether or not such acquisition occurred before or after the Issue Date.

        The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all obligations as described above; provided, however, that in the case of Indebtedness sold at a discount, the amount of such Indebtedness at any time will be the accreted value thereof at such time.

        "Independent Qualified Party" means an investment banking firm, accounting firm or appraisal firm of national standing; provided, however, that such firm is not an Affiliate of the Company.

        "Interest Rate Agreement" means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other financial agreement or arrangement with respect to exposure to interest rates.

        "Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangements but excluding any advances to customers in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such Person; provided that assets held to secure Customer Financing Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business shall not constitute an Investment. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary, any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary in such third Person at such time. Except as otherwise provided for herein, the amount of an Investment shall be its Fair Market Value at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

        For purposes of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary," the definition of "Restricted Payment" and the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments":

        "Issue Date" means August 5, 2004.

155



        "Legal Holiday" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

        "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

        "Management Agreement" means the Management Agreement dated the Acquisition Date by and between Refco Group Ltd., LLC and THL Managers V, LLC, as in effect on such date.

        "Merger" means the merger on the Acquisition Date of Refco Finance Holdings LLC with and into Refco Group Ltd., LLC, with Refco Group Ltd., LLC continuing as the surviving entity, pursuant to the Equity Purchase and Merger Agreement.

        "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

        "Net Available Cash" from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received therefrom (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to such properties or assets or received in any other non-cash form), in each case net of:

        "Net Cash Proceeds," with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents' fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

        "Net Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio" means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of: (a) the Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Regulated Subsidiaries, as of the end

156



of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which the event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, plus the amount of any Indebtedness Incurred subsequent to the end of the such fiscal quarter, less the amount of cash and Temporary Cash Investments (other than cash held as segregated funds with respect to customer accounts) that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Company and held by the Company as of such date of determination, as determined in accordance with GAAP, to (b) the Company's EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which the event for which such calculation is being made shall occur (the "Measurement Period"); provided, however, that: (i) in making such computation, Indebtedness shall include the greater of (x) the average daily balance outstanding under any revolving credit facility during the most recently ended fiscal quarter and (y) the actual amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any revolving credit facility as of the date for which such calculation is being made; and (ii) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Regulated Subsidiaries consummates a material acquisition or an Asset Disposition or other disposition of assets subsequent to the commencement of the Measurement Period but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Net Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio is made, then the Net Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such material acquisition or Asset Disposition or other disposition of assets, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period. Any pro forma calculations necessary pursuant to this "Net Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio" shall be made in accordance with the provisions set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of "Consolidated Coverage Ratio."

        "Net Senior Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio" means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of: (a) the Senior Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Regulated Subsidiaries, as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which the event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, plus the amount of any Senior Indebtedness Incurred subsequent to the end of such fiscal quarter, less the amount of cash and Temporary Cash Investments (other than cash held as segregated funds with respect to customer accounts) that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Company and held by the Company as of such date of determination, as determined in accordance with GAAP, to (b) the Company's EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which the event for which such calculation is being made shall occur (the "Measurement Period"); provided, however, that: (i) in making such computation, Senior Indebtedness shall include the greater of (x) the average daily balance outstanding under any revolving credit facility during the most recently ended fiscal quarter and (y) the actual amount of Senior Indebtedness outstanding under any revolving credit facility as of the date for which such calculation is being made; and (ii) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Regulated Subsidiaries consummates a material acquisition or an Asset Disposition or other disposition of assets subsequent to the commencement of the Measurement Period but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Net Senior Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio is made, then the Net Senior Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such material acquisition or Asset Disposition or other disposition of assets, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period. Any pro forma calculations necessary pursuant to this "Net Senior Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio" shall be made in accordance with the provisions set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of "Consolidated Coverage Ratio."

        "Obligations" means, with respect to any Indebtedness, all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements and other amounts payable pursuant to the documentation governing such Indebtedness.

        "Officer" means the Chairman of the Governing Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company.

157



        "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two Officers.

        "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.

        "Parent" means New Refco Group Ltd. LLC or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Company.

        "Permitted Asset Swap" means the disposition by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or Regulated Subsidiaries of assets to another Person or Persons in exchange for which the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and Regulated Subsidiaries receive assets having, in the reasonable judgment of the disinterested members of the Governing Board of the Company, a Fair Market Value substantially equivalent to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the assets so disposed; provided, however, that no such disposition or series of related dispositions shall constitute Permitted Asset Swaps to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the assets so disposed which combined with the Fair Market Value of the assets disposed of in one or more Permitted Asset Swaps exceeds $100.0 million; provided further, however, that if the book value of the assets to be disposed in a Permitted Asset Swap (or in a series of related Permitted Asset Swaps) exceeds $50.0 million, such disposition shall not constitute a Permitted Asset Swap unless an Independent Qualified Party shall have determined in writing that the Fair Market Value of the assets to be received by the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Regulated Subsidiaries is substantially equivalent to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the assets to be disposed.

        "Permitted Holders" means:

        "Permitted Investment" means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary in:

158


        "Permitted Junior Securities" means (1) Capital Stock of the Issuers, any Subsidiary Guarantor or Parent or (2) unsecured debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness) to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guaranties are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness under the Indenture.

        "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

159



        "Preferred Stock," as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

        "principal" of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.

        "Pro Forma Cost Savings" means, with respect to any period, the reduction in net costs and related adjustments that (i) were directly attributable to an Asset Acquisition, Investment or Asset Disposition that occurred during the four-quarter period or after the end of the four-quarter period and on or prior to the date of determination and calculated on a basis that is consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect and applied as of the date of the Indenture, (ii) were actually implemented by the business that was the subject of any such Asset Acquisition, Investment or Asset Disposition within six months after the date of the applicable Asset Acquisition, Investment or Asset Disposition and prior to the date of determination and are supportable and quantifiable by the underlying accounting records of such business or (iii) relate to the business that is the subject of any such Asset Acquisition, Investment or Asset Disposition and that the Company reasonably determines are probable based upon specifically identifiable actions to be taken within six months of the date of the applicable Asset Acquisition, Investment or Asset Disposition and, in the case of each of (i), (ii) and (iii), are described, as provided below, in an Officers' Certificate, as if all such reductions in costs had been effected as of the beginning of such period. Pro Forma Cost Savings described above shall be accompanied by a certificate delivered to the Trustee from the Company's chief financial officer that outlines the specific actions taken or to be taken, the net cost savings achieved or to be achieved from each such action and that, in the case of clause (iii) above, such savings have been determined to be probable.

        "Purchase Money Indebtedness" means Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) (1) consisting of the deferred purchase price of property, conditional sale obligations, obligations under any title retention agreement, other purchase money obligations and obligations in respect of industrial revenue bonds or similar Indebtedness, in each case where the maturity of such Indebtedness does not exceed the anticipated useful life of the asset being financed or (2) Incurred to finance the acquisition (whether directly or through acquisition of Capital Stock) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary of any asset, including additions and improvements, used or useful in a Related Business in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is Incurred within 270 days after such acquisition of such assets.

        "Quotation Agent" means the Reference Treasury Dealer selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

        "Reference Treasury Dealer" means Credit Suisse First Boston LLC and its successors and assigns and two other nationally recognized investment banking firms selected by the Company that are primary U.S. government securities dealers.

        "Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue, expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount, quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day immediately preceding such redemption date.

        "Refinance" means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness. "Refinanced" and "Refinancing" shall have correlative meanings.

160



        "Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness that Refinances any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary existing on the Issue Date or subsequently Incurred in compliance with the Indenture, including Indebtedness that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that:


provided further, however, that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (A) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company or (B) Indebtedness of the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Regulated Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

        "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights Agreement dated August 5, 2004, among the Issuers and the initial purchasers and, if applicable, the Subsidiary Guarantors and any similar registration rights agreement in respect of Additional Notes.

        "Regulated Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company so long as such Subsidiary is (a) a Broker-Dealer Regulated Subsidiary, (b) a Futures Commission Regulated Subsidiary, (c) a Foreign Subsidiary subject to regulation as a futures commission merchant or broker (or the equivalent thereof) under applicable laws, (d) otherwise subject to regulation by any Governmental Authority and for which the incurrence of Indebtedness (including Guarantees) or the granting of Liens with respect to its assets would be prohibited or restricted or would result in a negative impact on any minimum capital or similar requirement applicable to it or (e) subject to regulation by any Regulatory Supervising Organization.

        "Regulatory Net Capital" means, for each Regulated Subsidiary, the Regulatory Total Capital adjusted by amounts and calculations that are specified in the laws of the applicable Regulatory Supervising Organizations.

        "Regulatory Supervising Organization" means any of (a) the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, (b) the National Futures Association, (c) the SEC, (d) the National Association of Securities Dealers or (e) any governmental or regulatory organization, exchange, clearing house or financial regulatory authority of which a Regulated Subsidiary is a member or to whose rules it is subject.

        "Regulatory Total Capital" means, for each Regulated Subsidiary, the amount of capital (including subordinated debt which is characterized as equity for regulatory reporting purposes) as calculated pursuant to the rules of, and reported from time to time to, the applicable Regulatory Supervising Organizations.

161



        "Related Business" means any business in which the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or Regulated Subsidiaries was engaged on the Issue Date and any business related, ancillary or complementary to such business; provided, however that order execution for trading in, and clearing of, new risk management and investment products shall be deemed to be a Related Business.

        "Representative" means, with respect to any Person, any trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of such Person.

        "Restricted Payment" with respect to any Person means:

        "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company (including, without limitation, Refco Finance Inc.) that is neither an Unrestricted Subsidiary nor a Regulated Subsidiary.

        "Sale/Leaseback Transaction" means an arrangement relating to property owned by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Regulated Subsidiary on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Regulated Subsidiary whereby the Company, such Restricted Subsidiary or such Regulated Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company, such Restricted Subsidiary or such Regulated Subsidiary leases it from such Person.

        "SEC" means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

        "Secured Indebtedness" of any Person means any Indebtedness of such Person secured by a Lien.

        "Securities Act" means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

        "Securityholders Agreement" means the Securityholders Agreement dated the Acquisition Date by and among Refco Group Ltd., LLC, Refco Group Holdings, Inc., THL Refco Acquisition Partners, the Executive Investors (as defined therein), the Employees (as defined therein) and the other parties from time to time party thereto.

162



        "Senior Indebtedness" means with respect to any Person:

unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such Indebtedness or other Obligations are subordinate or pari passu in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guaranty of such Person, as the case may be; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, "Senior Indebtedness" shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization whether or not post-filing interest is allowed or allowable in such proceeding):

        (1)   Bank Indebtedness; and

        (2)   all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owed by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to any institution that is a lender under the Credit Agreement (or an affiliate of such lender) at the time such Hedging Obligations are incurred,

in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred.

        "Senior Subordinated Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, the Notes (in the case of the Issuers), the Subsidiary Guaranty (in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor) and any other Indebtedness of such Person that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu with the Notes or such Subsidiary Guaranty, as the case may be, in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of such Person which is not Senior Indebtedness of such Person.

        "Significant Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary that would be a "significant subsidiary" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

        "Standard & Poor's" means Standard & Poor's, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

        "Stated Maturity" means, except as otherwise provided, with respect to any Indebtedness, the date specified in such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such Indebtedness is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase or repayment of such Indebtedness at the option

163



of the holder thereof or the lender thereunder upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).

        "Subordinated Obligation" means, with respect to any Person, any Indebtedness of such Person (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or a Subsidiary Guaranty of such Person, as the case may be, pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.

        "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by:

provided, however, that a limited partnership or similar passive collective investment entity that trades derivatives and in which the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Regulated Subsidiary serves as general partner (or has a similar status) in the ordinary course of the Company's, such Restricted Subsidiary's or such Regulated Subsidiary's brokerage or asset management business shall not be deemed a Subsidiary.

        "Subsidiary Guarantor" means each subsidiary of the Company that executed the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor on the Acquisition Date and each other Subsidiary of the Company that thereafter Guarantees the Notes pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. Our current Subsidiary Guarantors are Bersec International LLC, Kroeck & Associates LLC, Lind-Waldock Securities, LLC, Marshall Metals, LLC, Refco Administration, LLC, Refco Capital Holdings, LLC, Refco Capital Management, LLC, Refco Capital Trading LLC, Refco Capital LLC, Refco F/X Associates, LLC, Refco Financial, LLC, Refco Fixed Assets Management, LLC, Refco Global Capital Management LLC, Refco Global Futures, LLC, Refco Global Holdings, LLC, Refco Information Services, LLC, Refco Managed Futures, LLC, Refco Mortgage Securities, LLC, Refco Regulated Companies, LLC, Summit Management, (Newco) LLC and Westminster-Refco Management LLC.

        "Subsidiary Guaranty" means a Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Issuers' obligations with respect to the Notes.

        "Swap Contracts" means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward contracts, futures contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, sell buy back and buy sell back agreements, and securities lending and borrowing agreements or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a "Master Agreement"), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

        "Tax Distribution" means any distribution by the Company to its direct or indirect owners which (i) with respect to quarterly estimated tax payments due in each calendar year shall be equal to

164



twenty-five percent (25%) of the Income Tax Liabilities for such calendar year as estimated in writing by the chief financial officer of the Company, (ii) with respect to tax payments to be made with income tax returns filed for an entire taxable year or with respect to adjustments to such returns imposed by the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing authority, shall be equal to the Income Tax Liabilities for each taxable year minus the aggregate amount distributed for such taxable year as provided in clause (i) above and (iii) with respect to taxes not determined by reference to income, represents the amount of any such taxes imposed on a direct or indirect owner of the Company as a result of such owner's ownership of the equity of the Company. In the event the amount determined under clause (ii) is a negative amount, the amount of any Tax Distributions in the succeeding taxable year (or, if necessary, any subsequent taxable years) shall be reduced by such negative amount.

        "Temporary Cash Investments" means any of the following:

165


        "Transactions" has the meaning set forth in this Prospectus under the heading "Prospectus Summary—Transactions."

        "Trustee" means Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

        "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date.

        "Trust Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the President or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.

        "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means:

        The Governing Board of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary, but excluding Refco Finance Inc.) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that either (A) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (B) if such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, such designation would be permitted under the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments."

        The Governing Board of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary or a Regulated Subsidiary, as applicable; provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation (A) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under paragraph (a) of the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness" and (B) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the Governing Board of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Governing Board of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

        "U.S. Dollar Equivalent" means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the "Exchange Rates" column under the heading "Currency Trading" on the date two Business Days prior to such determination.

        Except as described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness," whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Company has complied with any covenant in the Indenture or a Default has occurred and an amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount

166



will be treated as the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such currency.

        "U.S. Government Obligations" means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable at the issuer's option.

        "Voting Stock" of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

        "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary or Regulated Subsidiary all the Capital Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares or Class B Equity Interests) is owned by the Company or one or more other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

        The Notes initially will be represented by one or more global notes in registered form without interest coupons (the "Global Notes"). The Global Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below.

        Except as set forth below, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for Certificated Notes except in the limited circumstances described below. See "—Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes." Except in the limited circumstances described below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Certificated Notes.

        Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect participants, which may change from time to time.

Depositary Procedures

        The following description of the operations and procedures of DTC is provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the settlement system of DTC and are subject to changes by it. We take no responsibility for these operations and procedures and urge investors to contact DTC or its participants directly to discuss these matters.

        DTC has advised us that it is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the "participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its participants. The participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the initial purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other organizations. Access to DTC's system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively, the "indirect participants"). Persons who are not participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the participants or the indirect participants. The ownership interests in, and transfers of ownership interests in, each

167



security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the participants and indirect participants.

        DTC has also advised us that, pursuant to procedures established by it:

        Investors in the Global Notes who are participants in DTC's system may hold their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the Global Notes who are not participants may hold their interests therein indirectly through organizations which are participants in such system. All interests in a Global Note may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. The laws of some states require that specified persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to such persons will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of participants, which in turn act on behalf of indirect participants, the ability of a person having beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge such interests to persons that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.

        Except as described below, beneficial owners of an interest in the Global Notes will not have Notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of Certificated Notes and will not be considered the registered owners or "Holders" thereof under the Indenture for any purpose.

        Payments in respect of the principal of, and interest, premium and additional interest, if any, on a Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the registered Holder under the Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Issuers and the Trustee will treat the Persons in whose names the Notes, including the Global Notes, are registered as the owners of the Notes for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes. Consequently, neither the Issuers, the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for:

(1)
any aspect of DTC's records or any participant's or indirect participant's records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC's records or any participant's or indirect participant's records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes; or

(2)
any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of its participants or indirect participants.

        DTC has advised us that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as the Notes (including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant participants with the payment on the payment date unless DTC has reason to believe it will not receive payment on such payment date. Each relevant participant is credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the participants and the indirect participants to the beneficial owners of Notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of the participants or the indirect participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the Trustee or the Issuers. Neither the Issuers nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the Notes, and the Issuers and the Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.

168


        Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC's procedures and will be settled in same-day funds.

        DTC has advised the Issuers that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a Holder of Notes only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in the Global Notes and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the Notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the Global Notes for Certificated Notes, and to distribute such Notes to its participants.

        Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among participants, it is under no obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued or changed at any time. Neither the Issuers nor the Trustee nor any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes

        A Global Note is exchangeable for Certificated Notes if:

        In addition, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for Certificated Notes upon prior written notice given to the Trustee by or on behalf of DTC in accordance with the Indenture. In all cases, Certificated Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests in Global Notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures).

Exchange of Certificated Notes for Global Notes

        Certificated Notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests in any Global Note unless the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the Indenture) to the effect that such transfer will comply with the appropriate transfer restrictions applicable to such Notes.

Same Day Settlement and Payment

        The Issuers will make payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes (including principal, interest and premium and additional interest, if any) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note Holder. The Issuers will make all payments of principal, interest and premium and additional interest, if any, with respect to Certificated Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Certificated Notes or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder's registered address. The Notes represented by the Global Notes are expected to be eligible to trade in PORTAL and to trade in DTC's Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such Notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. The Issuers expect that secondary trading in any Certificated Notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.

169



MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

        The following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax consequences relating to the exchange of an old note for a registered note in the exchange offer. It does not contain a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating to the exchange. In addition, this summary is limited to a beneficial owner of an old note who holds the old note, and will hold the registered note, as a "capital asset" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code (the "Code").

        This discussion does not deal with the consequences to special classes of holders of notes, such as dealers in securities or currencies, brokers, traders that mark-to-market their securities, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, financial institutions or "financial services entities," persons with a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, retirement plans, expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States, persons who hold their notes as part of a straddle, hedge, "conversion transaction," "constructive sale," or other integrated investment, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, partnerships or other pass-through entities or investors in partnerships or other pass-through entities that hold the notes.

        This summary also does not address any tax consequences arising under the tax laws of any U.S. state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction or any possible applicability of the U.S. federal estate or gift tax law.

        The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and rulings, judicial decisions and administrative interpretations, all as in effect on the date hereof, any of which may be repealed or subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

        For United States federal income tax purposes, the exchange of an old note for a registered note in the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable exchange, and you will not recognize a taxable gain or loss on such exchange to you. The adjusted tax basis of your registered notes will be the same as the adjusted tax basis of your old notes exchanged therefor immediately before the exchange and your holding period will carry over to the registered notes. The United States federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of the registered notes will be the same as those applicable to the old notes.

        THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. ACCORDINGLY, EACH INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF EXCHANGING AN OLD NOTE FOR A REGISTERED NOTE, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGES IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

170



PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        Each broker-dealer that receives registered notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such registered notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of registered notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the time of expiration, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until July 7, 2005, all dealers effecting transactions in the registered notes may be requird to deliver a prospectus.

        We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of registered notes by broker-dealers. Registered notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the registered notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such registered notes. Any broker-dealer that resells registered notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such registered notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any profit on any such resale of registered notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

        For a period of 180 days after the time of expiration, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the notes) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the notes (including any broker-dealers) against liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

171



LEGAL MATTERS

        Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, New York, New York has passed upon the validity of the registered notes and the related guarantees on our behalf. Certain partners of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP have indirect ownership interests, totaling less than 0.01%, in us as a result of their investments in Thomas H. Lee Investors, L.P.


EXPERTS

        The Refco Group Ltd., LLC consolidated balance sheets as of February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in members' equity and cash flows for the three years in the period ended February 29, 2004 and schedules included in this prospectus and elsewhere in this registration statement have been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, as stated in their reports with respect thereto, and is included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

172



GLOSSARY

Broker in Principal   An individual or firm who acts as an intermediary or temporary dealer between a buyer and a seller and who either takes title to the asset on behalf of its client or has a client position offset by an equal but opposite position with a dealer.

CBOE

 

Chicago Board Options Exchange, which is a securities exchange created in the early 1970s for the public trading of standardized option contracts. Primary place for the trading of stock options, foreign currency options and index options.

CBOT

 

Chicago Board of Trade, which is the second largest derivatives exchange in the United States and a pioneer in the development of financial futures and options.

CFMA

 

Commodity Futures Modernization Act of 2000, which amended the Commodity Exchange Act, removing much regulation by the CFTC to which OTC derivatives had been subject previously.

CFTC

 

Commodity Futures Trading Commission, which is the federal regulatory agency that administers the Commodity Exchange Act. It is the federal oversight agency that monitors the futures and options on futures markets to detect and prevent price distortion and market manipulation and to protect the rights of customers who use the markets for either commercial or investment purposes.

Clearing House

 

An agency or corporation that acts as a central counterparty to the clearing members or FCMs on each side of a transaction. Clearing Houses are responsible for settling trading accounts, collecting and maintaining margin monies, regulating delivery and reporting trading data.

CME

 

Chicago Mercantile Exchange, which is the largest derivatives exchange in the United States and the second largest exchange in the world for the trading of futures and options on futures. CME has four major product areas based on interest rates, stock indexes, foreign exchange and commodities.

Commodity Exchange Act

 

The principal legislation governing the trading of commodities and futures in the United States.

Commodity Pool Operator

 

An individual or organization which operates or solicits funds for a pool in which funds contributed by a number of persons are combined for the purpose of trading futures or options contracts. Generally required to be registered with the CFTC.

Commodity Trading Advisor

 

A person who directly or indirectly advises others as to the advisability of buying or selling futures or commodity options. Most Commodity Trading Advisors may exercise trading authority over a customer's account. A Commodity Trading Advisor is generally required to be registered with the CFTC.
     

173



E-mini

 

E-minis are smaller versions of popular index funds that cover the entire S&P 500 and Nasdaq-100 indexes. E-minis are 20% the size of larger index contracts and allow for great flexibility when assembling a portfolio. E-mini trading is popular because it requires less of an initial capital investment, and it enables traders to diversify a portfolio and hedge against more focused investments.

Eurex

 

World's largest derivatives exchange, based on volume. This fully electronic exchange has participants around the world, creating decentralized and standardized access to its markets.

Euronext

 

Europe's first cross-border group of stock exchanges and their derivatives markets, formed by the merger of the stock exchanges of Amsterdam, Brussels and Paris in 2000.

Exchange

 

A marketplace in which shares, options and/or futures on stocks, bonds, commodities and indexes are traded.

FCM

 

Futures Commission Merchant, which is a firm engaged in soliciting or accepting and handling orders for the purchase or sale of futures contracts and accepting money or securities to provide margin for any resulting trades or contracts. An FCM must be registered with the CFTC.

Forward

 

A contract in which a seller agrees to deliver a specified asset to a buyer at a specified price sometime in the future. In contrast to futures contracts, forward contracts are not standardized, not traded on exchanges and generally contemplate a delivery at settlement.

FXCM

 

An FCM specializing in foreign exchange products with operations around the world.

LCH

 

London Clearing House, which is a leading independent clearing house in Europe, serving major international exchanges and platforms, equity markets, exchange-traded derivatives markets, energy markets, the interbank interest rate swaps market and the majority of the Euro-denominated and sterling bond and repo markets.

LME

 

London Metal Exchange, which is a market for trading base metals. LME prices are used as reference prices in many world markets by metals producers and fabricators of metal products and are the basis for most major commodity indices.

Mark-to-Market

 

To debit or credit a trading account on a daily basis based on the prices established at the close of that day's trading session.

Net Capital

 

The amount by which current assets exceed liabilities (adjusted for illiquid assets, certain operating capital charges, and potential adverse fluctuations in the value of securities inventory).

NFA

 

National Futures Association, which is the industry wide self-regulatory organization of the futures industry. Congress authorized its creation in 1974, and the CFTC designated it a "registered futures association" in 1982.

NYMEX

 

New York Mercantile Exchange, which is the world's largest physical commodity derivatives exchange.
     

174



OTC Market

 

Over-The-Counter Market, which is a decentralized market where geographically dispersed dealers are linked by telephones and computer screens. The market is for securities not listed on exchanges.

Repo

 

Repurchase agreement, which is an agreement in which one party sells a security to another party and agrees to repurchase it on a specified date for a specified price. This represents a collateralized short-term loan, where the collateral may be a Treasury security, money market instrument, federal agency security or mortgage-backed security. A reverse repurchase agreement, otherwise known as a "reverse repo," which is the purchase of a security at a specified price with an agreement to sell the same or substantially the same security to the same counterparty at a fixed or determinable price at a future date.

Repurchase Transaction

 

See the definition for "repo."

Segregated Funds

 

The amount of money, securities and property due to commodity futures or options customers, which is held in segregated accounts in compliance with Section 4d of the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulations. Such money, securities or property may not be comingled with the money, securities and property of the FCM, but the FCM may earn interest on it.

TSE

 

Tokyo Stock Exchange, which is the largest stock exchange in Japan with some of the most active trading in the world.

175



INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended February 29, 2004,
February 28, 2003 and February 28, 2002
  F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members' Equity for the years ended February 29, 2004, February 28, 2003 and February 28, 2002   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended February 29, 2004, February 28, 2003 and February 28, 2002   F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-7
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of November 30, 2004 (unaudited) and February 29, 2004   F-38
Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended November 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)   F-39
Consolidated Statements of Income for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)   F-40
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members' Equity for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)   F-41
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended November 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)   F-42
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)   F-43

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Members of
    
Refco Group Ltd., LLC

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Refco Group Ltd., LLC (the "Company") (a Delaware limited liability company) and subsidiaries (the "Group") as of February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in members' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 29, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Refco Group Ltd., LLC and subsidiaries as of February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 29, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Grant Thornton LLP
New York, New York
October 8, 2004

F-2



REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  February 29,
2004

  February 28,
2003

 
  (in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents   $ 316,213   $ 226,165
Cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations:            
  Cash and cash equivalents     1,375,838     1,949,846
  Securities purchased under agreements to resell     55,061     69,161
Securities purchased under agreements to resell     24,782,874     12,163,297
Deposits with clearing organizations and others     1,831,765     1,751,801
Receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations     504,810     303,751
Receivables from customers, net of $65,200 and $42,700 in reserves, respectively     1,591,385     1,490,380
Receivables from equity members     210,223     280,545
Securities owned, at market or fair value     2,032,535     490,420
Memberships in exchanges (market value: 2004: $41,337, 2003: $33,738)     15,869     18,689
Assets of discontinued operations (Note B)     276,012     178,603
Other assets     339,587     292,771
   
 
    Total assets   $ 33,332,172   $ 19,215,429
   
 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Short-term borrowings, including current portion of long-term borrowings   $ 88,890   $ 245,810
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     25,630,299     12,779,456
  Payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations     583,643     256,783
  Payable to customers     5,053,337     4,357,055
  Securities sold, not yet purchased, at market or fair value     807,485     212,205
  Liabilities of discontinued operations (Note B)     44,878     80,864
  Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities     171,651     157,395

Long-term borrowings

 

 

315,500

 

 

383,500

Subordinated debt

 

 

16,000

 

 

16,000
   
 
   
Total liabilities

 

 

32,711,683

 

 

18,489,068

Commitments and contingent liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred securities issued by subsidiaries

 

 


 

 

160,000

Membership interests issued by subsidiary

 

 

4,405

 

 


Members' equity

 

 

616,084

 

 

566,361
   
 
   
Total liabilities and members' equity

 

$

33,332,172

 

$

19,215,429
   
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3



REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Year Ended
 
  February 29,
2004

  February 28,
2003

  February 28,
2002

 
   
  (in thousands)

   
Revenues                  
  Commissions and brokerage   $ 645,440   $ 571,520   $ 477,806
  Interest     1,051,695     2,387,339     1,711,109
  Principal transactions, net     165,936     82,554     99,293
  Asset management and advisory fees     7,255     123     6,433
  Other     3,973     4,563     3,424
   
 
 
   
Total revenues

 

 

1,874,299

 

 

3,046,099

 

 

2,298,065
   
 
 
Expenses                  
  Commissions and order execution costs     411,894     385,375     323,608
  Interest     897,674     2,182,346     1,556,609
  Employee compensation and benefits     204,854     180,962     167,373
  General, administrative and other     170,415     142,585     148,967
   
 
 
   
Total expenses

 

 

1,684,837

 

 

2,891,268

 

 

2,196,557
   
 
 
   
Income before provision for income taxes, dividends on preferred securities issued by subsidiaries, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations

 

 

189,462

 

 

154,831

 

 

101,508

Provision for income taxes

 

 

11,687

 

 

1,223

 

 

5,409
   
 
 
   
Income before dividends on preferred securities issued by subsidiaries, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations

 

 

177,775

 

 

153,608

 

 

96,099

Dividends on preferred securities

 

 


 

 

15,576

 

 

15,576

Income from equity investees

 

 

11,544

 

 

1,673

 

 

708

Members' interest in earnings of subsidiary

 

 

1,273

 

 


 

 

   
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations

 

 

188,046

 

 

139,705

 

 

81,231
   
 
 

Discontinued operations (Note B)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
(Loss) income from discontinued operations

 

 

(401

)

 

1,151

 

 

13,945
 
Applicable income tax expense

 

 

489

 

 

737

 

 

1,542
   
 
 
   
Net income

 

$

187,156

 

$

140,119

 

$

93,634
   
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4



REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' EQUITY

 
  Members' equity
 
 
  Common
capital

  Other
comprehensive
income

  Total
 
 
  (in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, February 28, 2001

 

$

509,263

 

$

(10,308

)

$

498,955

 

Capital withdrawals

 

 

(75,000

)

 


 

 

(75,000

)

Net income

 

 

93,634

 

 


 

 

93,634

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

 


 

 

(2,473

)

 

(2,473

)
   
 
 
 

Balance, February 28, 2002

 

 

527,897

 

 

(12,781

)

 

515,116

 

Capital withdrawals

 

 

(100,000

)

 


 

 

(100,000

)

Net income

 

 

140,119

 

 


 

 

140,119

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

 


 

 

11,126

 

 

11,126

 
   
 
 
 

Balance, February 28, 2003

 

 

568,016

 

 

(1,655

)

 

566,361

 

Capital withdrawals

 

 

(120,000

)

 


 

 

(120,000

)

Loss on early extinguishment of preferred securities issued by subsidiaries

 

 

(39,774

)

 


 

 

(39,774

)

Net income

 

 

187,156

 

 


 

 

187,156

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

 


 

 

22,341

 

 

22,341

 
   
 
 
 

Balance, February 29, 2004

 

$

595,398

 

$

20,686

 

$

616,084

 
   
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5



REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended
 
 
  February 29,
2004

  February 28,
2003

  February 28,
2002

 
 
   
  (in thousands)

   
 
Cash flows from operating activities                    
  Net income   $ 187,156   $ 140,119   $ 93,634  
      (Loss) income from discontinued operations (Note B)     (890 )   414     12,403  
   
 
 
 
  Net income from continuing operations     188,046     139,705     81,231  
  Noncash items included in net income                    
      Depreciation and amortization     26,161     23,499     33,959  
  Members' interest in earnings of subsidiary     1,273          
  (Increase) decrease in operating assets                    
      Cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations:                    
          Cash and cash equivalents     574,008     (1,109,672 )   (377,218 )
          Securities purchased under agreements to resell     14,100     86,351     (82,700 )
      Securities purchased under agreements to resell     (12,619,577 )   4,802,305     (4,267,460 )
      Deposits with clearing organizations and others     (79,964 )   (698,744 )   240,825  
      Receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations     (201,059 )   49,689     42,423  
      Receivables from customers     (101,005 )   394,443     (354,698 )
      Receivables from equity members     70,322     108,678     41,000  
      Securities owned, at market or fair value     (1,542,115 )   (195,891 )   359,873  
      Memberships in exchanges     2,820     (10,377 )    
      Other assets     45,953     (11,746 )   (40,604 )
  Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities                  
      Short-term borrowings, including current portion of long-term borrowings     (156,920 )   50,573     21,734  
      Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     12,850,843     (4,064,785 )   4,798,815  
      Payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations     326,860     (42,921 )   (169,528 )
      Payable to customers     696,282     661,646     (48,945 )
      Securities sold, not yet purchased, at market or fair value     595,280     (71,327 )   (251,709 )
      Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     36,597     (30,816 )   35,756  
      Notes payable             (8,400 )
   
 
 
 
          Net cash provided by operating activities     727,905     80,610     54,354  
   
 
 
 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired     (118,930 )   (3,473 )    
   
 
 
 
          Net cash used in investing activities     (118,930 )   (3,473 )    
   
 
 
 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Repayment of subordinated debt             (25,000 )
  Issuance of long-term borrowings         222,500      
  Repayment of long-term borrowings     (68,000 )   (68,000 )   (33,000 )
  Payment for redemption of preferred securities issued by subsidiaries     (199,774 )        
  Net contributions to membership interests issued by subsidiary     3,132          
  Capital withdrawals     (120,000 )   (100,000 )   (75,000 )
   
 
 
 
          Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (384,642 )   54,500     (133,000 )
   
 
 
 
          Net cash (used in) provided by discontinued operations (Note B)     (134,285 )   (50,150 )   15,919  
   
 
 
 
          Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     90,048     81,487     (62,727 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     226,165     144,678     207,405  
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 316,213   $ 226,165   $ 144,678  
   
 
 
 
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:                    
      Income taxes paid   $ 3,331   $ 6,032   $ 5,229  
      Interest paid   $ 713,142   $ 2,250,879   $ 2,235,388  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6



REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE A—ORGANIZATION

        Refco Group Ltd., LLC (the "Company") is a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Group"). The Group is a diversified financial services organization and is among the leading firms in its futures and options brokerage operations. In addition to its futures and options activities, the Group provides fund management and administrative services and is also a substantial broker of cash market products, including government securities, foreign exchange and foreign exchange options, international equities and emerging markets debt. The Group's worldwide headquarters in New York are complemented by a network of U.S. and international offices.

        The Group's principal operating subsidiaries comprise Refco Securities, LLC, a registered broker-dealer, Refco, LLC, a registered Futures Commission Merchant and Refco Capital Markets, Ltd., an offshore securities and foreign exchange broker.

        The Company is 90% owned by Refco Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation. The remaining 10% is owned by BAWAG Overseas, Inc., a third party financial institution.

NOTE B—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of preparation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and each of its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned, except for Refco Securities, LLC, which does issue non-voting membership interests in the normal course of business. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

        20% to 50% owned companies are carried on the equity method and included in "Other Assets."

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        As discussed in Note N, on August 5, 2004, the Company distributed all the equity interests of Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC, which owned substantially all the assets of the Company's Asset Management business, to Refco Group Holdings, Inc.

        The assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows from Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC have been segregated from continuing operations and presented separately as discontinued operations. Prior period information has been adjusted on the same basis to reflect this presentation.

F-7



        Operating results for Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC included in the discontinued operations are presented in the following table.

 
  Year Ended
 
  February 29,
2004

  February 28,
2003

  February 28,
2002

 
  (in thousands)

Revenue   $ 64,692   $ 57,018   $ 68,859
Expenses     65,093     55,867     54,914
Income before income taxes     (401 )   1,151     13,945
Income tax expenses     489     737     1,542
   
 
 
Net income   $ (890 ) $ 414   $ 12,403
   
 
 

        The following table presents the carrying amounts of major classes of assets and liabilities of Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC as of February 29, 2004. These assets and liabilities are included under the captions "Assets of discontinued operations" and "Liabilities of discontinued operations" on our February 29, 2004 consolidated balance sheet.

 
  February 29, 2004
 
  (in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents   $ 22,030
Receivable from customers     25,582
Other assets     228,400
   
Total assets   $ 276,012
   
Payable to customers   $ 42,380
Other liabilities(a)     2,498
   
Total liabilities   $ 44,878
   

(a)
includes accounts payable and accrued expenses

Foreign currency translation

        In the normal course of business, the Group engages in transactions denominated in foreign currencies. For financial reporting purposes, assets, liabilities and contractual commitments in foreign currencies have been translated at the year-end spot rate and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange for the fiscal year. Gains and (losses) resulting from foreign currency transactions, included in the consolidated statements of income, was $(0.7) million, $(15.7) million and $2.7 million for the years ended February 29, 2004, February 28, 2003 and February 28, 2002, respectively. Gains and (losses) resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in cumulative currency translation adjustment, which represents other comprehensive income, a separate component of members' equity.

F-8



Cash and cash equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash and short-term liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less when acquired.

Cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations

        Cash and cash equivalents have been segregated in special reserve bank accounts for the benefit of clients under various regulatory requirements. These requirements at year-end are set forth below:

 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in thousands)

Rule 15c3-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934   $ 25,271   $ 22,657
Section 1.20 of the Commodity Exchange Act     924,613     1,708,959
Foreign subsidiaries regulated under various foreign regulations     425,954     218,230
   
 
    $ 1,375,838   $ 1,949,846
   
 

        As of February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003, securities purchased under agreements to resell of $55.1 million and $69.2 million, respectively are held for the benefit of clients under Rule 15c3-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

        Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as financing transactions and are carried at the amounts at which the securities will be reacquired or resold as specified in the respective agreements plus accrued interest. These carrying amounts approximate their fair values. It is the Group's policy to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell, which consist largely of securities issued by the U.S. Government. The Group retains the right to re-pledge collateral received in secured financing transactions.

        As permitted by Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Interpretation No. 41, Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements, the Group nets certain securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase for financial reporting purposes.

Receivables from and payable to customers

        These balances primarily pertain to margin and open contractual commitments related to customers' futures, foreign currency forward and securities transactions. Receivables from and payable to customers in connection with futures and foreign currency forward transactions include gains and losses on open futures, options and forward contracts. Receivables from and payable to customers in connection with securities transactions include amounts due on cash and margin transactions.

F-9



        Receivables from customers at each year end are as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in thousands)

Futures transactions   $ 212,299   $ 209,629
Foreign currency and other OTC derivative transactions     38,724     364,711
Securities transactions     1,340,362     916,040
   
 
    $ 1,591,385   $ 1,490,380
   
 

        Payable from customers at each year end are as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in thousands)

Futures transactions   $ 4,052,363   $ 3,616,699
Foreign currency and other OTC derivative transactions     394,936     372,747
Securities transactions     606,038     367,609
   
 
    $ 5,053,337   $ 4,357,055
   
 

        These receivables are generally collateralized with marketable securities. The Group's allowance for doubtful accounts is based upon management's continuing review and evaluation of factors such as collateral value, aging and the financial condition of the customers. The allowance is assessed to reflect best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred as of the balance sheet date. Any changes are included in the current period operating results. The Group pursues collection of these receivables through various means, including legal action and collection agencies, and generally does not charge-off any of these receivables. Reserves of $65.2 million and $42.7 million have been provided against receivables from customers as of February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003, respectively. The Group generally nets receivables and payables related to its customers futures, foreign currency forwards and securities transactions on a counterparty basis pursuant to master netting agreements. Where possible, it is the Group's policy to settle these transactions on a net basis with its counterparties.

Financial instruments

        The consolidated balance sheets generally reflects purchases and sales of financial instruments owned or sold on a trade-date basis.

Securities owned and Securities sold, not yet purchased

        Securities owned and Securities sold, not yet purchased consist primarily of U.S. and foreign equity and fixed-income securities which are stated at quoted market values, with unrealized gains and losses recognized in income under "Principal transactions, net." Securities not readily marketable are valued at fair value as determined by management. Fair value is the amount at which an instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.

F-10



Derivative financial instruments

        As a broker, the Group enters into transactions involving derivative financial instruments in relation to its customer business. These transactions are generally immediately economically hedged by back-to-back trades with other financial institutions. All derivative financial instruments are carried at market value or, if market prices are not readily available, fair value. Market values for exchange-traded derivatives are based on quoted market prices. Fair market values for over-the-counter derivative financial instruments are based on pricing models that are based on observable market data intended to approximate the amounts that would be received from or paid to a third party in settlement of the contracts.

        Derivatives used for economic hedging purposes include swaps, forwards, futures and purchased options. Unrealized gains or losses on these derivative contracts are recognized currently in the statement of income as Principal transactions. The Group does not apply hedge accounting as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as all financial instruments are marked to market with changes in fair values reflected in earnings. Therefore, the disclosures required in paragraphs 44 and 45 of the statement are generally not applicable with respect to these financial instruments.

Memberships in exchanges

        Exchange memberships comprise both rights to trade on exchanges and deposits made in relation to these memberships. Exchange memberships owned are recorded at cost and tested annually for impairment.

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements

        Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the economic useful life of the improvement or the term of the lease.

Impairment of assets

        The Company reviews its long-lived assets and intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Goodwill

        Goodwill is the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of identifiable net assets at acquisition date. Prior to March 1, 2002, goodwill was amortized over a period of 25 years on a straight-line basis. Effective March 1, 2002, the Group adopted SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets; consequently, goodwill is no longer amortized but, instead, is tested at least annually for impairment. An impairment loss is triggered if the estimated fair value of an operating segment is less than its estimated net book value. Such loss is calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value of goodwill and its carrying value.

F-11



Identifiable intangible assets

        Identifiable intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships and trade names. Customers relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis based upon patterns of usage over a weighted-average economic useful life of approximately 13 years. These intangible assets are tested for potential impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset's or asset group's carrying value may not be fully recoverable in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. An impairment loss, calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of an asset or asset group, is recognized if the expected undiscounted cash flows relating to the asset or asset group are less than the corresponding carrying value. Trade names have been classified as indefinite-lived assets and are not amortized but tested annually for impairment.

Income taxes

        The Group has elected to be treated as a limited liability company for federal income tax purposes, as defined in the regulations. Under these regulations, members are responsible for their individual income tax liabilities related to the Group's operating results. Accordingly, the Group has not provided for Federal income taxes related to its operating results. The provision for income taxes relates to income taxes of foreign subsidiaries.

Revenue recognition

        Commissions and brokerage are recorded on a trade-date basis as securities transactions occur. Commissions and brokerage includes per contract charges for trade execution and clearing. Fees are charged at various rates based on the product traded and the method of trade. Commissions earned and related expenses on customers' open futures positions are recognized on a half-turn basis. The Group reports gross commission income on transactions executed by introducing brokers and reports commissions paid to introducing brokers as commission expense.

        Interest is recognized on an accrual basis. Interest income or interest expense on repurchase agreements and collateralized financing arrangements are recognized as interest over the life of the transaction. Interest income and expense for matched repurchase agreement transactions are presented net in the consolidated statements of income.

        Certain Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets transaction fee revenues are recorded as principal transactions, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income. In these instances the customer may not pay a separately billed commission rate related to a given transaction. Instead, the equivalent of a commission is included in the revenues of the transaction following its execution on behalf of the customer. These transactions are specific to those markets in which no third party clearing organization is utilized and involve primarily client foreign exchange transactions.

        The Group generally enters into offsetting contracts to achieve economic hedges, which results in a profit spread for the Group. Both the contractual commitment and the offsetting contract are recorded at fair value. The Group does not apply hedge accounting as defined in SFAS No. 133, and all offsetting contracts are marked to market and included in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

F-12



Both realized and unrealized gains and losses are recognized and recorded in the consolidated statements of income under "Principal transactions, net" as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Net
  Net
  Net
 
 
  Realized
Gains
(Losses)

  Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)

  Total Gains
(Losses)

  Realized
Gains
(Losses)

  Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)

  Total Gains
(Losses)

  Realized
Gains
(Losses)

  Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)

  Total Gains
(Losses)

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Foreign currency forwards   $ 83,660   $ (198 ) $ 83,462   $ 54,293   $ (34,785 ) $ 19,508   $ 150,150   $ 32,889   $ 183,039  
Futures     54,186     (6,661 )   47,525     (49,753 )   177,742     127,989     60,743     (178,600 )   (117,857 )
Options     (5,973 )   5,165     (808 )   (121,989 )   123,851     1,862     160,998     (136,754 )   24,244  
Treasury notes     35,878     3,492     39,370     (76,714 )   1,012     (75,702 )   (11,101 )   545     (10,556 )
Bonds     (2,725 )   (1,141 )   (3,866 )   40,561     (14,839 )   25,722     12,180     7,029     19,209  
Other     (1,304 )   1,557     253     (16,735 )   (90 )   (16,825 )   (3,450 )   4,664     1,214  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 163,722   $ 2,214   $ 165,936   $ (170,337 ) $ 252,891   $ 82,554   $ 369,520   $ (270,227 ) $ 99,293  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

        The following table shows the gross notional or contractual amounts of derivatives held by the Group.

 
  As of February 29, 2004
  As of February 28, 2003
 
 
  Notional
  Fair Value
  Notional
  Fair Value
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Forward currency contracts   $ 41,586,917   $ (715 ) $ 28,303,354   $ 852  
Swap contracts     2,927,400     1,304     90,000     1,988  
Option contracts sold or written     10,383,291     (272,078 )   117,827,820     (224,769 )
Option contracts purchased     10,723,550     272,528     119,908,856     224,337  
Exchange-traded futures     3,735,774     (1,585 )   2,355,479     (7,068 )
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 69,356,932   $ (546 ) $ 268,485,509   $ (4,660 )
   
 
 
 
 

        Assest management and advisory fees primarily include fees from investment management and other financial service related products, and they are recognized as services are provided. They are determined in accordance with contracts based upon a percentage of assets under management or the volume of financial service products sold through our distribution platform.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

        In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees ("FIN 45"). FIN 45 requires a guarantor to recognize a liability at the inception of certain guarantees for the fair value of the obligation, including the ongoing obligation to stand ready to perform over the term of the guarantee. Guarantees, as defined in FIN 45, include contracts that contingently require the Group to make payments to a guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying that is related to an asset, liability or equity security of the guaranteed party, performance guarantees, indemnification agreements or indirect guarantees of indebtedness of others. This new accounting is effective for certain guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The Group adopted FIN 45 and adoption of this statement did not have an effect on the Group's consolidated financial statements,

F-13


        In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. In December 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 Revised ("Interpretation 46 R"), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. Variable interest entities ("VIEs") are entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinate financial support from other parties, certain of which are also referred to as special-purpose entities ("SPEs"). Under the provisions of Interpretation 46 R, a company is deemed to be the "primary beneficiary," and thus is required to consolidate a VIE, if the company has a variable interest (or combination of variable interests) that will absorb a majority of the VIE's expected losses, that will receive a majority of the VIE's expected residual returns, or both. A "variable interest" is a contractual ownership or other interest that changes with changes in the fair value of the VIE's net assets. "Expected losses" and "expected residual returns" are measures of variability in the expected cash flows of a VIE. The consolidation requirements of Interpretation 46 R apply in the first fiscal year or interim period ending after December 15, 2003 to variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003. The consolidation requirements apply in the first fiscal year or interim period ending after December 15, 2003 for SPEs created before January 31, 2003. The consolidation requirements apply in the first fiscal year or interim period ending after March 15, 2004 for other entities created before January 31, 2003. Certain of the disclosure requirements apply to all financial statements issued after January 31, 2003, regardless of when the VIE was established.

        As of February 29, 2004, the Group held variable interests in certain VIEs with respect to which the Group is deemed not to be the primary beneficiary. Those VIEs include several managed futures funds with aggregate net asset value of approximately $255.1 million managed by Refco Alternative Investments since April 1, 2003. Refco Alternative Investments earns fixed investment management fees and, in certain cases, incentive fees and other fees from these managed funds. As of February 29, 2004, the Group's maximum exposure to loss from the funds managed by Refco Alternative Investments is not material.

        In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under FASB No. 133 Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This statement is effective for derivative contracts and hedging instruments entered into after June 30, 2003. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Group's consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity and imposes certain additional disclosure requirements. The provisions of SFAS No. 150 are effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and must be applied to all financial instruments at the beginning of the third quarter of 2003. The adoption of this statement did not have an effect on the Group's consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132 (revised), Employers' Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits ("SFAS 132R"). SFAS 132R prescribes employers' disclosures about pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans; it does not change the measurement of recognition of those plans. The statement retains and revises the disclosure requirements contained in

F-14



the original SFAS No. 132. It also requires additional disclosures about the assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit costs of defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. The statement generally is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003. Management does not believe the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on the Group's consolidated financial statements.

NOTE C—SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS, LONG-TERM BORROWINGS AND OTHER BORROWINGS

Short-term borrowings

        The Group obtains short-term borrowings through bank loans. Short-term borrowings also include the portion of long-term borrowings maturing within one year and certain long-term borrowings that may be payable within one year at the option of the holder. The carrying value of these short-term obligations approximates fair value due to their short-term nature.

        Bank loans are generally from major money center banks and are primarily payable on demand. Interest is paid at prevailing short-term market rates. The Group enters into loan agreements with banks, which may be collateralized by letters of credit or other forms of collateral. Generally, the amounts pledged represent the underlying collateral for the Group's receivables from customers.

        Short-term borrowings at year end are set forth below:

 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in thousands)

Bank loans   $ 20,890   $ 177,810
Current portion of long-term borrowings     68,000     68,000
   
 
  Total   $ 88,890   $ 245,810
   
 

        The weighted average interest rate on outstanding bank loans at February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003 was 1.58% and 2.25%, respectively.

        Interest rates paid on short-term borrowings, excluding the current portion of long-term borrowings, for the years ended February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003 ranged from 1.58% to 2.25% and 1.92% to 4.00%, respectively.

F-15



Long-term borrowings

        Long-term borrowings of $383.5 million and $451.5 million for the years ended February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003, respectively, represent unsecured syndicated senior notes with major financial institutions. Long-term borrowings consist of the following loans:

 
  February 29,
2004

  February 28,
2003

  Maturity
Date

  Interest
Rate

 
 
  (in thousands)

   
   
 
Senior Notes                      
Series A Senior Notes 2004   $ 17,000   $ 34,000   2004   7.18 %
Senior Notes 2005     74,000     111,000   2005   9.18 %
Series B Senior Notes 2006     14,000     14,000   2006   7.42 %
Senior Notes 2007     56,000     70,000   2007   8.85 %
Series A Senior Notes 2007     100,000     100,000   2007   5.99 %
Series B Senior Notes 2009     122,500     122,500   2009   6.60 %
   
 
         
    $ 383,500   $ 451,500          
   
 
         

        The table below sets out the maturities of the Group's long-term borrowings.

 
  Year Ended
 
  February 29,
2004

  February 28,
2003

 
  (in thousands)


2004

 

$


 

$

68,000
2005     68,000     68,000
2006     51,000     51,000
2007     28,000     28,000
2008     114,000     114,000
2009        
2010 and thereafter     122,500     122,500
   
 
  Total Senior Note Liabilities     383,500     451,500

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Portion included within short-term borrowings     68,000     68,000
   
 
    Total Long-term Senior Note Liabilities   $ 315,500   $ 383,500
   
 

        The long-term borrowings are subject to acceleration in the event of a change in control.

        For the years ended February 29, 2004, February 28, 2003 and February 28, 2002, interest expense from long-term borrowings was $31.1 million, $27.2 million and $21.5 million, respectively.

Other borrowings

        Subordinated debt of $16.0 million, included in the consolidated balance sheets, consists of a subordinated loan from a member. The subordinated debt outstanding at February 29, 2004 bears interest at the prime rate and matures June 1, 2005. For the years ended February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003, the weighted-average interest rate on the subordinated debt was 4.08% and 4.60%, respectively. Subordinated debt is subordinated to the claims of present and future general creditors.

F-16



Preferred Securities Issued by Subsidiary Trusts

        Preferred securities of subsidiary trusts consisted of the following as of February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003:

Security

  Interest Rate
  Maturity
  February 29, 2004
  February 28, 2003
 
   
   
  (in thousands)

Refco Preferred Capital Trust Securities I   9.44 % 02/27/08   $   $ 75,000
Refco Preferred Capital Trust Securities II   9.65 % 05/19/08         50,000
Refco Preferred Capital Trust Securities III   10.49 % 07/21/06         35,000
           
 
Total           $   $ 160,000
           
 

        Three subsidiary trusts of the Company, Refco Preferred Capital Trust I, II and III (collectively, the "Trusts"), issued Trust Originated Preferred Shares ("TOPRs") to third parties with a liquidation amount of $250,000 per preferred security.

        The Trusts used the proceeds from the sale of the applicable preferred securities and trust common securities to purchase $75.0 million, $50.0 million and $35.0 million, respectively, of the Company's 9.44%, 9.65% and 10.49% subordinated loans on the date of issue of the TOPRs. These loans are the sole assets of the Trusts. Interest on the loans is payable semi-annually.

        Scheduled repayment dates and principal amounts of the subordinated loans are as follows.

 
  Repayment
Date

  Amount
(in thousands)

Refco Preferred Capital Trust I   02/27/05
02/27/06
02/27/07
02/27/08
  $


18,750
18,750
18,750
18,750
       
        $ 75,000
       
Refco Preferred Capital Trust II   05/19/05
05/19/06
05/19/07
05/19/08
  $


12,500
12,500
12,500
12,500
       
        $ 50,000
       
Refco Preferred Capital Trust III   07/21/06   $ 35,000
       

        The Group had the right to redeem the subordinated loans at any time before the scheduled principal repayment dates in whole or in part together with any accrued and unpaid interest and a loan premium which is equal to the excess, if any of (i) the discounted value of the remaining scheduled payment of the loan over (ii) the redemption amount of such loan that is to be redeemed, provided that this premium is not less than zero.

        In April 2003, the Group paid $199.8 million to redeem the TOPRs, resulting in a charge to members' equity of $39.8 million.

F-17


Contractual debt commitments

        The Company's contractual debt commitments are governed by certain agreements which require that the Group maintain specified levels of liquidity, net worth, funded debt to cash flow and cash flow to interest coverage. The Company was in compliance with all contractual debt commitments as of February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003, respectively.

Credit Facilities

        The Group maintains a committed unsecured revolving credit facility of $364.5 million under an agreement with a syndicate of banks. As of February 29, 2004, no portion of the credit facility was utilized.

NOTE D—SECURITIES OWNED AND SECURITIES SOLD, NOT YET PURCHASED

        Securities owned and Securities sold, not yet purchased, consist of trading and investment securities and derivative financial instruments at market or fair value.

 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in thousands)

Securities owned consists of:            
  U.S. Treasuries   $ 1,316,754   $ 213,343
  Foreign governments     290,317     102,149
  Options     251,623     24,026
  Fund investments     87,233     84,320
  Equities     8,697     29,281
  Other     77,911     37,301
   
 
    $ 2,032,535   $ 490,420
   
 

Securities sold, not yet purchased consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  U.S. Treasuries   $ 555,039   $ 187,631
  Options     251,172     24,554
  Other     1,274     20
   
 
    $ 807,485   $ 212,205
   
 

        As of February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003, the Group had not pledged any securities owned as collateral with counterparties.

F-18



NOTE E—OTHER ASSETS

        Other assets are generally less liquid, non-financial assets. The following table sets forth the Group's other assets by type:

 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in thousands)

Goodwill(1)   $ 145,718   $ 126,381
Identifiable intangible assets(2)     23,272     6,800
Equity-method investments(3)     65,504     27,513
Investments(4)     32,241     54,531
Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements(5)     44,351     53,628
Miscellaneous receivables and other     28,501     23,918
   
 
  Total   $ 339,587   $ 292,771
   
 
(1)
Goodwill

        Prior to March 1, 2002, goodwill was amortized over 25 years on a straight-line basis. Upon the adoption of SFAS No. 142, amortization of goodwill ceased. The Company did not identify any impairment upon the adoption of this statement. Had the provisions of SFAS No. 142 been applied as of the first day of the year ended February 28, 2002, net income would have been adjusted as follows:

 
  Fiscal Year
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  (in thousands)

Net income, as reported   $ 187,156   $ 140,119   $ 93,634
Goodwill amortization             10,235
   
 
 
Net income, excluding goodwill amortization   $ 187,156   $ 140,119   $ 103,869
   
 
 

        The changes in goodwill by reportable segment for the year ended February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003 are as follows:

 
  Derivatives
Brokerage &
Clearing

  Prime
Brokerage/Capital
Markets

  Total
 
  (in thousands)

Balance as of March 1, 2002   $ 108,152   $ 4,410   $ 112,562
Acquisition     13,819         13,819
Disposition            
Impairment losses            
   
 
 
Balance as of February 28, 2003     121,971     4,410     126,381
   
 
 
Acquisition     19,337         19,337
Disposition            
Impairment losses            
   
 
 
Balance as of February 29, 2004   $ 141,308   $ 4,410   $ 145,718
   
 
 
(2)
Identifiable intangible assets

F-19


        The Company's identifiable intangible assets are comprised of the following:

 
  February 29, 2004
  February 28, 2003
 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
Carrying
Amount

  Gross
Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
Carrying
Amount

 
  (in thousands)

Customer relationships   $ 39,861   $ 17,649   $ 22,212   $ 21,260   $ 14,460   $ 6,800
Trade names     1,060         1,060            
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 40,921   $ 17,649   $ 23,272   $ 21,260   $ 14,460   $ 6,800
   
 
 
 
 
 

        The amortization of identifiable intangible assets included in general, administrative and other expenses for the years ended February 29, 2004, February 28, 2003 and February 28, 2002 was $3.6 million, $4.6 million and $7.7 million, respectively.

        The estimated amortization expense, based on current identifiable intangible balances, for the next five fiscal years beginning March 1, 2004 is as follows:

 
  (in thousands)

Fiscal year      
  2005   $ 2,099
  2006     1,445
  2007     1,058
  2008     826
  2009     690
(3)
Equity method investments

        Equity method investments as of February 29, 2004 comprise:

 
  Principal Activity
  Percentage
Owned

  Country of
operation

  Carrying
Value

 
   
   
   
  (in thousands)

Forex Capital Markets, LLC   Spot FX broker   35 % United States   $ 47,522
Friedberg Mercantile Group   Investment dealer, futures commission merchant and fund manager   50 % Canada     9,066
Refco Polaris Taiwan   Futures broker   21.7 % Taiwan     8,916
               
                $ 65,504
               

        Under the equity method of accounting, the Company's initial investment is recorded at cost and is subsequently increased to reflect the Company's share of the investees' income and reduced to reflect the Company's share of the investees' losses or dividends received. The Company's income from equity investees was $11.5 million, $1.7 million and $0.7 million for the years ended February 29, 2004, February 29, 2003 and February 28, 2002, respectively.

        The excess of the Company's acquisition cost over the Company's share of the investee's identifiable net assets was identified as customer relationships, trade names and goodwill. The customer relationships are amortized over their weighted average economic useful lives on an accelerated basis based upon patterns of usage. The related amortization expense was approximately $1.1 million, $0.1 million and $0 for the years ended February 29, 2004, February 28, 2003 and February 28, 2002, respectively, resulting in a decrease in the carrying value of the equity method investments.

F-20



(4)
Investments

        As part of its corporate strategy and in the normal course of its business, the Company makes investments in companies engaged in its core business and in companies engaged in closely related market activities. As of February 28, 2003, the value of such investments was $54.5 million and as of February 29, 2004, the value of such investments was $32.2 million.

        Investments made in core activities consist primarily of investments made in international derivative brokerage operations. As of February 28, 2003, these included investments in Cantor Index, a specialty derivative brokerage operation in the United Kingdom and Sino Gold, a physical bullion operation in the People's Republic of China. As of February 29, 2004, international derivative brokerage investments included HanMag Futures Corp., a derivative clearing company in Seoul, Korea and Sify-India, a derivative brokerage operation in India.

        Investments in closely related fields as of February 28, 2003 included investments in Collins Stewart Holdings, a leading U.K.-based inter-dealer broker of financial instruments, and KSP, a European banking and asset management distribution platform. As of February 29, 2004, related market investments also included Xinhua Financial Inc., a market leader in providing financial and commodity research and price information to financial market users in the People's Republic of China.

        A further category of investments are investments made in software providers considered strategically important to Refco's product delivery infrastructure in derivatives and prime brokerage. There were no such investments as of February 28, 2003, but as of February 29, 2004, the Company had investments in Easy Solutions, a leading provider of front-end order entry software for global derivatives markets and QV Trading, the pricing platform upon which certain of the Company's fixed income prime brokerage operations are built.

(5)
Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements

 
   
   
  2004
  2003
 
  Cost
  Accumulated
amortization/depreciation

  Net book value
  Net book value
 
  (in thousands)

Furniture and equipment   $ 106,330   $ 72,533   $ 33,797   $ 44,556
Leasehold improvements     26,750     16,196     10,554     9,072
   
 
 
 
    $ 133,080   $ 88,729   $ 44,351   $ 53,628
   
 
 
 

        Depreciation and amortization expense, included in general, administrative and other expenses, was $26.2 million, $23.5 million and $34.0 million in the years ended February 29, 2004, February 28, 2003 and February 28, 2002, respectively.

NOTE F—ACQUISITIONS

        During the year ended February 29, 2004, the Group acquired three asset management businesses, Edinburgh Fund Managers, Ltd., Society Generale Investment Managers and Cardales UK Ltd., and four derivatives brokerage businesses, MacFutures Ltd., Carlton Brokerage Ltd., RB&H and Trafalgar Commodities Ltd., for an aggregate purchase price of $118.9 million.

        As part of the transactions described in Note N, the Group distributed all of the equity interests of Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC to Refco Group Holdings, Inc. Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC was previously disclosed within the Asset Management segment. Edinburgh Fund Managers, Ltd., Society Generale Investment Managers and Cardales UK Ltd. were

F-21



included in Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC after their acquisition and have been reclassified as discontinued operations in the financial statements.

        Amounts assigned to major intangible asset classes for the other acquisitions are as follow:

 
  (in thousands)

Goodwill   $ 13,459
Customer relationships     18,601
Trade names     1,060

        Goodwill on these acquisitions was assigned to the Derivatives Brokerage, & Clearing segment.

NOTE G—NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENT

        The Group's subsidiary Refco Securities, LLC is subject to the uniform net capital requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") under Rule 15c3-1 (the "Rule"), which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital. Refco Securities, LLC computes its net capital requirements under the alternative method provided for in the Rule which requires that Refco Securities, LLC maintain net capital equal to the greater of $250,000 or 2% of aggregate customer related debit items, as defined in SEC Rule 15c3-3. The net capital rule also provides that equity capital may not be withdrawn or cash dividends paid if resulting net capital would be less than 5% of aggregate debits. As of February 29, 2004, Refco Securities, LLC had net capital of $64.9 million, which was 42.9% of aggregate debit balances and $61.9 million in excess of required net capital.

        The Group's subsidiary, Refco, LLC, is subject to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission's ("CFTC") minimum financial requirements, which require that the subsidiary maintain net capital, as defined. The requirement is equal to the greater of 4% of customer funds required to be segregated/secured pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act less the market value of certain commodity options, all as defined, or the sum of 8% of the customer risk maintenance margin requirement plus 4% of the non-customer risk maintenance margin requirement. The net capital rule also provides that Refco, LLC must maintain adjusted net capital in excess of an early warning level equal to 150% of its net capital requirement. Additionally, the subsidiary is subject to certain restrictions in reductions in capital, as defined. As of February 29, 2004, Refco, LLC had net capital of $223.6 million, which was $95.6 million in excess of required net capital.

F-22



NOTE H—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments

        The Group occupies offices in various locations under operating leases expiring through 2014. Future minimum rental payments required under significant leases for premises, excluding any escalation adjustments, are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal year      
  2005   $ 15,243
  2006     13,669
  2007     11,558
  2008     9,404
  2009     6,383
  Thereafter     25,038
   
    $ 81,295
   

        The Group's rent expense for the years ended February 29, 2004, February 28, 2003 and February 28, 2002 was $14.0 million, $12.1 million and $5.6 million, respectively.

Contingencies

        In the ordinary course of business, the Group has been named as a party to both litigation and administrative proceedings, certain of which are described below.

        Certain of the Group's subsidiaries have been named in a legal proceeding in which the plaintiffs, two hedge funds and their investment managers, alleged that the subsidiaries breached a customer agreement governing the plaintiffs' margin account when they required the plaintiffs to increase the value of collateral securing a margin loan from 60% to 100% in September 1998.

        On September 15, 2003, the Supreme Court of the State of New York granted the Group's motion for summary judgment on six of the seven claims and dismissed those claims with prejudice. By Order dated March 16, 2004, the appellate court (Appellate Division, First Department) affirmed the trial court's decision. On May 11, 2004, the trial court granted the Group's motion to bifurcate the trial of liability from any trial on damages. The remaining claim of liability was tried before a jury in June 2004.

        On June 17, 2004, the jury returned a verdict in favor of the plaintiffs' claim as to the Group's liability. The Group moved the trial court (a) for judgment in favor of the Group as a matter of law, (b) to set aside the verdict and (c)(i) to direct entry of judgment for the Group as a matter of law, or (ii) in the alternative, to order a new trial on plaintiffs' second cause of action. The trial court intends to schedule a separate trial to determine damages, if necessary, after determination of the Group's post-trial motions. After consultation with legal counsel, the Group will continue to vigorously defend against plaintiff's claim, and does not believe it is probable the initial verdict as to liability will be upheld upon appeal. The Group also believes that, if its appeal is unsuccessful, the plaintiffs' alleged damages are substantially less than the $45.0 million they are claiming.

        After consultation with legal counsel, management believes that it is not probable that a material loss will result from the final verdict. The Group raised its margin requirements to 100% and/or terminated plaintiffs' financing on specific bonds and issued resulting margin calls to plaintiffs, who defaulted. The Appellate Division, First Department previously ruled that the Group had the contractual right to terminate margin loans to plaintiffs and thus did not breach any express provision of the customer agreements. The Group believes the sole issue remaining for the jury to determine was

F-23



whether the Group breached the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing when it exercised its contractual rights. The Group does not believe it breached the implied covenant when it exercised its contractual rights. Upon retrial, the Group believes the plaintiff will not be able to sustain its burden. Accordingly, the Group has not recorded an accrual for any losses that might arise from the final verdict.

        In 2001, the Division of Enforcement of the SEC commenced an informal investigation into short sales of the stock of Sedona Corporation ("Sedona"). The SEC requested that the Group produce documents relating to any of its accounts that traded in the stock of Sedona. In June 2001, the SEC issued a formal order of investigation into short sales of Sedona stock. In 2002 and 2003, the Group received subpoenas from the SEC and a request for a written statement. Generally, the subpoenas and the request required the production of documents, tapes and information regarding two of the Group's former brokers who handled the account of Amro International, S.A. ("Amro"), one of the Group's former customers which engaged in short sales of Sedona stock, the Group's relationship with Amro and its two principals; other securities traded by Amro; and the Group's record keeping, supervisory and short sale policies and restrictions. In October 2003, the Group received a subpoena from the United States Attorney's Office for the Southern District of New York, which called for the production of documents which had been provided to the SEC. In addition to producing documents in response to the foregoing subpoenas, the Group has made their employees available to testify before the SEC and to be interviewed by the United States Attorneys' office. The Group has been advised that it is not currently the subject of the United States Attorney's investigation. At the present time, it is not possible to predict the outcome of the foregoing investigation with certainty.

        In the opinion of management and where appropriate, in consultation with outside counsel, the resolution of these and other matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Group.

NOTE I—DERIVATIVE ACTIVITIES, OFF BALANCE SHEET AND CONCENTRATION OF
CREDIT RISK

        In the normal course of its customer-driven operations, the Group enters into various contractual commitments, as principal, involving forward settlement. These include exchange-traded futures, fixed income swaps, equity swaps, foreign currency forwards and option contracts. The Group generally enters into offsetting contracts to achieve economic hedges at prices that result in a profit spread for the Group. The Group also enters into forward repurchase agreements. Customers and counterparties of the Group consist of entities in and outside the United States.

        The Group records its contractual commitments at market or fair value. Therefore, resulting changes in market or fair value are recorded currently in income. The Group's exposure to market risk is determined by a number of factors, including size, composition and diversification of positions held, market volatility and changes in interest and foreign exchange rates. The overall level of market risk from financial instruments the Group is exposed to is often limited by other financial instruments recorded both on and off balance sheet. Management actively monitors its market risk by reviewing the effectiveness of hedging strategies and setting market risk limits.

        The Group also enters into financing agreements, collateralized primarily by U.S. Government securities, in which it extends short-term credit to counterparties. The value and adequacy of the collateral are continually monitored.

        The Group's business also includes clearing and executing futures contracts and options on futures contracts for the accounts of customers. As such, the Group guarantees to the respective clearinghouse

F-24



its customers' performance under these contracts. The Group provides clearing services of futures and options to introducing brokers. The Group may require introducing brokers to deposit funds or pledge their exchange memberships, thereby reducing risks associated with the clearing of futures and options. Additionally, to reduce its risk, the Group requires customers to meet, at a minimum, the margin requirements established by each of the exchanges at which the contract is traded. This margin is a good faith deposit from the customer, which reduces the risk to the Group of failure on behalf of the customer to fulfill any obligation under the contract. To minimize its exposure to risk of loss due to market variation, the Group adjusts these margin requirements, as needed, due to daily fluctuations in the values of the underlying positions. If necessary, certain positions may be liquidated to satisfy resulting changes in margin requirements.

        The Group is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these guarantees. However, its management believes that the margin deposits held at February 29, 2004 were adequate to minimize the risk of material loss, which could be created by the positions held at that time, and it is unlikely the Group will have to make material payments under these arrangements. The Group has applied the initial recognition and measurement provisions of FIN 45, but has not recorded a liability for these guarantees because the estimated fair value of such guarantees was zero based on the Group's qualitative analysis.

NOTE J—FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires the Group to report the fair value of financial instruments, as defined.

        Assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value include all of the Group's securities, including derivative financial instruments used for trading purposes, which are recorded as Securities owned and Securities sold but not yet purchased.

        Assets and liabilities, recorded at contractual amounts, that approximate market or fair value include cash, cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations, deposits with clearing organizations and others, short-term borrowings and payable to broker-dealers, clearing organizations and customers. The market values of such items are not materially sensitive to shifts in market interest rates because of the limited term to maturity of these instruments and their variable interest rates.

        The Group's long-term borrowings are recorded at historical amounts, which could differ from fair value as a result of changes in market rates.

        The following table provides a summary of the fair value of the Group's long-term borrowings. The fair value of the Group's long-term borrowings was estimated using either quoted market prices or discounted cash flow analyses based on the Group's current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in thousands)

Carrying value of long-term borrowings   $ 383,500   $ 451,500
Fair value of long-term borrowings     399,990     481,202

        The Group carries its secured financing activities, including securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities loaned and other secured borrowings, at their original contract amount plus accrued interest. Because the majority of such financing activities are short-term in nature, carrying value approximates fair value.

F-25


NOTE K—SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENTS TO RESELL AND SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

        Securities purchased under agreements to resell ("resale agreements") and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ("repurchase agreements") are treated as financing transactions and are carried at the amounts at which the securities will be reacquired or resold as specified in the respective agreements plus accrued interest. The carrying amounts approximate their fair values. Where appropriate, resale and repurchase agreements with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 41, Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The Group is required to present the following table when repurchase agreements are 10% or greater of total assets.

 
  February 29, 2004
 
  Demand
  Overnight
  Less than
30 days

  30-90 days
  Greater than
90 days

  Total
 
  (in thousands)

Security Type                                    
US Governments   $ 420,805   $ 10,980,829   $ 4,012,729   $ 2,804,362   $ 1,098,520   $ 19,317,245
US Corporations     101,109                     101,109
Foreign Governments     68,542     178,169     680,594     470,710     339,848     1,737,863
Foreign Corporations     172,879                     172,879
Emerging Market Government     1,031,446     14,268     27,329             1,073,043
Other     1,795,994     1,088,527     6,461     285,928     51,250     3,228,160
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 3,590,775   $ 12,261,793   $ 4,727,113   $ 3,561,000   $ 1,489,618   $ 25,630,299
   
 
 
 
 
 



 
  February 28, 2003
 
  Demand
  Overnight
  Less than
30 days

  30-90 days
  Greater than
90 days

  Total
 
  (in thousands)

Security Type                                    
US Governments   $ 2,060,573   $ 3,042,755   $ 615,409   $ 912,946   $ 2,474,561   $ 9,106,244
US Corporations     17,534                     17,534
Foreign Governments     101,774     1,012,168     809,633     222,370     447,945     2,593,890
Foreign Corporations     39,767     5,707                 45,474
Emerging Market Government     772,677     8,691     26,519             807,887
Other     53,182     154,742     503             208,427
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 3,045,507   $ 4,224,063   $ 1,452,064   $ 1,135,316   $ 2,922,506   $ 12,779,456
   
 
 
 
 
 

        The Group's policy is to take possession of securities purchased under resale agreements, which consist largely of securities issued by the U.S. Government. The Group retains the right to re-pledge collateral received in secured financing transactions. As of February 29, 2004, substantially all of the collateral received had been re-pledged in connection with these financing activities. The market value of the collateral the Group received as of February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003 was $124.4 billion and $71.1 billion, respectively. The Group continually monitors the market value of the underlying collateral received as compared with the related receivable, including accrued interest, and requests additional collateral where deemed appropriate.

F-26



NOTE L—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The Group may loan money to and may borrow money from its affiliates, members, affiliated companies and other related parties. Interest is generally charged at prevailing market rates. The $105.3 million due from Refco Group Holdings, Inc., included in "Receivables from equity members" at February 28, 2003, was received by February 29, 2004.

        As of February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003, the Group had a deposit with BAWAG Overseas, Inc., a third party financial institution who is a member, of $210.2 million and $175.2 million, respectively. These balances were also included in "Receivables from equity members" and liquidated shortly after each year-end.

        Through a joint venture with Putnam Investments, Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. has an indirect ownership interest in Currenex, Inc., which is a technology firm that has created an electronic platform for trading currencies. For the years ended February 29, 2004, February 28, 2003 and February 28, 2002, the Company paid fees of $0.3 million, $0 and $0, respectively, to Currenex in connection with the use of its platform.

NOTE M—SEGMENT REPORTING

        Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is regularly available and evaluated by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

        As part of the transactions described in Note N, the Group distributed all of the equity interests of Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC to Refco Group Holdings, Inc. Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC was previously disclosed within the Asset Management segment. The Group's remaining operations include two operating segments: (1) Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing; and (2) Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets. The Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing business operations consist of execution and clearing services for global exchange-traded derivatives in electronic and open outcry markets. Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets is focused on offering a variety of securities products consisting of fixed income, equities, foreign exchange and prime brokerage. The retained assets from the Asset Management segment, Refco Alternative Investments, have become part of our Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing segment. Segment data has been reclassified to reflect the current segment structure.

        For financial reporting purposes, and to reconcile to the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements, we have established a Corporate & Other non-operating segment. Corporate administration costs are not allocated to the respective segments and are included in Corporate & Other. Eliminations consist of intersegment interest income and interest expense derived in the Group's normal course of business from intercompany funding.

F-27


 
  Derivatives
Brokerage &
Clearing

  Prime
Brokerage/
Capital Markets

  Corporate &
Other

  Eliminations
  Total
 
  (in thousands)

As of and for the year ended
February 29, 2004
                             
  Interest revenue   $ 141,897   $ 1,084,204   $ 20,154   $ (194,560 ) $ 1,051,695
  Total revenues     840,308     1,267,634     20,180     (253,823 )   1,874,299
  Interest expense     62,012     979,704     53,367     (197,409 )   897,674
  Depreciation and amortization     10,284     1,311     14,566         26,161
  Income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     121,546     124,631     (56,715 )       189,462
  Total assets     7,275,399     31,763,273     863,307     (6,569,807 )   33,332,172

As of and for the year ended
February 28, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest revenue   $ 141,934   $ 2,507,557   $ 53,688   $ (315,840 ) $ 2,387,339
  Total revenues     746,026     2,608,850     58,682     (367,459 )   3,046,099
  Interest expense     72,065     2,365,181     62,741     (317,641 )   2,182,346
  Depreciation and amortization     8,010     647     14,842         23,499
  Income before provision for income taxes, dividends on preferred securities issued by subsidiaries, income from equity investees and discontinued operations     76,883     100,562     (22,614 )       154,831
  Total assets     6,054,415     20,505,353     1,195,988     (8,540,327 )   19,215,429

As of and for the year ended
February 28, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest revenue   $ 184,927   $ 2,096,561   $ 46,414   $ (616,793 ) $ 1,711,109
  Total revenues     691,745     2,217,095     51,434     (662,209 )   2,298,065
  Interest expense     127,542     1,977,022     69,588     (617,543 )   1,556,609
  Depreciation and amortization     10,346     755     22,858         33,959
  Income before provision for income taxes, dividends on preferred securities issued by subsidiaries, income from equity investees and discontinued operations     58,320     95,704     (52,516 )       101,508
  Total assets     4,672,561     22,834,637     1,217,479     (6,113,639 )   22,611,038

F-28


Geographic Information

        The Group conducts business in three countries that individually comprise greater than 10% of revenues and long-lived assets within the last three years. The following information provides a reasonable representation of each region's contribution to the consolidated amounts:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  (in thousands)

Total revenues:                  
  United States   $ 1,272,622   $ 2,455,450   $ 1,504,760
  Bermuda     325,791     411,114     639,677
  United Kingdom     177,461     96,524     115,772
  Other     98,425     83,011     37,856
   
 
 
Total   $ 1,874,299   $ 3,046,099   $ 2,298,065
   
 
 

Long-lived assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  United States   $ 35,661   $ 45,102      
  Bermuda     1,900     2,816      
  United Kingdom     2,004     2,051      
  Other     4,786     3,659      
   
 
     
Total   $ 44,351   $ 53,628      
   
 
     

        No single customer accounted for greater than 10% of total revenues in the years ended February 29, 2004, February 28, 2003 and February 28, 2002.

        For segment reporting purposes, long lived assets comprise furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements.

NOTE N—SUBSEQUENT EVENT

        On April 19, 2004, the majority owner executed a letter of intent in which a majority stake of the Group would be acquired.

        The resulting change in control would give effect to default provisions contained within the revolving credit facility and unsecured syndicated senior notes.

        On June 8, 2004, THL Refco Acquisition Partners, an affiliate of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., entered into an equity purchase and merger agreement with the Company and certain other parties, which was amended on July 9, 2004 (the "Purchase Agreement"). The Purchase Agreement provided for a series of transactions that resulted in New Refco Group Ltd., LLC ("New Refco") becoming the Group's parent and THL Refco Acquisition Partners and its affiliates and co-investors owning an approximate 57% interest in New Refco. Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement on August 5, 2004, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries became the obligors for senior credit facilities providing for approximately $800.0 million in term loans, which were fully drawn immediately prior to the closing of the THL Acquisition, and a revolving credit facility for working capital and general corporate purposes of $75.0 million, none of which was drawn at closing. Upon the closing of the transaction, the Company became a co-issuer, together with Refco Finance Inc., of $600.0 million in aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes. Concurrently with the consummation of the transactions, the Group distributed $550.0 million in cash and other capital distributions and all of the equity interests of Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC to Refco Group Holdings, Inc.

        As a result of the above transactions, goodwill of $579.6 million and identifiable intangible assets of $566.3 million is expected to be recorded, subject to the completion of a third party valuation study.

F-29


NOTE O—CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The following information sets forth the Group condensed consolidating financial statements as of February 29, 2004 and February 28, 2003 and for each of the three years in the period ended February 29, 2004.

Condensed consolidating balance sheet

 
  February 29, 2004
 
  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation
Totals

 
  (in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents   $   $ 4,477   $ 311,736   $   $ 316,213
Cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations                              
  Cash and cash equivalents             1,375,838         1,375,838
  Securities purchased under agreements to resell             55,061         55,061
Securities purchased under agreements to resell             26,818,141     (2,035,267 )   24,782,874
Deposits with clearing organizations and others         654     2,807,990     (976,879 )   1,831,765
Receivables from broker-dealers, clearing organizations and customers, net of reserves     314,279     1,266,036     3,332,898     (2,817,018 )   2,096,195
Receivables from equity members             210,223         210,223
Securities owned, at market value or fair value         2,091     2,414,286     (383,842 )   2,032,535
Investment in and advances to subsidiaries     1,131,766     1,160,431         (2,292,197 )  
Assets of discontinued operations             276,012         276,012
Other assets     58,612     430,084     119,548     (252,788 )   355,456
   
 
 
 
 
    Total assets   $ 1,504,657   $ 2,863,773   $ 37,721,733   $ (8,757,991 ) $ 33,332,172
   
 
 
 
 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Short-term borrowings, including current portion of long-term borrowings   $ 68,000   $   $ 20,890   $   $ 88,890
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase             28,075,311     (2,445,012 )   25,630,299
  Payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations         1     610,632     (26,990 )   583,643
  Payable to customers     465,681     1,547,382     6,614,220     (3,573,946 )   5,053,337
  Securities sold, not yet purchased, at market value or fair value         2,091     805,394         807,485
  Liabilities of discontinued operations             44,878         44,878
  Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     23,392     68,182     143,665     (63,588 )   171,651
Long-term borrowings     315,500                 315,500
Subordinated debt     16,000         109,056     (109,056 )   16,000
   
 
 
 
 
    Total liabilities     888,573     1,617,656     36,424,046     (6,218,592 )   32,711,683

Membership interests issued by subsidiary

 

 


 

 


 

 

4,405

 

 


 

 

4,405
Members' equity     616,084     1,246,117     1,293,282     (2,539,399 )   616,084
   
 
 
 
 
    Total liabilities and members' equity   $ 1,504,657   $ 2,863,773   $ 37,721,733   $ (8,757,991 ) $ 33,332,172
   
 
 
 
 

F-30


Condensed consolidating balance sheet

 
  February 28, 2003
 
  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation
Totals

 
  (in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents   $   $ 4,014   $ 222,151   $   $ 226,165
Cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations                              
    Cash and cash equivalents             1,949,846         1,949,846
    Securities purchased under agreements to resell             69,161         69,161
Securities purchased under agreements to resell             15,900,055     (3,736,758 )   12,163,297
Deposits with clearing organizations and others             3,564,498     (1,812,697 )   1,751,801
Receivables from broker-dealers, clearing organizations and customers, net of reserves     450,060     1,511,884     2,353,172     (2,520,985 )   1,794,131
Receivables from equity members         83,941     196,604         280,545
Securities owned, at market value or fair value         291     844,791     (354,662 )   490,420
Investment in and advances to subsidiaries     873,033     893,128         (1,766,161 )  
Assets of discontinued operations             178,603         178,603
Other assets     87,380     396,800     77,392     (250,112 )   311,460
   
 
 
 
 
      Total assets   $ 1,410,473   $ 2,890,058   $ 25,356,273   $ (10,441,375 ) $ 19,215,429
   
 
 
 
 
Liabilities                              
  Short-term borrowings, including current portion of long-term borrowings   $ 228,000   $ 3,373   $ 14,437   $   $ 245,810
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase             17,868,915     (5,089,459 )   12,779,456
  Payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations         1,862     285,609     (30,688 )   256,783
  Payable to customers     30,709     1,675,879     5,636,068     (2,985,601 )   4,357,055
  Securities sold, not yet purchased, at market value or fair value         276     211,929         212,205
  Liabilities of discontinued operations             80,864         80,864
  Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     22,902     61,027     134,932     (61,466 )   157,395
Long-term borrowings     383,500                 383,500
Subordinated debt     179,000         96,523     (259,523 )   16,000
   
 
 
 
 
      Total liabilities     844,111     1,742,417     24,329,277     (8,426,737 )   18,489,068
Preferred securities issued by subsidiary                 160,000     160,000
Members' equity     566,362     1,147,641     1,026,996     (2,174,638 )   566,361
   
 
 
 
 
      Total liabilities and members' equity   $ 1,410,473   $ 2,890,058   $ 25,356,273   $ (10,441,375 ) $ 19,215,429
   
 
 
 
 

F-31


Condensed consolidating statement of income

 
  Year Ended February 29, 2004
 
 
  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation
Totals

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Revenues                                
  Commissions and brokerage   $   $ 5,666   $ 692,411   $ (52,637 ) $ 645,440  
  Interest     15,037     68,075     1,163,143     (194,560 )   1,051,695  
  Principal transactions, net         26,966     138,970         165,936  
  Asset management and advisory fees             7,527     (272 )   7,255  
  Other         4,066     6,261     (6,354 )   3,973  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total revenues     15,037     104,773     2,008,312     (253,823 )   1,874,299  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses                                
  Commissions and order execution costs         13,039     439,833     (40,978 )   411,894  
  Interest     40,404     78,831     975,848     (197,409 )   897,674  
  Employee compensation and benefits     4,636     13,869     186,349         204,854  
  General, administrative and other     18,856     14,175     152,819     (15,435 )   170,415  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total expenses     63,896     119,914     1,754,849     (253,822 )   1,684,837  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in net income of subsidiaries     236,015     241,200         (477,215 )    
    Income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     187,156     226,059     253,463     (477,216 )   189,462  
Provision for income taxes             11,687         11,687  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Income before income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     187,156     226,059     241,776     (477,216 )   177,775  
Income from equity investees         10,609     935         11,544  
Members' interest in earnings of subsidiary             1,273         1,273  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Income from continuing operations     187,156     236,668     241,438     (477,216 )   188,046  
Discontinued operations:                                
    Loss from discontinued operations             (401 )       (401 )
    Applicable income tax expense             489         489  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Net income   $ 187,156   $ 236,668   $ 240,548   $ (477,216 ) $ 187,156  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-32


Condensed consolidating statement of income

 
  Year Ended February 28, 2003
 
  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation
Totals

 
  (in thousands)

Revenues                              
  Commissions and brokerage   $   $ 6,278   $ 598,999   $ (33,757 ) $ 571,520
  Interest     34,908     100,795     2,567,476     (315,840 )   2,387,339
  Principal transactions, net         6,275     76,279         82,554
  Asset management and advisory fees             5,833     (5,710 )   123
  Other     5,007     4,087     56,423     (60,954 )   4,563
   
 
 
 
 
    Total revenues     39,915     117,435     3,305,010     (416,261 )   3,046,099
   
 
 
 
 
Expenses                              
  Commissions and order execution costs         4,991     413,432     (33,048 )   385,375
  Interest     46,667     95,267     2,358,053     (317,641 )   2,182,346
  Employee compensation and benefits     6,479     12,085     162,398         180,962
  General, administrative and other     60,850     3,687     143,619     (65,571 )   142,585
   
 
 
 
 
    Total expenses     113,996     116,030     3,077,502     (416,260 )   2,891,268
   
 
 
 
 
Equity in net income of subsidiaries     214,200     182,183         (396,383 )  
    Income before provision for income taxes, dividends on preferred securities issued by subsidiaries, income from equity investees and discontinued operations     140,119     183,588     227,508     (396,384 )   154,831
Provision for income taxes             1,223         1,223
   
 
 
 
 
    Income before dividends on preferred securities issued by subsidiaries, income from equity investees and discontinued operations     140,119     183,588     226,285     (396,384 )   153,608
Dividends on preferred securities issued by subsidiary         15,576             15,576
Income from equity investees         1,673             1,673
   
 
 
 
 
    Income from continuing operations     140,119     169,685     226,285     (396,384 )   139,705
Discontinued operations:                              
    Income from discontinued operations             1,151         1,151
    Applicable income tax expense             737         737
   
 
 
 
 
      Net income   $ 140,119   $ 169,685   $ 226,699   $ (396,384 ) $ 140,119
   
 
 
 
 

F-33


Condensed consolidating statement of income

 
  Year Ended February 28, 2002
 
  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation
Totals

 
  (in thousands)

Revenues                              
  Commissions and brokerage   $   $ 30,505   $ 469,464   $ (22,163 ) $ 477,806
  Interest     22,836     186,772     2,118,294     (616,793 )   1,711,109
  Principal transactions, net         3,253     96,040         99,293
  Asset management and advisory fees         11     11,864     (5,442 )   6,433
  Other     4,941     3,368     12,926     (17,811 )   3,424
   
 
 
 
 
      Total revenues     27,777     223,909     2,708,588     (662,209 )   2,298,065
   
 
 
 
 
Expenses                              
  Commissions and order execution costs         10,423     335,348     (22,163 )   323,608
  Interest     46,226     179,271     1,948,655     (617,543 )   1,556,609
  Employee compensation and benefits     6,711     24,150     136,512         167,373
  General, administrative and other     18,338     9,451     143,681     (22,503 )   148,967
   
 
 
 
 
      Total expenses     71,275     223,295     2,564,196     (662,209 )   2,196,557
   
 
 
 
 
Equity in net income of subsidiaries     137,132     149,915         (287,047 )  
      Income before provision for income taxes, dividends on preferred securities issued by subsidiaries, income from equity investees and discontinued operations     93,634     150,529     144,392     (287,047 )   101,508
Provision for income taxes             5,409         5,409
   
 
 
 
 
      Income before dividends on preferred securities issued by subsidiaries, income from equity investees and discontinued operations     93,634     150,529     138,983     (287,047 )   96,099
Dividends on preferred securities issued by subsidiary         15,576             15,576
Income from equity investees         708             708
   
 
 
 
 
      Income from continuing operations     93,634     135,661     138,983     (287,047 )   81,231
Discontinued operations:                              
  Income from discontinued operations             13,945         13,945
  Applicable income tax expense             1,542         1,542
   
 
 
 
 
    Net income   $ 93,634   $ 135,661   $ 151,386   $ (287,047 ) $ 93,634
   
 
 
 
 

F-34


Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows

 
  Year Ended February 29, 2004
 
 
  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation
Totals

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Net cash generated from operating activities   $ 387,774   $ 23,682   $ 316,449   $   $ 727,905  
Cash flows from investing activities                                
  Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired         (23,219 )   (95,711 )       (118,930 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net cash used in investing activities         (23,219 )   (95,711 )       (118,930 )

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Repayment of long term borrowings     (68,000 )               (68,000 )
  Payment for redemption of preferred securities issued by subsidiaries     (199,774 )               (199,774 )
  Net contributions to membership interest issued by subsidiary             3,132         3,132  
  Capital withdrawals     (120,000 )               (120,000 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Net cash used in financing activities     (387,774 )       3,132         (384,642 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Net cash used in discontinued operations             (134,285 )       (134,285 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Net increase in cash and cash equivalents         463     89,585         90,048  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year         4,014     222,151         226,165  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $   $ 4,477   $ 311,736   $   $ 316,213  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Year Ended February 28, 2003
 
 
  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation
Totals

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Net cash (used in) generated from operating activities   $ (54,500 ) $ 1,658   $ 133,452   $   $ 80,610  
Cash flows from investing activities                                
  Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired             (3,473 )       (3,473 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net cash used in investing activities             (3,473 )       (3,473 )

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Issuance of long term debt     222,500                 222,500  
  Repayment of long term borrowings     (68,000 )               (68,000 )
  Capital withdrawals     (100,000 )               (100,000 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Net cash generated from financing activities     54,500                 54,500  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Net cash used in discontinued operations             (50,150 )       (50,150 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Net increase in cash and cash equivalents         1,658     79,829         81,487  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year         2,356     142,322         144,678  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $   $ 4,014   $ 222,151   $   $ 226,165  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-35


Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows

 
  Year Ended February 28, 2002
 
 
  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation
Totals

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Net cash generated from (used in) operating activities   $ 133,000   $ (69 ) $ (78,577 ) $   $ 54,354  

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Repayment of subordinated debt     (25,000 )               (25,000 )
  Issuance of long term debt                      
  Repayment of long term borrowings     (33,000 )               (33,000 )
  Capital withdrawals     (75,000 )               (75,000 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Net cash used in financing activities     (133,000 )               (133,000 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Net cash provided by discontinued operations             15,919         15,919  
      Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents         (69 )   (62,658 )       (62,727 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year         2,425     204,980         207,405  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $   $ 2,356   $ 142,322   $   $ 144,678  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-36


[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

(Interim Financial Statements begin on the following page)

F-37



REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  Successor
  Predecessor
 
  November 30, 2004
  February 29, 2004
 
  (unaudited)

   
 
 
(in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents   $ 278,754   $ 316,213
Cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations:            
  Cash and cash equivalents     946,515     1,375,838
  Securities purchased under agreements to resell     19,771     55,061
Securities purchased under agreements to resell     32,968,876     24,782,874
Deposits with clearing organizations and others     698,435     1,831,765
Receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations     1,985,670     504,810
Receivables from customers, net of $75,567 and $65,200 in reserves, respectively     1,767,347     1,591,385
Receivables from equity members         210,223
Securities owned, at market or fair value     6,476,821     2,032,535
Memberships in exchanges (market value: November 30, 2004: $58,671, February 29, 2004: $41,377)     36,521     15,869
Assets of discontinued operations (Note C)         276,012
Other assets     1,556,645     339,587
   
 
    Total assets   $ 46,735,355   $ 33,332,172
   
 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Short-term borrowings, including current portion of long-term borrowings   $ 8,000   $ 88,890
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     32,015,382     25,630,299
  Payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations     1,478,510     583,643
  Payable to customers     6,865,766     5,053,337
  Securities sold, not yet purchased, at market or fair value     4,554,005     807,485
  Liabilities of discontinued operations (Note C)         44,878
  Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     289,828     171,651
Long-term borrowings     1,390,000     315,500
Subordinated debt         16,000
   
 
    Total liabilities     46,601,491     32,711,683
Commitments and contingent liabilities            
Membership interests issued by subsidiary     7,122     4,405
Members' equity     126,742     616,084
   
 
    Total liabilities and members' equity   $ 46,735,355   $ 33,332,172
   
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-38



REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Successor
  Predecessor
 
 
  Three Months
Ended
November 30, 2004

  Three Months Ended
November 30, 2003

 
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 
Revenues              
  Commissions and brokerage   $ 212,633   $ 155,371  
  Interest     790,659     243,550  
  Principal transactions, net     61,340     46,454  
  Asset management and advisory fees     5,021     834  
  Other     1,748     1,599  
   
 
 
    Total revenues     1,071,401     447,808  
   
 
 
Expenses              
  Commissions and order execution costs     159,120     96,266  
  Interest     766,735     205,141  
  Employee compensation and benefits     67,735     49,012  
  General, administrative and other     56,531     50,650  
   
 
 
    Total expenses     1,050,121     401,069  
   
 
 
    Income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     21,280     46,739  
Provision for income taxes     3,332     2,265  
   
 
 
  Income before income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     17,948     44,474  
Income from equity investees     18,727     3,533  
Members' interest in earnings of subsidiary     555     191  
   
 
 
  Income from continuing operations     36,120     47,816  
Discontinued operations (Note C):              
  Loss from discontinued operations         (623 )
  Applicable income tax expense         (61 )
   
 
 
      Net income   $ 36,120   $ 47,254  
   
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-39



REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Successor
  Predecessor
 
 
  Period from
August 6, 2004
through
November 30, 2004

  Period from
March 1, 2004
through
August 5, 2004

  Nine Months
Ended
November 30, 2003

 
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 
Revenues                    
  Commissions and brokerage   $ 262,354   $ 362,020   $ 473,530  
  Interest     985,361     768,713     726,547  
  Principal transactions, net     82,917     119,235     113,676  
  Asset management and advisory fees     5,817     3,676     5,500  
  Other     2,112     2,469     4,308  
   
 
 
 
    Total revenues     1,338,561     1,256,113     1,323,561  
   
 
 
 
Expenses                    
  Commissions and order execution costs     194,137     244,009     298,008  
  Interest     953,460     706,640     614,884  
  Employee compensation and benefits     85,641     108,528     145,329  
  General, administrative and other     75,988     97,576     126,483  
   
 
 
 
    Total expenses     1,309,226     1,156,753     1,184,704  
   
 
 
 
    Income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     29,335     99,360     138,857  
Provision for income taxes     4,149     7,994     5,340  
   
 
 
 
  Income before income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     25,186     91,366     133,517  
Income from equity investees     18,560     8,345     7,641  
Members' interest in earnings of subsidiary     1,162     5,771     311  
   
 
 
 
  Income from continuing operations     42,584     93,940     140,847  
Discontinued operations (Note C):                    
  Income (loss) from discontinued operations         7,383     (488 )
  Applicable income tax expense         3,344     (25 )
   
 
 
 
      Net income   $ 42,584   $ 97,979   $ 140,384  
   
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-40



REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' EQUITY

 
  Members' equity
 
 
  Common
capital

  Other
Comprehensive
Income

  Total
 
 
  (unaudited)

 
 
 
(in thousands)

 
Balance, February 28, 2003 (predecessor)   $ 568,016   $ (1,655 ) $ 566,361  
Loss on early extinguishment of preferred securities
issued by subsidiaries
    (39,774 )       (39,774 )
Net income     140,384         140,384  
Currency translation adjustment         12,844     12,844  
   
 
 
 
Balance, November 30, 2003 (predecessor)   $ 668,626   $ 11,189   $ 679,815  
   
 
 
 

Balance, February 29, 2004 (predecessor)

 

$

595,398

 

$

20,686

 

$

616,084

 
Net income     97,979         97,979  
Currency translation adjustment         (4,900 )   (4,900 )
   
 
 
 
Balance, August 5, 2004 (predecessor)     693,377     15,786     709,163  

Distribution of Asset Management business

 

 

(230,913

)

 

(6,922

)

 

(237,835

)
Distribution of cash     (550,000 )       (550,000 )
   
 
 
 
Balance, August 5, 2004 (predecessor, adjusted)     (87,536 )   8,864     (78,672 )
Resetting of equity accounts due to the Transactions     87,536     (8,864 )   78,672  
   
 
 
 
Balance, August 5, 2004 (successor)              

Push down of capital contribution to fund portion of purchase price

 

 

511,494

 

 


 

 

511,494

 
Carry over of predecessor basis     (33,661 )       (33,661 )
Deemed dividend     (403,612 )       (403,612 )
   
 
 
 
Balance, August 6, 2004 as adjusted to give
effect to the Transactions (successor)
    74,221         74,221  
Net income     42,584         42,584  
Issuance of New Refco's Class B Units     576         576  
Currency translation adjustment         9,361     9,361  
   
 
 
 
Balance, November 30, 2004 (successor)   $ 117,381   $ 9,361   $ 126,742  
   
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-41



REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Successor
  Predecessor
 
 
  Period from
August 6, 2004
through
November 30, 2004

  Period from
March 1, 2004
through
August 5, 2004

  Nine Months
Ended
November 30, 2003

 
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 
Cash flows from operating activities                    
  Net income   $ 42,584   $ 97,979   $ 140,384  
    Income (loss) from discontinued operations (Note C)         4,039     (463 )
   
 
 
 
  Net income from continuing operations     42,584     93,940     140,847  
  Noncash items included in net income                    
    Depreciation and amortization     11,946     11,993     20,861  
    Stock compensation expense     576          
  Members' interest in earnings of subsidiary     1,162     5,771     311  
  (Increase) decrease in operating assets                    
    Cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations:                    
      Cash and cash equivalents     (126,558 )   555,880     1,194,731  
      Securities purchased under agreements to resell     33,392     1,898     15,158  
    Securities purchased under agreements to resell     3,745,747     (11,931,749 )   (15,082,279 )
    Deposits with clearing organizations and others     659,857     473,473     1,408,866  
    Receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations     (771,084 )   (709,776 )   (608,140 )
    Receivables from customers     819,357     (995,096 )   (489,017 )
    Receivables from equity members           210,000     174,499  
    Securities owned, at market or fair value     (3,710,753 )   (733,533 )   (2,819,020 )
    Memberships in exchanges     (305 )   (2,010 )   (492 )
    Other assets     25,837     (93,670 )   (135,678 )
  Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities                    
    Short-term borrowings, including current portion of long-term borrowings         (20,890 )   (31,815 )
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     (4,738,791 )   11,123,874     13,505,547  
    Payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations     (12,574 )   907,441     279,106  
    Payable to customers     1,613,896     198,533     (157,443 )
    Securities sold, not yet purchased, at market or fair value     2,333,845     1,412,675     2,666,162  
    Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     79,821     20,108     98,796  
   
 
 
 
        Net cash provided by operating activities     7,955     528,862     181,000  
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities                    
  Distribution of cash in Asset Management business         (24,457 )    
  Payment of acquisition fees     (46,989 )   (3,536 )    
  Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired     (17,225 )       (52,043 )
   
 
 
 
        Net cash used in investing activities     (64,214 )   (27,993 )   (52,043 )
   
 
 
 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Proceeds from new borrowings     1,400,000          
  Repayment of long-term borrowings     (387,436 )   (37,000 )   (37,000 )
  Payment to former shareholders     (19,815 )        
  Payment to former shareholder for sale of interest in predecessor     (861,749 )        
  Payment of deferred financing costs     (43,648 )        
  Payment for redemption of preferred securities issued by subsidiaries             (199,774 )
  Distribution of cash         (550,000 )    
  Net contributions (withdrawals) of interests by members of subsidiary     2,675     (6,891 )   356  
   
 
 
 
        Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     90,027     (593,891 )   (236,418 )
   
 
 
 
        Net cash provided by discontinued operations (Note C)         21,795     73,318  
   
 
 
 
        Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     33,768     (71,227 )   (34,143 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     244,986     316,213     226,165  
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 278,754   $ 244,986   $ 192,022  
   
 
 
 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Noncash investing and financing activities                    
  Pushdown of partial step-up of assets and liabilities in Transactions     567,719          
  Distribution of Asset Management business, net of cash     213,378          

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-42



REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE A—ORGANIZATION

        Refco Group Ltd., LLC (the "Company") is a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Group"). The Group is a diversified financial services organization and is among the leading firms in its futures and options brokerage operations. In addition to its futures and options activities, the Group provides fund management and administrative services and is also a substantial broker of cash market products, including government securities, foreign exchange and foreign exchange options, international equities and emerging markets debt. The Group's worldwide headquarters in New York are complemented by a network of U.S. and international offices.

        The Group's principal operating subsidiaries comprise Refco Securities, LLC, a registered broker-dealer, Refco, LLC, a registered Futures Commission Merchant and Refco Capital Markets, Ltd., an offshore and securities foreign exchange broker.

        Prior to the closing date of the Transactions on August 5, 2004, the Group was 90% owned by Refco Group Holdings, Inc. ("RGHI"), a Delaware corporation. The remaining 10% was owned by BAWAG Overseas, Inc., a third party financial institution.

The Transactions

        On June 8, 2004, THL Refco Acquisition Partners entered into an equity purchase and merger agreement with the Company, RGHI and certain other parties, which was amended on July 9, 2004 (the "Purchase Agreement"). The Purchase Agreement provided for a series of transactions that resulted in New Refco Group Ltd., LLC ("New Refco") becoming the Group's parent and THL Refco Acquisition Partners and its affiliates and co-investors acquiring a 56.7% interest in New Refco, based on a valuation of New Refco of $2.3 billion, following the closing of the Transactions on August 5, 2004. THL Refco Acquisition Partners and its affiliates are affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. is a leading private equity firm focused on identifying and acquiring substantial ownership stakes in mid-to large-cap growth companies.

        Concurrently with the consummation of the Transactions, the Group distributed $550.0 million in cash and other capital distributions and all the equity interests of Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC, which upon consummation of the Transactions owned substantially all the assets of the Company's Asset Management business (the "Asset Management Distribution"), to RGHI, an entity wholly owned by Phillip Bennett upon consummation of the Transactions. This distribution did not include the retained assets from the Group's Asset Management Business, Refco Alternative Investments, which have been retained and became part of the Group's Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing business.

The financing for the Transactions, including the refinancing of the outstanding debt, was provided by:

F-43


        As a result, THL Refco Acquisition Partners and its affiliates and co-investors acquired 56.7% of New Refco, Phillip Bennett received 42.8% of ownership and management purchased an ownership of 0.5%. Furthermore, THL Refco Acquisition Partners and its affiliates and co-investors and RGHI contributed their interests in the Company to New Refco (the "New Refco Contribution"); and Refco Finance Holdings LLC merged with and into the Company with the Company continuing as the surviving entity.

        The acquisition by THL Refco Acquisition Partners and its affiliates and co-investors of a portion of RGHI's interest in the Company and RGHI's contribution of its interest in the Company to New Refco are each accounted for as a purchase in conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 141, Business Combinations, in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") No. 88-16, Basis in Leveraged Buyout Transactions, with intangible assets recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. This guidance requires the continuing residual interest retained by the continuing management investors, as a result of the Transactions, be reflected at its predecessor basis. In accordance with EITF Issue No. 90-12, Allocating Basis to Individual Assets and Liabilities for Transactions within the Scope of Issue No. 88-16, a step-up of assets and liabilities to fair value was recorded in purchase accounting for the remaining interest in the Company acquired by THL Refco Acquisition Partners and its affiliates and co-investors. The amount of the distribution to the selling shareholders in excess of the predecessor basis was reflected as a deemed dividend of $403.6 million in equity in the opening consolidated balance sheet.

        The purchase price including transaction costs was approximately $2.3 billion. The sources and uses of funds in connection with the acquisition are summarized below (in thousands):

Sources:      
Proceeds from Secured Term Loan   $ 800,000
Proceeds from Senior Subordinated Notes     600,000
Proceeds from equity investors     511,494
Available cash     172
Fair value of existing equity investment     382,507
   
  Total sources   $ 2,294,173
   
Uses:      
Purchase of member units directly by equity investors   $ 511,494
Purchase of member units from debt proceeds     861,748
Repayment of old debt and penalties     387,436
Transaction and debt financing fees     94,173
Payments to former shareholders     19,815
Other     37,000
Fair value of existing equity investment     382,507
   
  Total uses   $ 2,294,173
   

F-44


        The Company has prepared an allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values as determined by an independent third party valuation firm as of the date of the acquisition. The allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of the net assets acquired is summarized below (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor
Basis

  Fair
Value

  Deemed
Dividend

  Push-down of
existing
carry-over basis

  Successor
Basis

 
Cash and cash equivalents, securities purchased and deposits   $ 39,191,022   $ 39,191,022   $   $   $   $ 39,191,022  
Receivables, securities owned and other assets     6,810,999     6,810,999                 6,810,999  
Memberships in exchanges, at fair value     17,879     49,997     (13,781 )           36,216 (a)
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total assets acquired     46,019,900     46,052,018     (13,781 )           46,038,237  
Short-term borrowings, securities sold and payables     45,717,287     45,717,287                 45,717,287  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     199,945     222,654                 222,654  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total liabilities assumed     45,917,232     45,939,941                 45,939,941  
Net tangible assets     102,668     112,077     (13,781 )           98,296  
Intangible assets     24,556     986,800     (412,862 )           573,938 (a)
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net assets acquired     127,224     1,098,877     (426,643 )           672,234  
Purchase price, including carryover basis by Phillip Bennett           2,248,691     (403,612 )   (382,507 )   (33,661 )   1,428,911  
         
 
 
 
 
 
Excess purchase price           1,149,814     23,031     (382,507 )   (33,661 )   756,677  
         
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill           1,109,702     23,031     (382,507 )   (33,661 )   716,565  
Deferred financing costs, net           40,112                 40,112  
         
 
 
 
 
 
          $ 1,149,814   $ 23,031   $ (382,507 ) $ (33,661 ) $ 756,677  
         
 
 
 
 
 

(a)
As mandated by EITF No. 88-16, successor basis reflects a partial stepped-up value calculated as 42.8% of predecessor basis plus 57.2% of fair value.

        Purchase price includes payments made to or for the account of existing equity holders, including $24.9 million relating to pre-payment penalties on the Company's existing debt, and $19.8 million relating to obligations triggered by the Company's change of control.

        Goodwill of $716.6 million was assigned to the Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing segment and the Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets segment in the amounts of $286.6 million and $430.0 million, respectively. Final allocation of goodwill to the Group's segments is still in the process of being finalized.

        Of the $573.9 million intangible assets recognized on the Transaction, $232.2 million assigned to trade names is not subject to amortization. The remaining $341.7 million intangible assets recognized have a weighted-average economic useful life of approximately 13 years, which is comprised of customer relationship of $340.7 million with a 13 years estimated useful life and technology intangible of $1.0 million with a three-year estimated useful life.

F-45



        The following unaudited pro forma consolidated summary of operations presents information of the Company as if the Transactions had occurred on March 1, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 
   
  Nine Months Ended November 30,
 
  Three Months Ended
November 30, 2003

 
  2004
  2003
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

Total revenue   $ 447,808   $ 2,594,674   $ 1,323,561
Net income   $ 29,945   $ 105,478   $ 87,734

        These pro forma results are for illustrative purposes. They do not purport to be indicative of the results of operations that actually would have resulted had the Transactions occurred as of March 1, 2003 or 2004, or the future results of operations of the Company.

        For purposes of identification and description, Refco Group Ltd., LLC and its subsidiaries are referred to as the "Predecessor" for the period prior to the Transactions, the "Successor" for the period subsequent to the Transactions and the "Group" for both periods.

        The Company plans to issue 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the "Exchange Notes") in exchange for all New Notes and has filed a Form S-4 exchange offer registration statement whereby holders of the New Notes will receive Exchange Notes that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, having terms substantially identical in all material aspects to the New Notes.

NOTE B—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of preparation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and each of its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned, except for Refco Securities, LLC, which issues non-voting membership interests in the normal course of business. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

        20% to 50% owned companies are carried on the equity method and included in "Other Assets."

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        These unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim period presented. These adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature. Interim period operating results may not be indicative of the operating results for a full year. These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Group's fiscal year-end consolidated financial statements.

Stock-based compensation

        The Group measures compensation expense for its employee stock-based compensation plans using the fair value method prescribed by SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.

F-46



        In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 123 (revised), Share-Based Payment ("SFAS 123R"). SFAS 123R requires an entity to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award with the cost to be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. The Company is required to adopt the provisions of SFAS 123R as of the beginning of the first interim period that begins after June 15, 2005, although earlier adoption is permitted. The Company is in the process of determining the impact, if any, of SFAS 123R on its consolidated financial statements.

NOTE C—DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

        On August 5, 2004, the Company distributed all the equity interests of Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC, which owned substantially all the assets of the Company's Asset Management business, to Refco Group Holdings, Inc., an entity wholly owned by Phillip Bennett upon consummation of the Transactions.

        Financial information related to Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC is reported separately in our income statement as discontinued operations. Prior period information has been adjusted on the same basis to reflect this presentation.

        Operating results for Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC included in the discontinued operations are presented in the following table.

 
  Three Months
Ended November 30,
2003

  Period from
March 1, 2004 through
August 5, 2004

  Nine Months
Ended November 30,
2003

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Revenue   $ 16,449   $ 47,660   $ 45,576  
Expenses     17,072     40,277     46,064  
Income before income taxes     (623 )   7,383     (488 )
Income tax expenses     (61 )   3,344     (25 )
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ (562 ) $ 4,039   $ (463 )
   
 
 
 

        The following table presents the carrying amounts of major classes of assets and liabilities of Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC as of February 29, 2004. These assets and liabilities are included under the captions "Assets of discontinued operations" and "Liabilities of discontinued operations" on our February 29, 2004 consolidated balance sheet.

 
  February 29, 2004
 
  (in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents   $ 22,030
Receivable from customers     25,582
Other assets     228,400
   
Total assets   $ 276,012
   
Payable to customers   $ 42,380
Other liabilities(a)     2,498
   
Total liabilities   $ 44,878
   

(a)
includes accounts payable and accrued expenses

F-47


NOTE D—NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENT

        The Group's subsidiary Refco Securities, LLC is subject to the uniform net capital requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") under Rule 15c3-1 (the "Rule"), which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital. Refco Securities, LLC computes its net capital requirements under the alternative method provided for in the Rule, which requires that Refco Securities, LLC maintain net capital equal to the greater of $250,000 or 2% of aggregate customer related debit items, as defined in SEC Rule 15c3-3. The net capital rule also provides that equity capital may not be withdrawn or cash dividends paid if resulting net capital would be less than 5% of aggregate debits. As of November 30, 2004, Refco Securities, LLC had net capital of $75.5 million, which was 27.2% of aggregate debit balances and $69.9 million in excess of required net capital.

        The Group's subsidiary Refco, LLC is subject to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission's ("CFTC") minimum financial requirements, which require that the subsidiary maintain net capital, as defined. The requirement is equal to the greater of 4% of customer funds required to be segregated/secured pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act less the market value of certain commodity options, all as defined, or the sum of 8% of the customer risk maintenance margin requirement plus 4% of the non-customer risk maintenance margin requirement. The net capital rule also provides that Refco, LLC must maintain adjusted net capital in excess of an early warning level equal to 110% of its net capital requirement. Additionally, the subsidiary is subject to certain restrictions in reductions in capital, as defined. As of November 30, 2004, Refco, LLC had net capital of $301.7 million, which was $139.6 million in excess of required net capital.

NOTE E—PRINCIPAL TRANSACTIONS, NET

        The Group, as a broker of derivative products, enters into contractual commitments, as a principal, involving forward settlement. The Group generally enters into offsetting contracts to achieve economic hedges, which result in a profit spread for the Group. Both the contractual commitment and the offsetting contract are recorded at fair value. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses are recognized and recorded in the consolidated statements of income under "Principals transactions, net" as follows:

 
  Three Months Ended
November 30, 2004

  Three Months Ended
November 30, 2003

 
  Net
  Net
 
  Realized
Gains
(Losses)

  Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)

  Total Gains
(Losses)

  Realized
Gains
(Losses)

  Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)

  Total Gains
(Losses)

 
  (in thousands)

Foreign currency forwards   $ 20,841   $ (7,646 ) $ 13,195   $ 806   $ 11,614   $ 12,420
Futures     18,013     (17,053 )   960     21,949     (6,390 )   15,559
Options     7,050     (548 )   6,502     (105,332 )   110,540     5,208
Treasury notes     28,876     6,684     35,560     14,310     (8,411 )   5,899
Bonds     (357 )   823     466     2,505     (1,991 )   514
Other     4,221     436     4,657     7,571     (717 )   6,854
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 78,644   $ (17,304 ) $ 61,340   $ (58,191 ) $ 104,645   $ 46,454
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-48


 
  Period from August 6, 2004
through November 30, 2004

  Period from March 1, 2004
through August 5, 2004

  Nine Months Ended
November 30, 2003

 
 
  Net
  Net
  Net
 
 
  Realized
Gains
(Losses)

  Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)

  Total Gains
(Losses)

  Realized
Gains
(Losses)

  Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)

  Total Gains
(Losses)

  Realized
Gains
(Losses)

  Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)

  Total Gains
(Losses)

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Foreign currency forwards   $ 24,000   $ (12,442 ) $ 11,558   $ 15,243   $ 9,034   $ 24,277   $ 35,180   $ 16,949   $ 52,129  
Futures     35,173     (14,014 )   21,159     17,235     26,236     43,471     52,835     (24,836 )   27,999  
Options     12,069     (245 )   11,824     8,621     7,375     15,996     (111,317 )   115,873     4,556  
Treasury notes     29,878     5,893     35,771     43,530     (7,278 )   36,252     32,046     (40 )   32,006  
Bonds     155     162     317     4,564     (3,181 )   1,383     (9,713 )   (461 )   (10,174 )
Other     2,021     267     2,288     (1,558 )   (586 )   (2,144 )   6,263     897     7,160  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 103,296   $ (20,379 ) $ 82,917   $ 87,635   $ 31,600   $ 119,235   $ 5,294   $ 108,382   $ 113,676  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

        The following table shows the gross notional or contractual amounts of derivatives held by the Group.

 
  As of November 30, 2004
  As of February 29, 2004
 
 
  Notional
  Fair Value
  Notional
  Fair Value
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Forward currency contracts   $ 78,868,136   $ (5,675 ) $ 41,586,917   $ (715 )
Swap contracts     1,904,400     323     2,927,400     1,304  
Option contracts sold or written     95,930,372     (584,327 )   10,383,291     (272,078 )
Option contracts purchased     92,365,554     597,482     10,723,550     272,528  
Exchange-traded futures     9,313,127     (1,698 )   3,735,774     (1,585 )
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 278,381,589   $ 6,105   $ 69,356,932   $ (546 )
   
 
 
 
 

NOTE F—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments

        The Group occupies offices in various locations under operating leases expiring through 2014. Future minimum rental payments required under significant leases for premises, excluding any escalation adjustments, are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal period

   
Three months ended 2005   $ 3,811
2006     13,669
2007     11,558
2008     9,404
2009     6,383
Thereafter     25,038
   
    $ 69,863
   

        The Group's rent expense for the three months ended November 30, 2004 and 2003 was $3.7 million and $3.6 million, respectively. The Group's rent expense for the period from August 6,

F-49



2004 through November 30, 2004, the period from March 1, 2004 through August 5, 2004 and the nine months ended November 30, 2003 was $4.7 million, $5.9 million and $10.1 million, respectively.

Contingencies

        In the ordinary course of business, the Group has been named as a party to both litigation and administrative proceedings, certain of which are described below.

        On March 1, 2005, Trading Technologies International, Inc. filed an action against Refco Group Ltd., LLC, Refco, LLC and Refco EasySolutions, LLC (collectively, the "Refco parties") in the U.S. District Court for the Norther District of Illinois, Eastern Division, alleging that the Refco parties infringed upon certain patents owned by Trading Technologies relating to electronic trading software. In its complaint, Trading Technologies demanded a preliminary and permanent injunction against the Refco parties, as well as unspecified damages and costs. The Group is currently analyzing the merits of the claim and intends to file an answer to the complaint by mid-April 2005.

        Certain of the Group's subsidiaries have been named in a legal proceeding in which the plaintiffs, two hedge funds and their investment managers alleged that the subsidiaries breached a customer agreement governing the plaintiffs' margin account when they required the plaintiffs to increase the value of collateral securing a margin loan from 60% to 100% in September 1998.

        On September 15, 2003, the Supreme Court of the State of New York granted the Group's motion for summary judgment on six of the seven claims and dismissed those claims with prejudice. By Order dated March 16, 2004, the appellate court (Appellate Division, First Department) affirmed the trial court's decision. On May 11, 2004, the trial court granted the Group's motion to bifurcate the trial of liability from any trial on damages. The remaining claim of liability was tried before a jury in June 2004.

        On June 17, 2004, the jury returned a verdict in favor of the plaintiff's claim as to the Group's liability. The Group moved the trial court (a) for judgment in favor of the Group as a matter of law, (b) to set aside the verdict and (c)(i) to direct entry of judgment for the Group as a matter of law, or (ii) in the alternative, to order a new trial on plaintiffs' second cause of action. By memorandum decision and order dated March 3, 2005, the trial court granted the Group's post-trial motion to set aside the jury verdict as against the weight of the evidence and ordered a new trial.

        After consultation with legal counsel, management believes that it is not probable that a material loss will result from the final verdict. The Group raised its margin requirements to 100% and/or terminated plaintiffs' financing on specific bonds and issued resulting margin calls to plaintiffs, who defaulted. The Appellate Division, First Department previously ruled that the Group had the contractual right to terminate margin loans to plaintiffs and thus did not breach any express provision of the customer agreements. The Group believes the sole issue remaining for the jury to determine was whether the Group breached the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing when it exercised its contractual rights. The Group does not believe it breached the implied covenant when it exercised its contractual rights. Upon retrial, the Group believes the plaintiff will not be able to sustain its burden. Accordingly, the Group has not recorded an accrual for any losses that might arise from the final verdict.

        In 2001, the Division of Enforcement of the SEC commenced an informal investigation into short sales of the stock of Sedona Corporation ("Sedona"). The SEC requested that the Group produce

F-50



documents relating to any of its accounts that traded in the stock of Sedona. In June 2001, the SEC issued a formal order of investigation into short sales of Sedona stock. In 2002 and 2003, the Group received subpoenas from the SEC and a request for a written statement. Generally, the subpoenas and the request required the production of documents, tapes and information regarding two of the Group's former brokers who handled the account of Amro International, S.A. ("Amro"), one of the Group's former customers which engaged in short sales of Sedona stock, the Group's relationship with Amro and its two principals; other securities traded by Amro; and the Group's record keeping, supervisory and short sale policies and restrictions. In October 2003, the Group received a subpoena from the United States Attorney's Office for the Southern District of New York, which called for the production of documents that had been provided to the SEC. In addition to producing documents in response to the foregoing subpoenas, the Group has made their employees available to testify before the SEC and to be interviewed by the United States Attorneys' office. The Group has been advised that it is not currently the subject of the United States Attorney's investigation. At the present time, it is not possible to predict the outcome of the foregoing investigation with certainty.

        In the opinion of management and where appropriate, in consultation with outside counsel, the resolution of these and other matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Group.

NOTE G—RESTRICTED UNITS

        On August 5, 2004, New Refco Group Ltd., LLC, the Company's parent, authorized 7.0 million Class B Units and issued 4.4 million Class B Units, valued at $0.83 per unit, to the Company's employees pursuant to restricted unit agreements. The Class B Units are non-voting and have different rights as to certain distributions than the Class A Units. One half of the Class B Units (the "Non Performance-Based Units") will vest 25% on each of February 28, 2005, February 28, 2006, February 28, 2007 and February 29, 2008. The other half of the Class B Units (the "Performance Units") will vest based upon the Company's achievement of EBITDA targets, as defined in the agreements, set forth for each of the Company's fiscal years ended February 28, 2005, February 28, 2006, February 28, 2007 and February 29, 2008. Any unvested Performance Units will vest automatically and immediately on the eighth anniversary date from the date of issuance if employees remain employed on a full-time basis.

        On October 31, 2004, New Refco Group Ltd., LLC declared a 202,551.721-for-one split of its Class A and Class B units (the "Unit Split"). The Unit Split entitled each unitholder to receive 202,550.721 units for every outstanding Class A and Class B unit held on that date. All units included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for all periods presented have been adjusted to retroactively reflect the Unit Split.

        On October 31, 2004, November 10, 2004 and November 19, 2004, New Refco Group Ltd., LLC issued 1,664,655.1, 40,000 and 20,000 additional Class B Units, respectively, to the Company's employees and members of its board of managers. The units issued to members of New Refco Group Ltd., LLC's board of managers are all Non Performance-Based Units and will vest 25% on each of February 28, 2005, February 28, 2006, February 28, 2007 and February 29, 2008. The fair value of the additional units is $1.32 per unit.

        Stock-based compensation expense was $0.6 million for the period from August 6, 2004 through November 30, 2004. The fair value of the Class B Units was calculated by a third party valuation firm

F-51



using the average of the Black-Scholes option pricing model and Exit Scenarios Analysis with the following weighted average assumptions.

Black-Scholes option pricing model

   
  Exit Scenarios Analysis
   
 
Risk-free interest rate   2.92%   Exit EBITDA Multiple
Required rate of return
  8.0x
30.0

%
Expected lives   3.50 years   Capital structure      
Expected volatility   21.67%       Class A Units   96.0 %
Expected dividend rate   0.00%       Class B Units   4.0 %

        For the Class B Units issued on October 31, 2004, November 10, 2004 and November 19, 2004, a secondary exit scenario analysis was also performed by the third party valuation firm using a required rate of return of 16.6%, and this was factored into the fair value of the Class B Units issued on these dates.

        The values derived from these two approaches were calculated on the original grant date in August 2004 and in October 2004. These values derived under the two approaches are as follows:

 
  Fair Value per Class B Unit
Methodology

  Initial
Valuation

  October
Valuation

Black-Scholes   $ 0.84   $ 0.79
Exit Scenario Analysis   $ 0.83   $ 1.67

        Change in the Class B Units during the period from August 5, 2004 through November 30, 2004 is as follows:

 
  Number of Units
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Outstanding at August 5, 2004    
Issued   6,087  
Exercised    
Forfeited   (702 )
   
 
Outstanding at November 30, 2004   5,385  
   
 

F-52


NOTE H—LONG-TERM BORROWINGS

        Long-term debt consisted of the following at November 30, 2004 and February 29, 2004:

 
  November 30, 2004
  February 29, 2004
 
  (in thousands)

New Senior Credit Facility:            
  Secured Term Loan   $ 798,000   $
  Secured Revolving Loan        
9% Senior Subordinated Notes, due August 1, 2012     600,000    
Old Senior Notes:            
  Series A Senior Notes 2004         17,000
  Senior Notes 2005         74,000
  Series B Senior Notes 2006         14,000
  Senior Notes 2007         56,000
  Series A Senior Notes 2007         100,000
  Series B Senior Notes 2009         122,500
   
 
      1,398,000     383,500
  Less: Portion included within short-term borrowings     8,000     68,000
   
 
    $ 1,390,000   $ 315,500
   
 

        In connection with the Transactions on August 5, 2004, the Company entered into a new Senior Credit Facility (the "New Senior Credit Facility"), and issued 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012, a portion of which repaid the outstanding amounts under the old senior notes and the old subordinated loan from a member.

        The New Senior Credit Facility provides for a $75.0 million revolving credit facility in revolving credit loans and letters of credit. The revolving credit facility will mature six years from the closing date of August 5, 2004. The New Senior Credit Facility also provides for an $800.0 million Secured term loan. The Secured term loan has a final scheduled maturity of seven years from the closing date.

        The Secured term loan was fully drawn immediately after the closing of the Transactions on August 5, 2004. None of the revolving credit facility had been drawn as of this date. This facility will meet the Group's future needs for working capital and general corporate purposes.

        The New Senior Credit Facility bears interest at the Group's choice of LIBOR or Base Rate (both as defined), plus an applicable interest rate margin. The initial applicable margin for LIBOR loans and alternative base loans under the senior credit facilities will be 2.75% and 1.75% per annum, respectively. Commencing six months after the closing date, the applicable margin under the revolving credit facility will be subject to adjustment based on a performance pricing grid. The interest rate payable under the senior credit facilities will increase by 2.00% per annum during the continuance of any payment or bankruptcy event of default.

F-53


        The weighted average interest rates per annum in effect as of November 30, 2004 for the Secured term loan was 4.52%. The senior credit facilities are also secured by, among other things:

        In addition, the senior credit facilities will be guaranteed by New Refco and the Company's non-regulated restricted domestic subsidiaries.

        The table below sets out the maturities of the Group's long-term borrowings (in thousands):

Fiscal period ended:

   
2005   $ 2,000
2006     8,000
2007     8,000
2008     8,000
2009     8,000
2010     8,000
2011 and thereafter     1,356,000
   
    $ 1,398,000
   

        On August 5, 2004, the Company completed a financing, which consisted of the sale of $600.0 million of 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the "New Notes") pursuant to a private offering. The New Notes bear interest at the rate of 9% per annum, which is payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on February 1 and August 1. The New Notes mature on August 1, 2012. The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the New Notes and the payment of any Subsidiary Guaranty will be subordinate in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be. The Company plans to issue 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the "Exchange Notes") in exchange for all New Notes, pursuant to an exchange offer whereby holders of the New Notes will receive Exchange Notes that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, having terms substantially identical in all material aspects to the New Notes, except that the Exchange Notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions.

        At any time prior to August 1, 2007, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Notes at a price of 109.000% in connection with a Designated Offering, as defined. With the exception of a Designated Offering, the New Notes are redeemable at the option

F-54



of the Company beginning August 1, 2008 at prices decreasing from 104.500% of the principal amount thereof to par on August 1, 2010 and thereafter. The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the New Notes. Prior to August 1, 2008, the Company has the option to redeem all, but not less than all, of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes.

        The indenture for the New Notes requires the Company and its subsidiaries to comply with certain restrictive covenants, including a restriction on dividends; and limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, certain payments and distributions and sales of the Company's assets and stock. The Company was in compliance with all contractual debt commitments as of November 30, 2004.

        The New Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured, senior subordinated basis by all of the Company's active domestic non-regulated subsidiaries. The Condensed Consolidating Financial Information in Note I provides additional guarantor/non-guarantor information.

        The Group's interest expense for long-term borrowings for the three months ended November 30, 2004 and 2003 was $23.4 million and $7.6 million, respectively. The Group's interest expense from long-term borrowings for the period from August 6, 2004 through November 30, 2004, the period from March 1, 2004 through August 5, 2004 and the nine months ended November 30, 2003 was $29.4 million, $11.7 million and $24.0 million, respectively.

NOTE I—FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires the Group to report the fair value of financial instruments, as defined.

        Assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value include all of the Group's securities, including derivative financial instruments used for trading purposes, which are recorded as Securities owned and Securities sold but not yet purchased.

        Assets and liabilities, recorded at contractual amounts, that approximate market or fair value include cash, cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations, deposits with clearing organizations and others, short-term borrowings and payable to broker-dealers, clearing organizations and customers. The market values of such items are not materially sensitive to shifts in market interest rates because of the limited term to maturity of these instruments and their variable interest rates.

        The Group's long-term debt is recorded at historical amounts, which could differ from fair value as a result of changes in the Company's creditworthiness.

        The following table provides a summary of the fair value of the Group's long-term borrowings. The fair value of the Group's long-term borrowings was estimated using either quoted market prices or discounted cash flow analyses based on the Group's current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

 
  November 30, 2004
  February 29, 2004
 
  (in thousands)

Carrying value of long-term borrowings   $ 1,398,000   $ 383,500
Fair value of long-term borrowings   $ 1,383,480   $ 399,990

F-55


        The Group carries its secured financing activities, including securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities loaned and other secured borrowings, at their original contract amount plus accrued interest. Because the majority of such financing activities are short-term in nature, carrying value approximates fair value. The market value of the collateral the Group received as of November 30, 2004 and February 29, 2004, was approximately $186.8 billion and $112.2 billion, respectively.

NOTE J—ACQUISITIONS

        On September 1, 2004, the Group entered into a purchase agreement to acquire the customer accounts and related customer assets of Pioneer Futures, a division of Pioneer Futures Inc., for approximately $17.2 million in cash. The full amount paid has been assigned to customer relationships. These customer relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis over a weighted-average economic useful life of 13 years, based on a preliminary valuation analysis. Pioneer Futures Inc., a Futures Commission Merchant, provides clearing services to professional floor traders and brokers in futures and options on futures contracts and acts as a clearing firm for certain introducing brokers.

NOTE K—SEGMENT REPORTING

        Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is regularly available and evaluated by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

        The Group has reported the results of operations related to Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC as discontinued operations (see Note C). Forstmann-Leff International Associates, LLC was previously disclosed within the Asset Management segment. The Group's remaining operations include two operating segments: (1) Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing; and (2) Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets. The Derivatives Brokerage & Clearing business operations consist of execution and clearing services for global exchange-traded derivatives in electronic and open outcry markets. Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets is focused on offering a variety of securities products consisting of fixed income, equities, foreign exchange and prime brokerage. Segment data has been reclassified to reflect the current segment structure.

        For financial reporting purposes, and to reconcile to the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements, the Group has established a Corporate & Other non-operating segment. Corporate administration costs are not allocated to the respective segments and are included in

F-56



Corporate & Other. Eliminations consist of intersegment interest income and interest expense derived in the Group's normal course of business from intercompany funding.

 
  Derivatives
Brokerage &
Clearing

  Prime
Brokerage/
Capital Markets

  Corporate &
Other

  Eliminations
  Total
 
  (in thousands)

Three Months Ended November 30, 2004 (unaudited)                              
Interest revenue   $ 50,814   $ 820,064   $ 1,881   $ (82,100 ) $ 790,659
Total revenues     270,791     887,523     2,233     (89,146 )   1,071,401
Interest expense     28,282     787,173     33,380     (82,100 )   766,735
Depreciation and amortization     4,200     3,632     1,350         9,182
Income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     32,835     29,961     (41,516 )       21,280

As of November 30, 2004 (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total assets   $ 8,763,666   $ 49,195,865   $ 767,008   $ (11,991,184 ) $ 46,735,355

Three Months Ended November 30, 2003 (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest revenue   $ 37,691   $ 252,251   $ 3,015   $ (49,407 ) $ 243,550
Total revenues     216,608     302,885     3,598     (75,283 )   447,808
Interest expense     16,911     225,938     12,488     (50,196 )   205,141
Depreciation and amortization     4,749     329     6,210         11,288
Income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     30,087     33,196     (16,544 )       46,739

Period from August 6, 2004 through November 30, 2004 (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest revenue   $ 62,079   $ 1,021,816   $ 2,880   $ (101,414 ) $ 985,361
Total revenues     334,153     1,111,463     3,356     (110,411 )   1,338,561
Interest expense     34,222     978,575     42,077     (101,414 )   953,460
Depreciation and amortization     5,140     4,595     2,211         11,946
Income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees and members' interest in earnings of subsidiary     38,952     42,307     (51,924 )       29,335

Period from March 1, 2004 through August 5, 2004 (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest revenue   $ 65,265   $ 794,982   $ 7,256   $ (98,790 ) $ 768,713
Total revenues     445,733     913,392     7,970     (110,982 )   1,256,113
Interest expense     36,587     743,621     25,948     (99,516 )   706,640
Depreciation and amortization     4,801     937     6,255         11,993
Income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     59,790     66,681     (27,111 )       99,360

Nine Months Ended November 30, 2003 (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest revenue   $ 109,705   $ 751,552   $ 13,590   $ (148,300 ) $ 726,547
Total revenues     617,263     883,112     15,607     (192,421 )   1,323,561
Interest expense     48,524     676,786     40,498     (150,924 )   614,884
Depreciation and amortization     9,074     997     10,790         20,861
Income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     88,901     90,610     (40,654 )       138,857

As of February 29, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total assets   $ 7,275,399   $ 31,763,273   $ 863,307   $ (6,569,807 ) $ 33,332,172

F-57


Geographic Information

        The Group conducts business in three countries that individually comprise greater than 10% of revenues and long-lived assets within the last three years. The following information provides a reasonable representation of each region's contribution to the consolidated amounts:

 
  Three Months
Ended
November 30, 2004

  Three Months
Ended
November 30, 2003

  Period from
August 6, 2004
through
November 30, 2004

  Period from
March 1, 2004
through
August 5, 2004

  Nine Months
Ended
November 30, 2003

 
   
  (unaudited)(in thousands)

   
   
Total revenue:                              
  United States   $ 863,426   $ 289,559   $ 1,071,465   $ 941,010   $ 878,805
  Bermuda     105,546     82,696     142,955     139,727     251,956
  United Kingdom     69,806     49,075     84,026     117,053     124,120
  Other     32,623     26,478     40,115     58,323     68,680
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 1,071,401   $ 447,808   $ 1,338,561   $ 1,256,113   $ 1,323,561
   
 
 
 
 
 
  As of
November 30, 2004

  As of
February 29, 2004

 
  (unaudited)(in thousands)

Long-lived assets:            
  United States   $ 33,241   $ 35,661
  Bermuda     1,480     1,900
  United Kingdom     5,025     2,004
  Other     6,415     4,786
   
 
Total   $ 46,161   $ 44,351
   
 

        No single customer accounted for greater than 10% of total revenues in the three months ended November 30, 2004 or the three months ended November 30, 2003.

        No single customer accounted for greater than 10% of total revenues in the four months ended November 30, 2004, the five months ended August 5, 2004 or the nine months ended November 30, 2003.

        For segment reporting purposes, long lived assets comprise furniture, equipment and leasehold improvement.

NOTE L—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        On December 6, 2004, New Refco Group Ltd., LLC issued 690,000 Class B Units to the Company's Chief Financial Officer pursuant to a restricted unit agreement. One half of the Class B Units will vest 25% on each of February 28, 2005, February 28, 2006, February 28, 2007 and February 29, 2008. The other half of the Class B Units will vest based upon the Company's achievement of EBITDA targets, as defined in the agreement, set forth for each of the Company's fiscal years ended February 28, 2005, February 28, 2006, February 28, 2007 and February 29, 2008. Any

F-58



unvested Performance Units will vest automatically and immediately on the eighth anniversary date from the date of issuance if the employee remains employed on a full-time basis.

        On January 24, 2005, the Group made a voluntary prepayment on the principal amount outstanding of the Secured term loan in the amount of $150.0 million.

        On March 15, 2005, the Group amended its New Senior Credit Facility (the "Amended Credit Facility"). Under the Amended Credit Facility, the Secured term loan bears interest at the Group's choice of LIBOR or Base Rate plus an applicable margin of 2.00% or 1.00%, respectively.

F-59


NOTE M—CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The following information sets forth the Group condensed consolidating financial statements as of November 30, 2004 and February 29, 2004 and for each of the three and nine months ended November 30, 2004 and 2003.

Condensed consolidating balance sheet

 
  November 30, 2004 (unaudited)
 
  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation
Totals

 
  (in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents   $   $ 19,575   $ 259,179   $   $ 278,754
Cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations                              
  Cash and cash equivalents             946,515         946,515
  Securities purchased under agreements to resell             19,771         19,771
Securities purchased under agreements to resell             36,652,919     (3,684,043 )   32,968,876
Deposits with clearing organizations and others         5,248     3,473,679     (2,780,492 )   698,435
Receivables from broker-dealers, clearing organizations and customers, net of reserves     156,970     2,870,964     5,459,712     (4,734,629 )   3,753,017
Securities owned, at market value or fair value         1,017     6,903,444     (427,640 )   6,476,821
Investment in and advances to subsidiaries     2,426,062     798,742         (3,224,804 )  
Other assets     25,400     455,100     1,379,297     (266,631 )   1,593,166
   
 
 
 
 
  Total assets   $ 2,608,432   $ 4,150,646   $ 55,094,516   $ (15,118,239 ) $ 46,735,355
   
 
 
 
 
Liabilities                              
  Short-term borrowings, including current portion of long-term borrowings   $ 8,000   $   $   $   $ 8,000
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase             37,472,566     (5,457,184 )   32,015,382
  Payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations         873     1,486,819     (9,182 )   1,478,510
  Payable to customers     1,026,015     3,188,311     8,634,060     (5,982,620 )   6,865,766
  Securities sold, not yet purchased, at market value or fair value         1,031     4,552,974         4,554,005
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     57,675     74,430     225,924     (68,201 )   289,828
Long-term borrowings     1,390,000                 1,390,000
Subordinated debt             109,307     (109,307 )  
   
 
 
 
 
  Total liabilities     2,481,690     3,264,645     52,481,650     (11,626,494 )   46,601,491
Membership interests issued by subsidiary             7,122         7,122
Members' equity     126,742     886,001     2,605,744     (3,491,745 )   126,742
   
 
 
 
 
  Total liabilities and members' equity   $ 2,608,432   $ 4,150,646   $ 55,094,516   $ (15,118,239 ) $ 46,735,355
   
 
 
 
 

F-60


Condensed consolidating balance sheet

 
  February 29, 2004
 
  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation
Totals

 
  (in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents   $   $ 4,477   $ 311,736   $   $ 316,213
Cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations                              
  Cash and cash equivalents             1,375,838         1,375,838
  Securities purchased under agreements to resell             55,061         55,061
Securities purchased under agreements to resell             26,818,141     (2,035,267 )   24,782,874
Deposits with clearing organizations and others         654     2,807,990     (976,879 )   1,831,765
Receivables from broker-dealers, clearing organizations and customers, net of reserves     314,279     1,266,036     3,332,898     (2,817,018 )   2,096,195
Receivables from equity members             210,223         210,223
Securities owned, at market value or fair value         2,091     2,414,286     (383,842 )   2,032,535
Investment in and advances to subsidiaries     1,131,766     1,160,431         (2,292,197 )  
Assets of discontinued operations             276,012         276,012
Other assets     58,612     430,084     119,548     (252,788 )   355,456
   
 
 
 
 
  Total assets   $ 1,504,657   $ 2,863,773   $ 37,721,733   $ (8,757,991 ) $ 33,332,172
   
 
 
 
 
Liabilities                              
  Short-term borrowings, including current portion of long-term borrowings   $ 68,000   $   $ 20,890   $   $ 88,890
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase             28,075,311     (2,445,012 )   25,630,299
  Payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations         1     610,632     (26,990 )   583,643
  Payable to customers     465,681     1,547,382     6,614,220     (3,573,946 )   5,053,337
  Securities sold, not yet purchased, at market value or fair value         2,091     805,394         807,485
  Liabilities of discontinued operations             44,878         44,878
  Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     23,392     68,182     143,665     (63,588 )   171,651
Long-term borrowings     315,500                 315,500
Subordinated debt     16,000         109,056     (109,056 )   16,000
   
 
 
 
 
  Total liabilities     888,573     1,617,656     36,424,046     (6,218,592 )   32,711,683
Membership interests issued by subsidiary             4,405         4,405
Members' equity     616,084     1,246,117     1,293,282     (2,539,399 )   616,084
   
 
 
 
 
  Total liabilities and members' equity   $ 1,504,657   $ 2,863,773   $ 37,721,733   $ (8,757,991 ) $ 33,332,172
   
 
 
 
 

F-61


Condensed consolidating statements of income

 
  Three Months Ended November 30, 2004
 
  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation Totals
 
  (unaudited)

 
  (in thousands)

Revenues                              
  Commissions and brokerage   $   $ 798   $ 217,781   $ (5,946 ) $ 212,633
  Interest     944     23,635     848,180     (82,100 )   790,659
  Principal transactions, net         20,026     41,314         61,340
  Asset management and advisory fees             5,021         5,021
  Other income     380     (88 )   2,557     (1,101 )   1,748
   
 
 
 
 
    Total revenues     1,324     44,371     1,114,853     (89,147 )   1,071,401
   
 
 
 
 
Expenses                              
  Commissions and order execution costs         16,982     148,083     (5,945 )   159,120
  Interest     29,229     24,068     795,538     (82,100 )   766,735
  Employee compensation and benefits     3,042     5,497     59,196         67,735
  General, administrative and other     11,843     1,184     44,605     (1,101 )   56,531
   
 
 
 
 
    Total expenses     44,114     47,731     1,047,422     (89,146 )   1,050,121
   
 
 
 
 
Equity in net income of subsidiaries     78,655     42,560         (121,215 )  
  Income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees and members' interest in earnings of subsidiary     35,865     39,200     67,431     (121,216 )   21,280
Provision for income taxes     (255 )       3,587         3,332
   
 
 
 
 
  Income before income from equity investees and members' interest in earnings of subsidiary     36,120     39,200     63,844     (121,216 )   17,948
Income from equity investees         18,730     (3 )       18,727
Members' interest in earnings of subsidiary             555         555
   
 
 
 
 
Net income   $ 36,120   $ 57,930   $ 63,286   $ (121,216 ) $ 36,120
   
 
 
 
 

F-62


Condensed consolidating statements of income

 
  Three Months Ended November 30, 2003
 
 
  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation
Totals

 
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 
Revenues                                
  Commissions and brokerage   $   $ 1,529   $ 175,435   $ (21,593 ) $ 155,371  
  Interest     2,484     15,064     275,409     (49,407 )   243,550  
  Principal transactions, net         6,723     39,731         46,454  
  Asset management and advisory fees             1,079     (245 )   834  
  Other income     583     1,021     4,033     (4,038 )   1,599  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total revenues     3,067     24,337     495,687     (75,283 )   447,808  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Commissions and order execution costs         3,503     115,798     (23,035 )   96,266  
  Interest     9,287     19,470     226,580     (50,196 )   205,141  
  Employee compensation and benefits     1,121     2,982     44,909         49,012  
  General, administrative and other     6,552     4,880     41,269     (2,051 )   50,650  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total expenses     16,960     30,835     428,556     (75,282 )   401,069  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

 

 

61,147

 

 

32,999

 

 


 

 

(94,146

)

 


 
  Income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     47,254     26,501     67,131     (94,147 )   46,739  

Provision for income taxes

 

 


 

 


 

 

2,265

 

 


 

 

2,265

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Income before income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     47,254     26,501     64,866     (94,147 )   44,474  

Income from equity investees

 

 


 

 

3,058

 

 

475

 

 


 

 

3,533

 

Members' interest in earnings of subsidiary

 

 


 

 


 

 

191

 

 


 

 

191

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations

 

 

47,254

 

 

29,559

 

 

65,150

 

 

(94,147

)

 

47,816

 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Income from discontinued operations             (623 )       (623 )
  Applicable income tax expense             (61 )       (61 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Net income   $ 47,254   $ 29,559   $ 64,588   $ (94,147 ) $ 47,254  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-63


Condensed consolidating statements of income

 
  Period from August 6, 2004 through November 30, 2004
 
  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation Totals
 
  (unaudited)

 
  (in thousands)

Revenues                              
  Commissions and brokerage   $   $ 924   $ 268,908   $ (7,478 ) $ 262,354
  Interest     2,009     32,294     1,052,472     (101,414 )   985,361
  Principal transactions, net         21,334     61,583         82,917
  Asset management and advisory fees             5,817         5,817
  Other income     485     368     2,778     (1,519 )   2,112
   
 
 
 
 
    Total revenues     2,494     54,920     1,391,558     (110,411 )   1,338,561
   
 
 
 
 
Expenses                              
  Commissions and order execution costs         19,482     182,133     (7,478 )   194,137
  Interest     36,864     32,075     985,935     (101,414 )   953,460
  Employee compensation and benefits     4,311     7,101     74,229         85,641
  General, administrative and other     10,618     3,028     63,861     (1,519 )   75,988
   
 
 
 
 
    Total expenses     51,793     61,686     1,306,158     (110,411 )   1,309,226
   
 
 
 
 
Equity in net income of subsidiaries     91,628     48,731         (140,359 )  
  Income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees and members' interest in earnings of subsidiary     42,329     41,965     85,400     (140,359 )   29,335
Provision for income taxes     (255 )       4,404         4,149
   
 
 
 
 
  Income before income from equity investees and members' interest in earnings of subsidiary     42,584     41,965     80,996     (140,359 )   25,186
Income from equity investees         18,373     187         18,560
Members' interest in earnings of subsidiary             1,162         1,162
   
 
 
 
 
  Net income   $ 42,584   $ 60,338   $ 80,021   $ (140,359 ) $ 42,584
   
 
 
 
 

F-64


Condensed consolidating statements of income

 
  Period from March 1, 2004 through August 5, 2004
 
  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation
Totals

 
  (unaudited)

 
  (in thousands)

Revenues                              
  Commissions and brokerage   $   $ 2,618   $ 369,810   $ (10,408 ) $ 362,020
  Interest     5,789     43,382     818,332     (98,790 )   768,713
  Principal transactions, net         17,742     101,493         119,235
  Asset management and advisory fees             3,676         3,676
  Other     639     2,316     1,298     (1,784 )   2,469
   
 
 
 
 
    Total revenues     6,428     66,058     1,294,609     (110,982 )   1,256,113
   
 
 
 
 
Expenses                              
  Commissions and order execution costs         8,727     244,963     (9,681 )   244,009
  Interest     20,212     47,567     738,378     (99,517 )   706,640
  Employee compensation and benefits     2,136     7,950     98,442         108,528
  General, administrative and other     6,964     9,017     83,379     (1,784 )   97,576
   
 
 
 
 
    Total expenses     29,312     73,261     1,165,162     (110,982 )   1,156,753
   
 
 
 
 

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

 

 

120,863

 

 

60,837

 

 


 

 

(181,700

)

 

    Income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     97,979     53,634     129,447     (181,700 )   99,360
Provision for income taxes             7,994         7,994
   
 
 
 
 
    Income before income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     97,979     53,634     121,453     (181,700 )   91,366
Income from equity investees         7,770     575         8,345
Members' interest in earnings of subsidiary             5,771         5,771
   
 
 
 
 
  Income from continuing operations     97,979     61,404     116,257     (181,700 )   93,940

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Income from discontinued operations             7,383         7,383
  Applicable income tax expense             3,344         3,344
   
 
 
 
 
    Net income   $ 97,979   $ 61,404   $ 120,296   $ (181,700 ) $ 97,979
   
 
 
 
 

F-65


Condensed consolidating statements of income

 
  Nine Months Ended November 30, 2003
 
 
  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation
Totals

 
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 
Revenues                                
  Commissions and brokerage   $   $ 4,120   $ 504,691   $ (35,281 ) $ 473,530  
  Interest     9,982     44,346     820,519     (148,300 )   726,547  
  Principal transactions, net         14,211     99,465         113,676  
  Asset management and advisory fees             5,772     (272 )   5,500  
  Other income     2,017     2,764     8,095     (8,568 )   4,308  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total revenues     11,999     65,441     1,438,542     (192,421 )   1,323,561  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Commissions and order execution costs         8,971     324,556     (35,519 )   298,008  
  Interest     30,719     53,431     681,658     (150,924 )   614,884  
  Employee compensation and benefits     3,146     9,024     133,159         145,329  
  General, administrative and other     12,606     8,558     111,297     (5,978 )   126,483  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total expenses     46,471     79,984     1,250,670     (192,421 )   1,184,704  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

 

 

174,856

 

 

97,811

 

 


 

 

(272,667

)

 


 
  Income before provision for income taxes, income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     140,384     83,268     187,872     (272,667 )   138,857  
Provision for income taxes             5,340         5,340  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Income before income from equity investees, members' interest in earnings of subsidiary and discontinued operations     140,384     83,268     182,532     (272,667 )   133,517  
Income from equity investees         6,910     731         7,641  
Members' interest in earnings of subsidiary             311         311  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Income from continuing operations     140,384     90,178     182,952     (272,667 )   140,847  

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Income (loss) from discontinued operations             (488 )       (488 )
  Applicable income tax expense             (25 )       (25 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Net income   $ 140,384   $ 90,178   $ 182,489   $ (272,667 ) $ 140,384  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-66


Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows

 
  Period from August 6, 2004 through November 30, 2004
 
 
  Parent
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation Totals
 
 
  (unaudited)

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Net cash generated from (used in) operating activities   $ (40,363 ) $ 30,235   $ 18,083   $   $ 7,955  
Cash flows from investing activities                                
  Payment of acquisition fees     (46,989 )               (46,989 )
  Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired         (17,225 )           (17,225 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net cash used in investing activities     (46,989 )   (17,225 )           (64,214 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Cash flows from financing activities                                
    Proceeds from new borrowings     1,400,000                 1,400,000  
    Repayment of long-term borrowings     (387,436 )               (387,436 )
    Payment to former shareholders     (19,815 )               (19,815 )
  Payment to former shareholder for sale of interest in predecessor     (861,749 )               (861,749 )
  Payment of deferred financing costs     (43,648 )               (43,648 )
  Withdrawals of interests by members of subsidiary             2,675         2,675  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net cash provided by financing activities     87,352         2,675         90,027  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net increase in cash and cash equivalents         13,010     20,758         33,768  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period         6,565     238,421         244,986  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $   $ 19,575   $ 259,179   $   $ 278,754  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Period from March 1, 2004 through August 5, 2004
 
 
  Parent
  Guarantor Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation Totals
 
 
  (unaudited)

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Net cash generated from (used in) operating activities   $ 590,536   $ 567   $ (62,241 ) $   $ 528,862  
Cash flows from investing activities                                
  Distribution of cash in Asset Management business             (24,457 )       (24,457 )
  Payment of acquisition fees     (3,536 )               (3,536 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net cash used in investing activities     (3,536 )       (24,457 )       (27,993 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities                                
  Repayment of long-term borrowings     (37,000 )               (37,000 )
  Distribution of cash     (550,000 )               (550,000 )
  Withdrawals of interests by members of subsidiary             (6,891 )       (6,891 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net cash used in financing activities     (587,000 )       (6,891 )       (593,891 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net cash provided by discontinued operations             21,795         21,795  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents         567     (71,794 )       (71,227 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period         5,998     310,215         316,213  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $   $ 6,565   $ 238,421   $   $ 244,986  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-67


Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows

 
  Nine Months Ended November 30, 2003
 
 
  Parent
  Guarantor Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Consolidation
Adjustments

  Consolidation Totals
 
 
  (unaudited)

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Net cash generated from (used in) operating activities   $ 236,774   $ 27,141   $ (82,915 ) $   $ 181,000  
Cash flows from investing activities                                
  Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired         (23,219 )   (28,824 )       (52,043 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net cash used in investing activities         (23,219 )   (28,824 )       (52,043 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities                                
  Payment for redemption of preferred securities     (199,774 )               (199,774 )
  Repayment of long-term borrowings     (37,000 )               (37,000 )
  Withdrawals of interests by members of subsidiary             356         356  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net cash provided by financing activities     (236,774 )       356         (236,418 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net cash provided by discontinued operations             73,318         73,318  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net increase in cash and cash equivalents         3,922     (38,065 )       (34,143 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period         4,014     222,151         226,165  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $   $ 7,936   $ 184,086   $   $ 192,022  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-68




        No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus, and, if given or made, such information and representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the securities to which it relates or any offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy such securities in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is unlawful. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Refco Group Ltd., LLC or Refco Finance Inc. since the date hereof or that the information contained in this prospectus is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.






















       

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

        Until July 7, 2005 all dealers that effect transactions in the old notes or the registered notes, whether or not participating in the exchange offer, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC
REFCO FINANCE INC.

Offer to exchange all
of the outstanding
$600,000,000 9% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2012

for

$600,000,000 9% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2012
registered under the
Securities Act of 1933



PROSPECTUS


April 8, 2005






QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
Our Company
Our Businesses
Recent Transactions
Our Executive Offices
Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Offer
Summary of Terms of the Registered Notes
Risk Factors
RISK FACTORS
Risks Relating to the Notes
Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer
Risks Relating to Our Company
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
USE OF PROCEEDS
CAPITALIZATION
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income For the year ended February 29, 2004 (in thousands)
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income For the nine months ended November 30, 2004 (in thousands)
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
INDUSTRY
Futures and Options Trading Volume on Global Derivatives Exchanges (Contract amounts in millions)
BUSINESS
Fiscal Year 2004 Prime Brokerage/Capital Markets Revenue Breakdown
MANAGEMENT
Summary Compensation Table
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT FACILITIES
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
GLOSSARY
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' EQUITY
REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' EQUITY
REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
REFCO GROUP LTD., LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘424B3’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
8/1/12
11/30/11
8/5/11
8/5/10
8/1/10
2/28/10
11/30/09
10/15/09
8/1/09
2/28/09
11/30/08
8/1/08
2/29/08
11/30/07
8/31/07
8/1/07
5/31/07
2/28/07
12/31/06
11/30/068-K
8/31/06
5/31/06
3/21/06
2/28/06
12/31/05
11/30/05
8/31/05
8/5/05
7/7/05
6/15/05
6/1/05
5/31/0510-Q
5/17/05
5/10/05
Filed on:4/13/05
4/8/058-K
3/15/05
3/3/05
3/1/05
2/28/0510-K,  10-K/A
2/1/05
1/24/05
1/3/05
12/31/04
12/18/04
12/6/04
11/30/04
11/29/04
11/19/04
11/10/04
10/31/04
10/8/04
10/4/04
9/1/04
8/31/04
8/6/04
8/5/04
7/9/04
6/30/04
6/17/04
6/8/04
5/31/04
5/11/04
4/19/04
3/16/04
3/15/04
3/1/04
2/29/04
12/15/03
11/30/03
9/15/03
6/30/03
5/31/03
4/1/03
3/1/03
2/28/03
1/31/03
12/31/02
11/30/02
3/27/02
3/1/02
2/28/02
12/1/01
9/11/01
2/28/01
2/29/00
2/28/00
4/1/99
 List all Filings 
Top
Filing Submission 0001047469-05-010023   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Tue., Apr. 30, 6:10:58.2pm ET